owner's manual operation maintenance specifications - hyundai … · 2020-03-12 ·...

OOWNER'S MANUAL

OperationMaintenanceSpecifications

All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication.

However, Hyundai Motor India Limited reserves the right to make changes

at any time without prior notice and without obligation to incorporate such

changes so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried

out.

This booklet applies to all variants of this vehicle and includes descriptions

and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment.

As a result, you may find material in this booklet that does not apply to your

specific vehicle. This booklet is not intended to be a subsitute for the owner’s man-ual given in compact disc to you.

The owner’s manual given in the Compact Disc along with this booklet, contains

all the features and relavant information about your vehicle in PDF format

and should not be utilized for any other purpose. Avoid direct sunlight

to CD & do not keep it in high temperature zone i.e more than 70 degree

celcius.

F2

Your Hyundai vehicle should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect theperformance, safety or durability of your Hyundai vehicle and may, in addition, violate conditions of thelimited warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulationsestablished by the Department of Transportation and other government agencies in your country.

Your Hyundai vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It ispossible for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone to adversely affectelectronic systems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer'sinstructions or consult your Hyundai dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions if youchoose to install one of these devices.

CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI

TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION

00_BA 4D Foreward_PB eng foreword.qxd 10-02-2017 14:40

F3

This owner’s manual includes information titled as WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE.

These titles indicate the following:

] NOTICEThis indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.

SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING

WARNING This indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury or death to you or other personsif the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the warning.

CAUTIONThis indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipment if the cautionis not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.


F4

FOREWORD

Thank you for choosing Hyundai vehicle. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discriminating people who driveHyundais. The advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each Hyundai we build is something of which we're veryproud.

Your owner’s manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new Hyundai vehicle. It is suggested that you read itcarefully because the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction you receive from your new car.

Hyundai Motor India Ltd.also recommends that service and maintenance on your vehicle be performed by an authorized Hyundaidealer.

HYUNDAI MOTOR INDIA LIMITED

Note : Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai vehicle, please leavethe manual in the vehicle for their use. Thank you.

Copyright 2017 Hyundai Motor India Ltd. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrievalsystem or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Hyundai Motor India Ltd.

CAUTIONSevere engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meet Hyundai spec-ifications. You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 10-4 in the VehicleSpecifications chapter of the Owner's Manual.


qq

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

I

Introduction

Your vehicle at a glance

Safety system of your vehicle

Features of your vehicle

Driving your vehicle

What to do in an emergency

Maintenance

Specifications & Consumer information

Index

Table of contents

1Maintenance Record Sheet

2Hyundai Warranty Policy


Maintenance Record Sheet

MAINTENANCE RECORD SHEET . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 1

BA 4D 1_PA RHD 1.qxd 2/25/2014 4:04 PM Page 1


21



1 3



41


Hyundai Warranty Policy

HYUNDAI NEW VEHICLE WARRANTY . . . . . 2-2REPLACEMENT PARTS WARRANTY. . . . . . . . 2-3EMISSION WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5HYUNDAI EXTENDED WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . 2-7

2

HHYUNDAI NEW VEHICLE WARRANTYHyundai Motor India Limited hereinaftercalled "HMIL", warrants that each newHyundai vehicle sold shall be free fromany defects in material and workman-ship, under normal use and mainte-nance, subject to the following terms andconditions.

1. Warranty period

This warranty shall exist for a period of24 months from the date of delivery tothe first purchaser irrespective of themileage. However, the warranty for

taxi trim is 36 months/100,000kilometers whereas other Xcent trimsbeing used for commercial purpose suchas Taxi/Touristoperation will have warran-ty period 24 months/40,000 kilometersfrom the date of delivery which soever isearlier.This warranty is transferable tosubsequent owner for the remaining war-ranty period. This warranty is applicableonly in India and not transferable to anyother country.

2. What is covered

Except as provided in paragraph 3 here-of, our Authorized Dealers shall either

repair or replace, any Hyundai genuinepart that is acknowledged by HMIL to bedefective in material or workmanshipwithin the warranty period stipulatedabove, at no cost to the owner of theHyundai vehicle for parts or labour. Suchdefective parts which have beenreplaced will become the property ofHMIL.

3. What is not covered

This warranty shall not apply to:o Normal maintenance services other

than the three free services, includingwithout limitation, cleaning and pol-ishing, minor adjustments, enginetuning, oil/fluid changes, filtersreplenishment, fastener retightening,wheel balancing, wheel alignmentand tyre rotation etc.

o Replacement of parts as a result ofnormal wear and tear such as sparkplugs, belts, brake pads and linings,clutch disc/facing, filters, wiperblades, bulbs, fuses, etc.

o Damage or failure resulting from:� Negligence of proper mainte-

nance as required in this Owner'sManual and Service Booklet.

� Misuse, abuse, accident, theft,flooding or fire.

� Use of improper or insufficientfuel, fluids or lubricants.

� Use of parts other than HyundaiGenuine Parts.

� Any device and/or accessoriesnot supplied by HMIL.

� Modifications, alterations, tamper-ing or improper repair.

� Parts used in applications ofwhich they were not designed ornot approved by HMIL.

� Slight irregularities not recog-nised as affecting quality or func-tion of the vehicle or parts, suchas slight noise or vibrations, oritems considered characteristic ofthe vehicle.

� Airborne "fallout", Industrial fallout, acid rain, hail and windstorms, or other Acts of God.

� Paint scratches, dents or similarpaint or body damage.

� Action of road elements (sand,gravel, dust or road debris) whichresults in stone chipping of paintor glass.

2 2


PARTS REPLACEMENT

WARRANTYo Incidental or consequential damages,

including without limitation, loss oftime, inconvenience, loss of use ofvehicle or commercial loss.

This warranty is the entire warranty givenby HMIL for Hyundai vehicles and nodealer or its or his agent or employee isauthorized to extend or enlarge this war-ranty and no dealer or its or his agent oremployee is authorized to make any oralwarranty on HMIL's behalf.

HMIL reserves the right to make anychange in design or make any improve-ment on the vehicle at any time withoutany obligation to make the same changeon vehicles previously sold. HMIL reserves the right for the final deci-sion in all warranty matters.

Owner's Responsibilitieso Proper use, maintenance and care of

vehicle in accordance with theinstructions contained in this Owner'sManual and Service Booklet. If thevehicle is subject to severe usageconditions, such as operation inextremely dusty, rough, more repeat-ed short distance driving or heavycity traffic during hot weather, mainte-nance of vehicle should be donemore frequently as mentioned in thisOwner's Manual and ServiceBooklet.

o Retention of maintenance servicerecords. It may be necessary for thecustomer to show that the requiredmaintenance has been performed, asspecified in this Owner's Manual andService Booklet.

o Delivery of the vehicle during regularservice business hours to any author-ized Hyundai Dealer to obtain war-ranty service.

o In order to maintain the validity of thisBasic Warranty, the vehicle must beserviced by Hyundai Authorizedworkshop in accordance to theOwner’s Manual and Service Booklet.

Hyundai Motor India Limited hereinaftercalled "HMIL", warrants that each newHyundai Genuine replacement part pur-chased from and installed by HyundaiAuthorized Dealer shall be free from anydefects in material or workmanship,under normal use and maintenance, sub-ject to the following terms and conditions.

1. Warranty period

This warranty shall exist for a period of 6months or until the vehicle has been driv-en for a distance of 10,000 Kilometersfrom the date of installation of replace-ment part by Hyundai Authorized Dealer,whichever occurs first.

2. What is covered

Except as provided in paragraph 3 here-of, our Authorized Dealer who had soldand installed the replacement part earliershall either repair or replace the saidHyundai genuine part that is acknowl-edged by HMIL to be defective in materi-al or workmanship within the warrantyperiod stipulated above, at no cost to the


32

Audio Video Navigation system, Batteries, Audio Systems, Tyres and Tubes originally equipped on Hyundai vehicles are warranted directly by the respective manufacturers and not by HMIL.

owner of the Hyundai vehicle for parts orlabour.


This warranty shall not apply to:o Normal maintenance services of

parts such as cleaning, adjustment orreplacement (i.e. spark plugs that areoil fouled, lead fouled, or which faildue to the use of low grade fuel).

o Parts that fail due to abuse, misuse,neglect, alteration or accident orwhich have been improperly lubricat-ed or repaired.

o Parts used in applications for whichthey were not designed or approvedby HMIL.

o Failure due to normal wear of parts.o Direct or indirect failures caused by

misuse and improper maintenance ofvehicle and installation of non-Hyundai parts on the vehicle.

o Any vehicle on which the odometerreading has been altered so thatmileage cannot be accurately deter-mined.

o Incidental or consequential damages,including without limitation, loss oftime, inconvenience, loss of use ofvehicle or commercial loss.

This warranty is the entire warranty givenby HMIL for Hyundai replacement partsand no dealer or its or his agent oremployee is authorized to extend orenlarge this warranty and no dealer or itsor his agent or employee is authorized tomake any oral warranty on HMIL'sbehalf.HMIL reserves the right for the final deci-sion in all warranty matters.

Owner's Responsibilities

o Proper use, maintenance and care ofthe vehicle in accordance with theinstructions contained in the Owner'sManual and Service Booklet.

o Retention of maintenance servicerecords. It may be necessary for thecustomer to show that the requiredmaintenance has been performed, asspecified in this Owner's Manual andService Booklet.

o Retention of the customer's copy ofthe original repair order and itsinvoice/bill against which the part wasreplaced.

o Delivery of the vehicle during regularservice business hours to the sameHyundai Authorized Dealer who hadsold and installed the replacement

part.o In order to maintain the validity of this

Parts replacement Warranty, the vehi-cle must be serviced by HyundaiAuthorized workshop in accordanceto the Owner’s Manual and ServiceBooklet.

EMISSION WARRANTY

HMIL extends the Mass Emissionstandards (BSIV) for its vehicle inthe following cities:(1) Delhi/NCR, (2) Mumbai, (3)Chennai, (4) Chennai, (5) Bangalore(6) Hyderabad includingSecunderabad, (7) Ahmedabad,(8)Pune, (9) Surat, (10) Kanpur, (11)Agra. (For the vehicles Manufacturedon or after 01/04/20.(12) Lucknow (13) Sholapur (For thevehicles Manufactured on or after01/06/2010).(14) Puduchery, (15) Mathura, (16)vapi, (17) Jamnagar, (18)Ankleshwar, (19) Hissar, (20)Bharatpur, (21) Silvasa, (22) Dama &

2 4


Diu, (23) Aligarh, (24) Rae Bareilly,(25) Unnao, (26) Karnal, (27)Kurukshetra, (28) Yamunanagar,(29)Valsad, (30) Nizamabad,(31) Medak& (30) Mehboobnagar (For the vehi-clesManufactured on or after01/10/2010).The Mass Emissipn Standards (BSIII) shall apply to all the states andunion territories, except at above. Asand when Govt. of India notifies addi-tional/new cities under MassEmission Standards (BS IV), Suchcities would be auto matically cov-ered.subject to other terms of the warran-ty policy and the conditions and obli-gations laid down hereunder,Hyundai Motor India Limited here-inafter called “HMIL”, certifies thatthe components liable to affect theemission of the gaseous pollutants inthe vehicle in normal use despite theuse to which it may be subjected,comply with the provisions of Rule115(2) of the Central Motor VehicleRules, 1989 hereinafter referred toas the “In-use emission standard”,

and further warrants that if on exam-ination by a dealer duly authorizedby HMIL, the vehicle is discovered tobe failing to meet the In-use emis-sion standard as specified in the saidrule, our Authorized Dealer shall takesuch corrective measures as may benecessary and shall at its sole dis-cretion either repair or replace free ofcharge, such components of emis-sion control system as are specifiedin paragraph 3 here of.

11. Warranty period

This warranty will be in addition toand run parallel to the New VehicleWarranty and shall exist for a periodof 36 months or until the vehicle hasbeen driven for a distance of 80,000kilometers from the date of deliveryto the first purchaser, whicheveroccurs first. This warranty is transfer-able to subsequent owner for theremaining warranty period.

2. What is covered

Our Authorized Dealers shall eitherrepair or replace, any Hyundai gen-uine part listed in paragraph 3 here-of, that is acknowledged by HMIL to

be defective in material or workman-ship within the warranty period stipu-lated above, after examinations car-ried out to confirm that none of theoriginal settings have been tamperedwith, at no cost to the owner of theHyundai vehicle for parts or labour. Such defective parts which havebeen replaced will become the prop-erty of HMIL.

3. Emission Warranty Parts List

3.1 Engine Control Module System• Engine Control Module• Crankshaft Position Sensor,

Camshaft Position Sensor,Throttle Position Sensor, MAPSensor, O2 Sensor, IAT &ECT Sensor

3.2 Fuel Metering System• Fuel injectors • Fuel Pumps

3.3 Air Induction System• Air Cleaner Housing Assembly • Throttle Body• Intake Manifold • Idle Speed Control Actuator


52

3.4 Ignition System• H.T. Cable Set• Ignition Coil• Power Transistor • Distributor and internal parts

3.5 Evaporative Emission Control System• Vapour Storage Canister • Fuel Tank• Fuel Filler Tube and Fuel filler

Cap• Purge Control Solenoid Valve• Canister Close Valve

3.6 PCV System• PCV Valve.• PCV Hoses• Oil Filler Cap

3.7 Catalytic Converter System• Exhaust Manifold• Exhaust Pipe Assembly• Catalytic Converter

3.8 Exhaust Gas Recirculation(EGR) System (Diesel Engines)• EGR Control System

3.9 Miscellaneous items used in above Systems• Vacuum hoses, clamps, fit-

tings, tubing or mounting hard-

ware used with the above sys-tems. Valves, Switches andSolenoids.


This Emission Warranty shall notapply to:

o Normal maintenance servicesincluding without limitation,engine tuning, oil/fluid changes,filters replenishment, etc.

o Replacement of parts as a resultof normal wear and tear such asspark plugs, filters, etc.

o The vehicle reported without valid‘Pollution Under Control’ certifi-cate for the period immediatelypreceding the test during whichthe failure is discovered.

o The vehicle which has been runon adulterated fuel or lubricant orfuel/lubricants other than thosespecified by HMIL.

o Damage or failure resulting from:� Negligence of proper mainte-

nance as required in thisOwner’s Manual and ServiceBooklet.

� Misuse, abuse, accident, theft,flooding or fire.

� Use of improper or insufficientfuel, fluids or lubricants.

� Any repair carried out otherthan by Hyundai AuthorizedDealer/ Service Centre.

� Use of parts other thanHyundai Genuine Parts.

� Any device and/or accessoriesnot supplied by HMIL.

� Modifications, alterations,tampering or improper repair.

� Parts used in applications forwhich they were not designedor not approved by HMIL.

� Any penalties that may becharged by statutory authori-ties on account of failure tocomply with the In-use emis-sion standards.

� The vehicle in which theodometer has been tamperedwith, changed or been discon-nected.

o Any consequential repairs orreplacement of parts which maybe found necessary to establishcompliance to In-use emission

2 6


HHYUNDAI EXTENDEDWARRANTY*HMIL offers optional paid extendedwarranty on selected models, in addi-tion to the basic new vehicle warranty.For more details on HyundaiExtended Warranty please call thenearest dealer or our toll free number1-800-11-4645*Conditions apply

standards, in addition to thereplacement of the componentscovered under EmissionWarranty, will not be made free ofcost unless such parts are alsofound to be in warrantable condi-tion within the scope and limit ofthe New Vehicle Warranty.

o Incidental or consequential dam-ages, including without limitation,loss of time, inconvenience, lossof use of vehicle or commercialloss.

This warranty is the entire warrantygiven by HMIL for Hyundai vehiclesand no dealer or its or his agent oremployee is authorized to extend orenlarge this warranty and no dealeror its or his agent or employee isauthorized to make any oral warran-ty on HMIL’s behalf.

HMIL reserves the right to make anychange in design or make anyimprovement on the vehicle at anytime without any obligation to makethe same change on vehicles previ-ously sold.HMIL reserves the right for the finaldecision in all warranty matters.

OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES

o Proper use, maintenance andcare of vehicle in accordance withthe instructions contained in thisOwner’s Manual and ServiceBooklet. If the vehicle is subjectto severe usage conditions, suchas operation in extremely dusty,rough, more repeated short dis-tance driving or heavy city trafficduring hot weather, maintenanceof vehicle should be done morefrequently as mentioned in thisOwner’s Manual and ServiceBooklet.

o In order to maintain the validity ofthis Emission Warranty, the vehi-cle must be serviced by HyundaiAuthorized Dealer or ServiceCentre in accordance to theOwner’s Manual and ServiceBooklet.

o Retention of maintenance servicerecords. It may be necessary forthe customer to show that therequired maintenance has beenperformed, as specified in thisOwner’s Manual and ServiceBooklet.

o Immediate Delivery of the vehicleto any authorized Hyundai Dealer

upon discovery of failure to com-ply with the In-use emission stan-dard inspite of proper use, main-tenance and care of vehicle inaccordance with the instructionscontained in this Owner’s Manualand Service Booklet.

o Production of “Pollution UnderControl" (PUC) certificate valid forthe period immediately precedingthe test during which the failure isdiscovered, the test having beencarried out either for obtaining anew certificate, or pursuant uponbeing directed by an officer asreferred to in sub-rule (2) of Rule116 of the Central Motor VehiclesRules.


72

dealernearest

Introduction

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2FUEL REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3• Petrol engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3• Diesel engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 3

BA 4D 3_PB eng 1.qxd 10-02-2017 12:08 Page 1

Introduction

23

We want to help you get the greatestpossible driving pleasure from your vehi-cle. Your Owner’s Manual can assist youin many ways. We strongly recommendthat you read the entire manual. In orderto minimize the chance of death or injury,you must read the WARNING and CAU-TION sections in the manual.Illustrations complement the words in thismanual to best explain how to enjoy yourvehicle. By reading your manual, youlearn about features, important safetyinformation, and driving tips under vari-ous road conditions.The general layout of the manual is pro-vided in the Table of Contents. Use theindex when looking for a specific area orsubject; it has an alphabetical listing of allinformation in your manual.Chapters: This manual has ten chaptersplus an index. Each section begins with abrief list of contents so you can tell at aglance if that section has the informationyou want.

You’ll find various WARNING’s,CAUTION’s, and NOTICE’s in this manu-al. These were prepared to enhance yourpersonal safety. You should carefully readand follow ALL procedures and recom-mendations provided in theseWARNING’s, CAUTION’s and NOTICE’s.

] NOTICENOTICE indicates interesting or helpfulinformation is being provided.

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

WARNING WARNING indicates a situation inwhich harm, serious bodily injury ordeath could result if the warning isignored.

CAUTIONCAUTION indicates a situation in whichdamage to your vehicle could result ifthe caution is ignored.


3 3

Introduction

Petrol engineUnleadedYour new vehicle is designed to use onlyunleaded fuel having an Octane Ratingof RON (Research Octane Number) 91 /AKI (Anti-Knock Index) 87 or higher.(Do not use methanol blended fuels)

Your new vehicle is designed to obtainmaximum performance with UNLEADEDFUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emis-sions and spark plug fouling.

Petrol containing alcohol and methanolGasohol, a mixture of petrol and ethanol(also known as grain alcohol), and petrolor gasohol containing methanol (alsoknown as wood alcohol) are being mar-keted along with or instead of leaded orunleaded petrol. Do not use gasohol containing more than10% ethanol, and do not use petrol orgasohol containing any methanol. Eitherof these fuels may cause drivability prob-lems and damage the fuel system.engine control system and emission con-trol system. Discontinue using gasohol ofany kind if drivability problems occur.Vehicle damage or driveability problemsmay not be covered by the manufactur-er’s warranty if they result from the useof:1. Gasohol containing more than 10%

ethanol.2. Petrol or gasohol containing methanol.3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

(Except for vehicle designed to useleaded petrol for some countries)

FUEL REQUIREMENTS

CAUTIONNEVER USE LEADED FUEL. The useof leaded fuel is detrimental to the cat-alytic converter and will damage theengine control system’s oxygen sen-sor and affect emission control.Never add any fuel system cleaningagents to the fuel tank other than whathas been specified. (We recommendthat you contact an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer for details)

WARNING • Do not "top off" after the nozzle

automatically shuts off when refuel-ing.

• Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an accident.

CAUTIONNever use gasohol which containsmethanol. Discontinue use of anygasohol product which impairs dri-vability.


Introduction

43

Using fuels such as;- Silicone (Si) contained fuel,- MMT (Manganese, Mn) contained fuel,- Ferrocene (Fe) contained fuel, and- Other metallic additives contained

fuels,may cause vehicle and engine damageor cause plugging, misfiring, poor accel-eration, engine stalling, catalyst melting,abnormal corrosion, life cycle reduction,etc.Also, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp(MIL) may illuminate.

] NOTICEDamage to the fuel system or perform-ance problem caused by the use of thesefuels may not be covered by your NewVehicle Limited Warranty.

Use of MTBEHYUNDAI recommends avoiding fuelscontaining MTBE (Methyl Tertiary ButylEther) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content2.7% weight) in your vehicle.Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% vol.(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) mayreduce vehicle performance and producevapor lock or hard starting.

Do not use methanolHYUNDAI recommends avoiding fuelscontaining MTBE (Methyl Tertiary ButylEther) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content2.7% weight) in your vehicle.Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% vol.(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) mayreduce vehicle performance and producevapor lock or hard starting.

CAUTIONYour New Vehicle Limited Warrantymay not cover damage to the fuel sys-tem and any performance problemsthat are caused by the use of fuelscontaining methanol or fuels contain-ing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether)over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content2.7% weight.)

CAUTIONYour New Vehicle Limited Warrantymay not cover damage to the fuel sys-tem and performance problems thatare caused by the use of methanol orfuels containing methanol.


3 5

Introduction

Fuel AdditivesHYUNDAI recommends that you useunleaded gasoline which has an OctaneRating of RON (Research OctaneNumber) 91 / AKI (Anti-Knock Index) 87or higher. For customers who do not use goodquality gasolines including fuel additivesregularly, and have problems starting orthe engine does not run smoothly, onebottle of additives added to the fuel tankat every 10,000 km. Additives are available from your author-ized HYUNDAI dealer along with infor-mation on how to use them. Do not mixother additives.

Petrols for cleaner airTo help contribute to cleaner air,HYUNDAI recommends that you usepetrols treated with detergent additives,which help prevent deposit formation inthe engine. These petrols will help theengine run cleaner and enhance per-formance of the Emission ControlSystem. Operation in foreign countriesIf you are going to drive your vehicle inanother country, be sure to:• Observe all regulations regarding reg-

istration and insurance.• Determine that acceptable fuel is avail-

able.

Diesel engineDiesel fuelDiesel engine must be operated only oncommercially available diesel fuel thatcomplies with EN 590 or comparablestandard. (EN stands for "EuropeanNorm"). Do not use marine diesel fuel,heating oils, or non-approved fuel addi-tives, as this will increase wear andcause damage to the engine and fuelsystem. The use of non-approved fuelsand / or fuel additives will result in a limi-tation of your warranty rights. Diesel fuel of 52 to 54 cetane is used inyour vehicle. If two types of diesel fuelare available, use summer or winter fuelproperly according to the following tem-perature conditions.• Above -5°C (23°F) ... Summer type

diesel fuel.• Below -5°C (23°F) ... Winter type diesel

fuel.

Watch the fuel level in the tank very care-fully: If the engine stops through fuel fail-ure, the circuits must be completelypurged to restart.


Introduction

63

Biodiesel Commercially supplied biodiesel blendsof no more than 5% biodiesel, commonlyknown as "B5 biodiesel" may be used inyour vehicle if it meets EN 14214 orequivalent specifications. (EN stands for"European Norm"). The use of biofuelsmade from rapeseed methyl ester(RME), fatty acid methyl ester (FAME),vegetable oil methyl ester (VME) etc. ormixing diesel with biodiesel will causeincreased wear or damage to the engineand fuel system. Repair or replacementof worn or damaged components due tothe use of non approved fuels will not becovered by the manufactures warranty.

No special break-in period is needed. Byfollowing a few simple precautions for thefirst 1,000 km (600 miles) you may add tothe performance, economy and life ofyour vehicle.• Do not race the engine.• While driving, keep your engine speed

(rpm, or revolutions per minute)between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.

• Do not maintain a single speed for longperiods of time, either fast or slow.Varying engine speed is needed toproperly break-in the engine.

• Avoid hard stops, except in emergen-cies, to allow the brakes to seat prop-erly.

• Don't let the engine idle longer than 3minutes at one time.

CAUTION• Do not let any petrol or water enter

the tank. This would make it neces-sary to drain it out and to bleed thelines to avoid jamming the injectionpump and damaging the engine.

• In winter, in order to cut down inci-dents due to freezing, paraffin oilmay be added to the fuel if the tem-perature drops to below -10°C(50°F). Never use more than 20%paraffin oil.

CAUTION• Never use any fuel, whether diesel

or B5 biodiesel that fails to meet thelatest petroleum industry specifica-tion.

• Never use any fuel additives ortreatments that are not recommend-ed or approved by the vehicle man-ufacturer.

VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS



INTERIOR OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . 4-3ENGINE COMPARTMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

• Petrol engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4• Diesel engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

4


24

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Door lock/unlock button ....................6-16

2. Outside rearview mirror folding* ........6-37

3. Outside rearview mirror control*........6-37

4. Power window lock button*................6-26

5. Power window switches* ..................6-23

6. Central door lock switch* ..................6-17

7. Head lamp leveling device* ..............6-57

8. Fuse box............................................9-60

9. Hood release lever ............................6-28

10. Clutch pedal* ..................................7-13

11. Brake pedal ....................................7-21

12. Fuel filler lid opener ........................6-30

13. Key ignition switch/Engine start/stop button ............7-4, 7-7

14. Seats ................................................5-2

15. Steering wheel ................................6-33

* : if equipped

OBA013003

4 3


INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

1. Instrument cluster ...........................6-39

2. Light control / Turn signals.....6-54, 6-56

3. Wiper/Washer..................................6-58

4. Audio remote control* ....................6-86

5. Horn ................................................6-34

6. Driver’s front air bag* ......................5-28

7. Passenger’s front air bag*...............5-28

8. Hazard warning flasher...................6-53

9. Trip computer* .................................6-42

10. Audio system*....................6-92, 6-121

11. Climate control system*.......6-63, 6-71

12. Cigarette lighter*/Power outlet*........................6-82, 6-84

13. AUX, USB and iPod port* .............6-88

14. Shift lever.............................7-13, 7-16

15. Parking brake lever .......................7-22

16. Glove box ......................................6-80

17. Cup holder ....................................6-83

* : if equipped

OBA013004


44

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

n Petrol engine

OBA013006R

h The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

1. Engine coolant reservoir ...................9-29

2. Engine oil filler cap ...........................9-25

3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir ...............9-31

4. Air cleaner.........................................9-37

5. Fuse box ...........................................9-58

6. Positive battery terminal ...................9-44

7. Negative battery terminal..................9-44

8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....9-34

9. Radiator cap .....................................9-30

10. Engine oil dipstick ...........................9-25

4 5


OBA013007R

1. Engine coolant reservoir ...................9-29

2. Engine oil filler cap ...........................9-26

3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir ...............9-31

4. Air cleaner.........................................9-37

5. Fuse box ...........................................9-58

6. Positive battery terminal ...................9-44

7. Negative battery terminal..................9-44

8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....9-34

9. Radiator cap .....................................9-30

10. Engine oil dipstick ...........................9-26

11. Fuel filter .........................................9-35

n Diesel engine


Safety features of your vehicle

SEATS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2• Front seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4• Rear seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7

SEAT BELTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10• Seat belt restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10• Pre-tensioner seat belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14• Additional seat belt safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . 5-17• Care of seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM (CRS) . . . . . . . 5-20• Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) . . . . . . . . 5-21• Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) . . . . . . . 5-23

AIR BAG - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM . . . . . . 5-27• Where are the air bags? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29• How does the air bags system operate? . . . . . . . . . . 5-30• What to expect after an air bag inflates . . . . . . . . . 5-34• Do not install a child restraint on the

front passenger seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35• Why didn’t my air bag go off in a collision? . . . . . . 5-35• SRS care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40• Additional safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41• Air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41

5


25

Front seats(1) Forward and rearward(2) Seatback angle (3) Seat cushion height (driver’s seat)*(4) Headrest

Rear seats(5) Seat folding*(6) Armrest*(7) Headrest

* : if equipped

SEATS

OBA034001Q

5 3


WARNING - Driver’s seat• Never attempt to adjust seat while

the vehicle is moving. This couldresult in loss of control, and an acci-dent causing death, serious injury,or property damage.

• Do not allow anything to interferewith the normal position of the seat-back. Storing items against a seat-back or in any other way interferingwith proper locking of a seatbackcould result in serious or fatal injuryin a sudden stop or collision.

• Always drive and ride with your seat-back upright and the lap portion ofthe seat belt snug and low acrossthe hips. This is the best position toprotect you in case of an accident.

• In order to avoid unnecessary andperhaps severe air bag injuries,always sit as far back as possiblefrom the steering wheel while main-taining comfortable control of thevehicle. It is recommended that driv-ers allow at least 25 cm (10 in.)between the center of the steeringwheel and their chest.

WARNING - Uprighting seatWhen you return the seatback to itsupright position, hold the seatbackand return it slowly and be sure thereare no other occupants around theseat. If the seatback is returned with-out being held and controlled, theback of the seat could spring forwardresulting in accidental injury to a per-son struck by the seatback.

WARNING - Loose objectsLoose objects in the driver’s foot areacould interfere with the operation ofthe foot pedals, possibly causing anaccident. Do not place anything underthe front seats.

WARNING - Driver respon-sibility for front seat passen-ger

Riding in a vehicle with a front seat-back reclined could lead to serious orfatal injury in an accident. If a frontseat is reclined during an accident, theoccupant’s hips may slide under thelap portion of the seat belt applyinggreat force to the unprotectedabdomen. Serious or fatal internalinjuries could result. The driver mustadvise the front passenger to keep theseatback in an upright position when-ever the vehicle is in motion.


45

Front seat adjustmentForward and rearwardTo move the seat forward or rearward:1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up

and hold it.2. Slide the seat to the position you

desire.3. Release the lever and make sure the

seat is locked in place. Adjust the seat before driving, and makesure the seat is locked securely by tryingto move forward and rearward withoutusing the lever. If the seat moves, it is notlocked properly.

Seatback angleTo recline the seatback:1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the

seatback recline lever.2. Carefully lean back on the seat and

adjust the seatback of the seat to theposition you desire.

3. Release the lever and make sure theseatback is locked in place. (The leverMUST return to its original position forthe seatback to lock.)

Seat cushion height (for driver’s seat) (if equipped)To change the height of the seat cushion,move the lever upwards or downwards.• To lower the seat cushion, push down

the lever several times.• To raise the seat cushion, pull up the

lever several times.

OBA033002R OBA033003R OBA033004R

5 5


HeadrestThe driver's and front passenger's seatsare equipped with a headrest for theoccupant's safety and comfort.The headrest not only provides comfortfor the driver and front passenger, butalso helps protect the head and neck inthe event of a collision.

Adjusting the height up and down(if equipped)

To raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (1). To lower the head-rest, push and hold the release button (2)on the headrest support and lower theheadrest to the desired position (3).

WARNING To reduce the risk of serious injury ordeath in an accident, take the follow-ing precautions when adjusting yourheadrests:• Always properly adjust the head-

rests for all passengers BEFOREstarting the vehicle.

• NEVER let anyone ride in a seatwith the headrest removed.

• Adjust the headrests so the middleof the headrests is at the sameheight as the height of the top of theeyes (see diagram).

• NEVER adjust the headrest positionof the driver's seat when the vehicleis in motion.

• Adjust the headrest as close to thepassenger's head as possible. Donot use a seat cushion that holdsthe body away from the seatback.

OBA033005OUB031042N


65

Removal/Reinstall (if equipped)

To remove the headrest, raise it as far asit can go then press the release button (1)while pulling the headrest up (2).To reinstall the headrest, put the head-rest poles (3) into the holes while press-ing the release button (1). Then adjust itto the appropriate height.

Seatback pocket (if equipped)The seatback pocket is provided on theback of the driver’s and/or front passen-ger’s seatback.

Passenger seat under tray (if equipped)To open the tray, pull up the tray and thenpull it out forward.

OBA033006

WARNINGAlways make sure the headrest locksinto position after reinstalling andadjusting it properly.

WARNING - Seatbackpocket

Do not put heavy or sharp objects inthe seatback pocket. In an accidentthey could come loose from the pock-et and injure vehicle occupants.

WARNING - Flammablematerials

Do not store cigarette lighters,propane cylinders, or other flamma-ble/explosive materials in the tray.These items may catch fire and/orexplode if the vehicle is exposed tohot temperatures for extended peri-ods.

OBA033031OPA037007

5 7


Rear seat adjustmentHeadrest The rear seat(s) is equipped with head-rests in the outboard seating positions(and/or center seating position) for theoccupant's safety and comfort. The headrest not only provides comfortfor passengers, but also helps protectthe head and neck in the event of a colli-sion.

Adjusting the height up and down(if equipped)

To raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (1). To lower the head-rest, push and hold the release button (2)on the headrest support and lower theheadrest to the desired position (3).

WARNING To reduce the risk of serious injury ordeath in an accident, take the follow-ing precautions when adjusting yourheadrests:• Always properly adjust the head-

rests for all passengers BEFOREstarting the vehicle.

• NEVER let anyone ride in a seatwith the headrest removed.

• Adjust the headrests so the middleof the headrests is at the sameheight as the height of the top of theeyes (see diagram).

• Adjust the headrest as close to thepassenger's head as possible. Donot use a seat cushion that holdsthe body away from the seatback.

OBA036025OUB031043N


85

Removal/Reinstall (if equipped)

To remove the headrest, slightly fold therear seatback, raise the headrest as faras it can go then press the release button(1) while pulling upward (2).To reinstall the headrest, slightly fold therear seatback, put the headrest poles (3)into the holes while pressing the releasebutton (1). Then adjust it to the appropri-ate height.

Armrest (if equipped)The armrest is located in the center ofthe rear seat. Pull the armrest down fromthe seatback to use it.You will find cup holders on the centerarmrest.

Folding the rear seatThe rear seatbacks may be folded tofacilitate carrying long items or toincrease the luggage capacity of thevehicle.

1. Set the front seatback to the uprightposition and if necessary, slide thefront seat forward.

2. Lower the rear headrests to the lowestposition (if equipped with adjustableheadrests).

WARNING • Never allow passengers to sit on top

of the folded down seatback whilethe vehicle is moving as this is not aproper seating position and no seatbelts are available for use. Thiscould result in serious injury ordeath in case of an accident or sud-den stop.

• Objects carried on the folded downseatback should not extend higherthan the top of the front seats. Thiscould allow cargo to slide forwardand cause injury or damage duringsudden stops.

OBA036026

WARNINGAlways make sure the headrest locksinto position after reinstalling andadjusting it properly.

OBA034028

5 9


3. Insert the rear lap/shoulder belt plateinto the holder on the side trim. It willprevent the lap/shoulder belt frominterfering with the seatback whenfolding.

4. Pull up both sides of the seatbacklever and fold the seatback toward thefront of the vehicle.

To use the rear seat, lift and push up theseatback backward. Push the seatbackfirmly until it clicks into place. Make surethe seatback is locked in place.When returning the rear seatbacks to theupright position, remember to return therear shoulder belts to their proper position.

WARNING When returning the rear seatbackfrom a folded to an upright position,hold the seatback and return it slowly.Ensure that the seatback is complete-ly locked into its upright position bypushing on the top of the seatback. Inan accident or sudden stop, theunlocked seatback could allow cargoto move forward with great force andenter the passenger compartment,which could result in serious injury ordeath.

OBA033028

OBA033029

OBA033027


105

Seat belt restraint system • Each belt assembly must only beused by one occupant; it is danger-ous to put a belt around a childbeing carried on a occupant's lap.

• Be careful not to damage the beltwebbing or hardware. If the beltwebbing or hardware is damaged,replace it.

WARNINGDamaged seat belts and seat beltassemblies will not operate properly.Always replace:• Frayed, contaminated, or damaged

webbing.• Damaged hardware.• The entire seat belt assembly after it

has been worn in an accident, even ifdamage to webbing or assembly isnot apparent.

WARNINGNo modifications or additions shouldbe made by the user which will eitherprevent the seat belt adjusting devicesfrom operating to remove slack.

WARNING• For maximum restraint system pro-

tection, the seat belts must alwaysbe used whenever the vehicle ismoving.

• Seat belts are most effective whenseatbacks are in the upright posi-tion.

• Children age 12 and under mustalways be properly restrained in therear seat. Never allow children toride in the front passenger seat. If achild over 12 must be seated in thefront seat, he/she must be properlybelted and the seat should bemoved as far back as possible.

• Never wear the shoulder belt underyour arm or behind your back. Animproperly positioned shoulder beltcan cause serious injuries in acrash. The shoulder belt should bepositioned midway over your shoul-der across your collarbone.

• Avoid wearing twisted seat belts. Atwisted seat belt will not protect youproperly in an accident. Be sure thebelt webbing is straight and nottwisted.

(Continued)(Continued)

SEAT BELTS

WARNING - CargoCargo should always be secured toprevent it from being thrown about thevehicle in a collision and causinginjury to the vehicle occupants. Do notplace objects in the rear seats, sincethey cannot be properly secured andmay hit the front seat occupants in acollision.

WARNING - Cargo loadingMake sure the engine is off, the shiftlever is in P (Park, for automatictransaxle vehicle ) or 1st gear (formanual transaxle vehicle), and theparking brake is securely appliedwhenever loading or unloading cargo.Failure to take these steps may allowthe vehicle to move if the shift lever isinadvertently moved to another posi-tion.

5 11


Seat belt warningAs a reminder to the driver, the seat beltwarning light on the instrument clusterwill blink for approximately 6 secondseach time you place the ignition switch inthe ON position regardless of belt fasten-ing. If the driver's seat belt is unfastened afterthe ignition switch is in the ON position,the seat belt warning light will blink againfor approximately 6 seconds.If the driver's seat belt is unfastenedwhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition or if it is unfastened after theignition switch is in the ON position, theseat belt warning chime will sound forapproximately 6 seconds. At this time, ifthe seat belt is fastened, the chime willstop at once. (if equipped)

Lap/shoulder beltTo fasten your seat belt:

Pull it out of the retractor and insert themetal tab (1) into the buckle (2). Therewill be an audible "click" when the tablocks into the buckle.The seat belt automatically adjusts to theproper length only after the lap belt por-tion is adjusted manually so that it fitssnugly around your hips. If you lean for-ward in a slow, easy motion, the belt willextend and let you move around. If thereis a sudden stop or impact, however, thebelt will lock into position. It will also lockif you try to lean forward too quickly.

] NOTICEIf you are not able to smoothly pullenough of the seat belt out from theretractor, firmly pull the seat belt outand release it. After release, you will beable to pull the belt out smoothly.

1GQA2083 B180A01NF/H

1

2


125

Height adjustment (if equipped)You can adjust the height of the shoulderbelt anchor to one of the 4 positions formaximum comfort and safety.The shoulder portion should be adjustedso that it lies across your chest and mid-way over your shoulder nearest the door,not over your neck.To adjust the height of the seat beltanchor, lower or raise the height adjusterinto an appropriate position. To raise the height adjuster, pull it up (1).To lower it, push it down (3) while press-ing the height adjuster button (2).Release the button to lock the anchorinto position. Try sliding the heightadjuster to make sure that it has lockedinto position.

WARNINGAlways position the shoulder beltanchor into locked position at theappropriate height. Never position theshoulder belt across your neck orface. Improperly positioned seat beltscan cause serious injuries in an acci-dent.

OBA033024R B200A01NF/H

WARNINGImproperly positioned seat belts mayincrease the risk of serious injury in anaccident. Take the following precau-tions when adjusting the seat belt:• Position the lap portion of the seat

belt as low as possible across yourhips, not on your waist, so that it fitssnugly.This allows your strong pelvic bonesto absorb the force of the crash,reducing the chance of internalinjuries.

• Position one arm under the shoulderbelt and the other over the belt, asshown in the illustration.

5 13


To release the seat belt:

The seat belt is released by pressing therelease button (1) in the locking buckle.When it is released, the belt should auto-matically draw back into the retractor.If this does not happen, check the belt tobe sure it is not twisted, then try again.

Lap belt To fasten your seat belt:

To fasten a 2-point static type belt, insertthe metal tab (1) into the locking buckle(2). There will be an audible "click" whenthe tab locks into the buckle. Make surethe belt is properly locked and that thebelt is not twisted.

With a 2-point static type seat belt, thelength must be adjusted manually so itfits snugly around your hip. Fasten thebelt and pull on the loose end to tightenthe belt. The belt should be placed as lowas possible on your hips, not on yourwaist. If the belt is too high, it couldincrease the possibility of injury in anaccident.

B210A01NF/H B220A04NF-1/Q

OEN036030

B220B01NF

Too high

ShortenCorrect

1


145

When using the rear center seat belt, thebuckle with the “CENTER” mark must beused. (if equipped)

To release the seat belt:

Press the release button (1) on the buck-le and remove the metal tab from thebuckle.

Pre-tensioner seat belt (if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with driver's andfront passenger's pre-tensioner seatbelts. The purpose of the pre-tensioner isto make sure that the seat belts fit tightlyagainst the occupant's body in certainfrontal collisions. The pre-tensioner seatbelts can be activated, where the frontalcollision is severe enough, together withthe air bags.

B210A02NF-1OBA033030 OED030300/H

5 15


When the vehicle stops suddenly, or ifthe occupant tries to lean forward tooquickly, the seat belt retractor will lockinto position. In certain frontal collisions,the pre-tensioner will activate and pullthe seat belt into tighter contact againstthe occupant's body. If the system senses excessive seat belttension on the driver or passenger's seatbelt when the pre-tensioner activates, theload limiter inside the pre-tensioner willrelease some of the pressure on theaffected seat belt. (if equipped)

(Continued)• Improper handling of the pre-ten-

sioner seat belt assemblies, andfailure to heed the warnings not tostrike, modify, inspect, replace,service or repair the pre-tensionerseat belt assemblies may lead toimproper operation or inadvertentactivation and serious injury.

• If the vehicle or pre-tensioner seatbelt must be discarded, we recom-mend that you contact an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING• Pre-tensioners are designed to

operate only one time. After activa-tion, pre-tensioner seat belts mustbe replaced. All seat belts, of anytype, should always be replacedafter they have been worn during acollision.

• The pre-tensioner seat belt assem-bly mechanisms become hot duringactivation. Do not touch the pre-ten-sioner seat belt assemblies for sev-eral minutes after they have beenactivated.

• Do not hit the pre-tensioner seatbelt assemblies.

• Do not attempt to inspect or replacethe pre-tensioner seat belts your-self. We recommend that the sys-tem be serviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not attempt to service or repairthe pre-tensioner seat belt systemin any manner.

(Continued)

WARNINGTo obtain maximum benefit from apre-tensioner seat belt:1. The seatbelt must be worn correct-

ly and adjusted to the proper posi-tion. Please read and follow all ofthe important information and pre-cautions about your vehicle’s occu-pant safety features – includingseat belts and air bags – that areprovided in this manual.

2. Be sure you and your passengersalways wear seat belts properly.


165

The seat belt pre-tensioner system con-sists mainly of the following components.Their locations are shown in the illustra-tion:1. SRS air bag warning light2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly3. SRS control module

] NOTICEThe sensor that activates the SRS airbag is connected with the pre-tensionerseat belts. The SRS air bag warninglight on the instrument panel will illumi-nate for approximately 6 seconds afterthe ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, and then it should turn off.If the pre-tensioner is not working prop-erly, the warning light will illuminateeven if the SRS air bag is not malfunc-tioning. If the warning light does notilluminate, stays illuminated or illumi-nates when the vehicle is being driven,we recommend the pre-tensioner seatbelts and/or SRS air bags be inspectedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.

] NOTICE• Both the driver's and front passenger's

pre-tensioner seat belts will be activat-ed in certain frontal collisions.

• When the pre-tensioner seat belts areactivated, a loud noise may be heardand fine dust, which may appear to besmoke, may be visible in the passengercompartment. These are normal oper-ating conditions and are not haz-ardous.

• Although it is non-toxic, the fine dustmay cause skin irritation and shouldnot be breathed for prolonged periods.Wash all exposed skin areas thorough-ly after an accident in which the pre-tensioner seat belts were activated.

8KMB3311/H

5 17


Additional seat belt safety precau-tions Seat belt use during pregnancy The seat belt should always be used dur-ing pregnancy. The best way to protectyour unborn child is to protect yourself byalways wearing the seat belt.Pregnant women should always wear alap-shoulder seat belt. Place the shoul-der belt across your chest, away fromyour neck. Place the lap belt below yourabdomen so that it fits SNUGLY acrossyour hips and pelvic bone.

Seat belt use and children Infant and small children

Most countries have child restraint lawswhich require children to travel inapproved child restraint devices, includ-ing booster seats. The age at which seatbelts can be used instead of childrestraints differs among countries, so youshould be aware of the specific require-ments in your country, and where you aretravelling. Infant and child restraints mustbe properly placed and installed in a rearseat. For more information refer to the“Child Restraint Systems” in this chapter.

Small children are best protected frominjury in an accident when properlyrestrained in the rear seat by a childrestraint system that meets the require-ments of the Safety Standards of yourcountry. Before buying any child restraintsystem, make sure that it has a label cer-tifying that it meets Safety Standard ofyour country. The restraint must beappropriate for your child's height andweight. Check the label on the childrestraint for this information. Refer to“Child Restraint Systems” in this chapter.

Larger children

Children under age 13 and who are toolarge for a booster seat must alwaysoccupy the rear seat and use the avail-able lap/shoulder belts. A seat beltshould lie across the upper thighs and besnug across the shoulder and chest torestrain the child safely. Check belt fitperiodically. A child's squirming could putthe belt out of position. Children areafforded the most safety in the event ofan accident when they are restrained bya proper restraint system and/or seatbelts in the rear seat.

WARNINGTo reduce the risk of serious injury ordeath to an unborn child during anaccident, pregnant women shouldNEVER place the lap portion of theseat belt above or over the area of theabdomen where the unborn child islocated.

WARNINGALWAYS properly restrain infants andsmall children in a child restraintappropriate for the child’s height andweight.To reduce the risk of serious injury ordeath to a child and other passengers,NEVER hold a child in your lap orarms when the vehicle is moving. Theviolent forces created during an acci-dent will tear the child from your armsand throw the child against the interiorof the vehicle.


185

If a larger child over age 13 must be seat-ed in the front seat, the child must besecurely restrained by the availablelap/shoulder belt and the seat should beplaced in the rearmost position.If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch-es the child’s neck or face, try placing thechild closer to the center of the vehicle. Ifthe shoulder belt still touches their faceor neck they need to be returned to anappropriate booster seat.

Transporting an injured personA seat belt should be used when aninjured person is being transported.Consult a physician for specific recom-mendations.

One person per belt Two people (including children) shouldnever attempt to use a single seat belt.This could increase the severity ofinjuries in case of an accident.

Do not lie down Sitting in a reclined position when thevehicle is in motion can be dangerous.Even when buckled up, the protections ofyour restraint system (seat belts and/orair bags) is greatly reduced by recliningyour seatback.To reduce the chance of injuries in theevent of an accident and to achieve themaximum effectiveness of the restraintsystem, all passengers should be sittingup and the front and rear seats should bein an upright position when the car ismoving. A seat belt cannot provide prop-er protection if the person is lying down inthe rear seat or if the front or rear seatsare in a reclined position.

WARNING• Always make sure larger children’s

seat belts are worn and properlyadjusted.

• NEVER allow the shoulder belt tocontact the child’s neck or face.

• Do not allow more than one child touse a single seat belt.

WARNING• NEVER ride with a reclined seat-

back when the vehicle is moving.• Riding with a reclined seatback

increases your chance of serious orfatal injuries in the event of a colli-sion or sudden stop.

• Drivers and passengers shouldalways sit well back in their seats,properly belted, and with the seat-backs upright.

5 19


Care of seat belts Seat belt systems should never be disas-sembled or modified. In addition, careshould be taken to assure that seat beltsand belt hardware are not damaged byseat hinges, doors or other abuse.

Periodic inspection All seat belts should be inspected peri-odically for wear or damage of any kind.Any damaged parts should be replacedas soon as possible.

Keep belts clean and drySeat belts should be kept clean and dry.If belts become dirty, they can becleaned by using a mild soap solutionand warm water. Bleach, dye, strongdetergents or abrasives should not beused because they may damage andweaken the fabric.

When to replace seat belts The entire seat belt assembly or assem-blies should be replaced if the vehiclehas been involved in an accident. Thisshould be done even if no damage is vis-ible. We recommend that you consult anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.


205

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM (CRS)

Children under age 13 must always ridein the rear seats and must always beproperly restrained to minimize the risk ofinjury in an accident, sudden stop or sud-den maneuver. According to accidentstatistics, children are safer when proper-ly restrained in the rear seats than in thefront seat. Even with air bags, childrencan be seriously injured or killed.Children too large for a child restraintmust use the seat belts provided.

Most countries have child restraint lawswhich require children to travel inapproved child restraint devices. Thelaws governing the age or height/weightrestrictions at which seat belts can beused instead of child restraints differsamong countries, so you should beaware of the specific requirements inyour country, and where you are travel-ling.Child restraint systems must be properlyplaced and installed in the rear seat. Youmust use a commercially available childrestraint system that meets the require-ments of the Safety Standards of yourcountry.Child restraint systems are generallydesigned to be secured in a vehicle seatby lap belt or the lap belt portion of alap/shoulder belt in the rear seats of thevehicle.

Child Restraint System (CRS) Infants and younger children must berestrained in an appropriate rear-facingor forward-facing CRS that has first beenproperly secured to the rear seat of thevehicle. Read and comply with theinstructions for installation and use pro-vided by the manufacturer of the childrestraint.

WARNINGAlways properly restrain children inthe rear seats of the vehicle.Children of all ages are safer whenrestrained in the rear seat. A child rid-ing in the front passenger seat can beforcefully struck by an inflating air bagresulting in SERIOUS INJURY orDEATH.

WARNINGAn improperly secured child restraintcan increase the risk of SERIOUSINJURY or DEATH in an accident.Always take the following precautionswhen using a child restraint system:• NEVER install a child or infant

restraint in the front passenger’sseat.

• Always properly secure the childrestraint to a rear seat of the vehi-cle.

• Always follow the child restraint sys-tem manufacturer’s instructions forinstallation and use.

(Continued)

5 21


Selecting a Child Restraint System(CRS) When selecting a CRS for your child,always:• Make sure the CRS has a label certify-

ing that it meets applicable SafetyStandards of your country.

• Select a child restraint system basedon your child’s height and weight. Therequired label or the instructions foruse typically provide this information.

• Select a child restraint system that fitsthe vehicle seating position where itwill be used.

• Read and comply with the warningsand instructions for installation and useprovided with the child restraint system.

Child restraint system types There are three main types of childrestraint systems: rear-facing seats, for-ward-facing seats, and booster seats.They are classified according to thechild’s age, height and weight.

Rear-facing child seats

WARNINGNEVER install a child or infantrestraint in the front passenger’s seat.Placing a rear-facing child restraint inthe front seat can result in SERIOUSINJURY or DEATH if the childrestraint is struck by an inflating airbag.

(Continued)• Always properly restrain your child in

the child restraint.• Do not use an infant carrier or a child

safety seat that "hooks“ over a seat-back, it may not provide adequateprotection in an accident.

• After an accident, we recommend aHYUNDAI dealer check the childrestraint system, seat belts, ISOFIXlower anchorages and top-tetheranchorages.


225

A rear-facing child seat provides restraintwith the seating surface against the backof the child. The harness system holds thechild in place, and in an accident, acts tokeep the child positioned in the seat andreduce the stress to the fragile neck andspinal cord.All children under age one must alwaysride in a rear-facing infant child restraint. Convertible and 3-in-1 child seat typicallyhave higher height and weight limits for therear-facing position, allowing you to keepyour child rear-facing for a longer period oftime.

Continue to use a rear-facing child seat foras long as your child will fit within theheight and weight limits allowed by thechild seat manufacturer. It’s the best way tokeep them safe. Once your child has out-grown the rear-facing child restraint, yourchild is ready for a forward-facing childrestraint with a harness.

Forward-facing child seats

A forward-facing child seat provides seatsfor the child’s body with a harness. Keepchildren in a forward-facing child seat witha harness until they reach the top height orweight limit allowed by your child restraint’smanufacturer.Once your child outgrows the forward-fac-ing child restraint, your child is ready for abooster seat.

CRS09 OUN026150

5 23


Booster seats

A booster seat is a restraint designed toimprove the fit of the vehicle’s seat beltsystem. A booster seat positions the seatbelt so that it fits properly over the lap ofyour child. Keep your child in a boosterseat until they are big enough to sit in theseat without a booster and still have theseat belt fit properly.For a seat belt to fit properly, the lap beltmust lie snugly across the upper thighs,not the stomach. The shoulder beltshould lie snug across the shoulder andchest and not across the neck or face.Children under age 13 must always ridein the rear seats and must always beproperly restrained to minimize the risk ofinjury.

Installing a Child Restraint System(CRS)

After selecting a proper child seat foryour child, check to make sure it fits prop-erly in your vehicle. Follow the instruc-tions provided by the manufacturer wheninstalling the child seat. Note these gen-eral steps when installing the seat to yourvehicle:• Properly secure the child restraint sys-

tem to the vehicle. All child seats mustbe secured to the vehicle with the lapbelt or lap part of a lap/shoulder belt.

• Make sure the child restraint system isfirmly secured. After installing a childseat to the vehicle, push and pull theseat forward and from side-to-side toverify that it is securely attached to theseat. A child seat secured with a seatbelt should be installed as firmly aspossible. However, some side-to- sidemovement can be expected.

WARNINGBefore installing your child restraintsystem always:• Read and follow the instructions

provided by the manufacturer of thechild restraint.

• Read and follow the instructionsregarding child restraint systems inthis manual.Failure to follow all warnings andinstructions could increase the riskof the SERIOUS INJURY or DEATHif an accident occurs.

WARNINGA child restraint system in a closedvehicle can become very hot. To pre-vent burns, check the seating surfaceand buckles before placing your childin the child restraint.


245

Securing a child restraint system with alap belt or lap/shoulder belt All child restraint system must be securedto a vehicle rear seat with the lap belt orthe lap part of a lap/shoulder belt.

Installing a child restraint system with alap belt

To install a child restraint system on thecenter rear seats, do the following:1.Place the child restraint system on the

center rear seat and route the lap beltthrough the restraint, following therestraint manufacturer’s instructions. Be sure the seat belt webbing is nottwisted.

2. Fasten the lap belt latch into the buck-le. Listen for the distinct “click” sound.

3. Adjust the lap belt for a snug hold onthe child restraint system by pulling theloose end of the belt.

4. Push and pull on the child restraintsystem to confirm that the seat belt isholding it firmly in place.

To remove the child restraint system,press the release button on the buckleand then pull the lap belt out of therestraint.

WARNINGALWAYS place a rear-facing childrestraint system in the rear seat of thevehicle.Placing a rear-facing child restraintsystem in the front seat can result inserious injury or death if the childrestraint system is struck by an inflatingair bag.

1GHA2260

5 25


Installing a child restraint system with alap/shoulder belt

To install a child restraint system on therear seats, do the following:1.Place the child restraint system on a

rear seat and route the lap/shoulderbelt around or through the restraint, fol-lowing the restraint manufacturer’sinstructions. Be sure the seat belt webbing is nottwisted.

2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch intothe buckle. Listen for the distinct “click”sound.

] NOTICEPosition the release button so that it iseasy to access in case of an emergency.

3. Remove as much slack from the beltas possible by pushing down on thechild restraint system while feeding theshoulder belt back into the retractor.

4. Push and pull on the child restraintsystem to confirm that the seat belt isholding it firmly in place.

To remove the child restraint system,press the release button on the buckleand then pull the lap/shoulder belt out ofthe restraint and allow the seat belt toretract fully.

OEN036104E2MS103005 OEN036101


265

Child seat restraint suitability for seat position using the seat belt Use child safety seats that have been officially approved and are appropriate for your children. When using the child safety seats,refer to the following table.

Age groupSeating position

Co Driver Rear Left Rear Right Rear center0 : Up to 10 kg - U U -0+ : Up to 13 kg - U U -I : 9 kg to 18 kg - U U -II : 15 kg to 25 kg - U U -III : 22 kg to 36 kg - U U -

U : Universal Category UF: Universal Front FacingNote:- UF shall not be used for mass group 0 & 0+.

5 27


(1) Driver’s front air bag*(2) Passenger’s front air bag *

* : if equipped

AIR BAG - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

WARNING• Even in vehicles with air bags, you

and your passengers must alwayswear the safety belts provided inorder to minimize the risk andseverity of injury in the event of acollision or rollover.

• SRS and pretensioners containexplosive chemicals. If scraping avehicle without removing SRS andpretensioners from a vehicle, it maycause fire. Before scraping a vehi-cle, we recommend that you contactan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Keep the SRS parts and wiringsaway from water or any liquid. If theSRS components are inoperativedue to exposure to water or liquids,it may cause fire or severe injury.

h The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OBA033017R


285

The front air bags are designed to sup-plement the three-point seat belts. Forthese air bags to provide protection, theseat belts must be worn at all times whendriving.You can be severely injured or killed in anaccident if you are not wearing a seatbelt. Air bags are designed to supple-ment seat belts, but do not replace them.Also, air bags are not designed to deployin every collision. In some accidents, theseat belts are the only restraint protect-ing you.

WARNING - AIR BAG SAFETY PRECAUTIONSALWAYS use seat belts and child restraints - every trip, every time, everyone! Evenwith air bags, you can be seriously injured or killed in a collision if you are improper-ly belted or not wearing your seat belt when the air bag inflates.NEVER place a child in any child restraint or booster seat in the front passenger seat.An inflating air bag could forcefully strike the infant or child causing serious or fatalinjuries.ABC - Always Buckle Children under age 13 in the back seat. It is the safest place forchildren of any age to ride. If a child age 13 or older must be seated in the front seat,he or she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as pos-sible.All occupants should sit upright with the seatback in an upright position, centered onthe seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and their feet onthe floor until the vehicle is parked and the engine is turned off. If an occupant is outof position during an accident, the rapidly deploying air bag may forcefully contact theoccupant causing serious or fatal injuries.You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bagsor lean against the door or center console.Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still maintaining con-trol of the vehicle. It is recommended that drivers allow at least 25 cm (10 in.) betweenthe center of the steering wheel and the chest.

5 29


Where are the air bags? Driver’s and passenger’s front air bags(if equipped) Your vehicle is equipped with aSupplemental Restraint System (SRS)and lap/shoulder belts at both the driverand passenger seating positions.

The SRS consists of air bags which arelocated in the center of the steeringwheel and the passenger's side frontpanel pad above the glove box.The air bags are labeled with the letters“AIR BAG” embossed on the pad covers.

The purpose of the SRS is to provide thevehicle's driver and front passengerswith additional protection than thatoffered by the seat belt system alone incase of a frontal impact of sufficientseverity.

WARNINGTo reduce the risk of serious injury ordeath from an inflating front air bags,take the following precautions:• Seat belts must be worn at all times

to help keep occupants positionedproperly.

• Adjust the front passenger’s and dri-ver’s seats as far to the rear as pos-sible while allowing you to maintainfull control of the vehicle.

• Never lean against the door or centerconsole.

(Continued)

OBA033020R

OBA033021R

n Driver’s front air bag

n Passenger’s front air bag

(Continued)• Do not allow the front passenger to

place their feet or legs on the dash-board.

• Do not allow the passenger to ride inthe front seat when the front passen-ger’s air bag OFF indicator is illumi-nated.

• No objects (such as crash pad cover,cellular phone holder, cup holder, per-fume or stickers) should be placedover or near the air bag modules onthe steering wheel, instrument panel,windshield glass, and the front pas-senger's panel above the glove box.Such objects could cause harm if thevehicle is in a crash severe enough tocause the air bags to deploy.

• Do not attach any objects on frontwindshield and inside mirror.


305

How does the air bags system oper-ate? The SRS consists of the following com-ponents:1. Driver's front air bag module*2. Passenger's front air bag module*3. Pre-tensioner seatbelt system*4. Air bag warning light*5. SRS control module (SRSCM)*6. Front impact sensors*

*: if equipped

The SRSCM continually monitors allSRS components while the ignitionswitch is ON to determine if a crashimpact is severe enough to require airbag deployment or pre-tensioner seatbelt deployment.

SRS warning light

The SRS (Supplement Restraint System)air bag warning light on the instrumentpanel displays the air bag symbol depictedin the illustration. The system checks theair bag electrical system for malfunctions.The light indicates that there is a potentialproblem with your air bag system.

The SRS air bag warning light on theinstrument panel will illuminate for about6 seconds after the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, after which theair bag warning light should go out.

OBA033013R/Q

5 31


During a moderate to severe frontal colli-sion, sensors will detect the vehicle’srapid deceleration. If the rate of deceler-ation is high enough, the control unit willinflate the front air bags.The front air bags help protect the driverand front passenger by responding tofrontal impacts in which seat belts alonecannot provide adequate restraint. Whenneeded, the side air bags help provideprotection in the event of a side impact orrollover by supporting the side upperbody area. • Air bags are activated (able to inflate if

necessary) only when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

• Air bags inflate in the event of a severefrontal or side collision to help protectthe occupants from serious physicalinjury.

• There is no single speed at which theair bags will inflate. Generally, air bagsare designed to inflate based upon theseverity of a collision and its direction.These two factors determine whetherthe sensors produce an electronicdeployment/inflation signal.

• Air bag deployment depends on anumber of factors including vehiclespeed, angles of impact and the densi-ty and stiffness of the vehicles orobjects which your vehicle impactsduring a collision. The determining fac-tors are not limited to those mentionedabove.

• The front air bags will completelyinflate and deflate in an instant. It is vir-tually impossible for you to see the airbags inflate during an accident. It ismuch more likely that you will simplysee the deflated air bags hanging outof their storage compartments after thecollision.

WARNINGIf your SRS malfunctions, the air bagmay not inflate properly during an acci-dent increasing the risk of seriousinjury or death.If any of the following conditions occur,your SRS is malfunctioning:• The light does not turn on for

approximately six seconds whenthe ignition switch is placed in theON position.

• The light stays on after illuminatingfor approximately six seconds.

• The light comes on while the vehicleis in motion.

• The light blinks when the engine isrunning.

We recommend that an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer inspect the SRS assoon as possible if any of these condi-tions occur.


325

• To help provide protection, the air bagsmust inflate rapidly. The speed of airbag inflation is a consequence ofextremely short time in which to inflatethe air bag between the occupant andthe vehicle structures before the occu-pant impacts those structures. Thisspeed of inflation reduces the risk ofserious or life-threatening injuries andis thus a necessary part of air bagdesign.However, the rapid air bag inflation canalso cause injuries which can includefacial abrasions, bruises and brokenbones because the inflation speed alsocauses the air bags to expand with agreat deal of force.

• There are even circumstances underwhich contact with the air bag cancause fatal injuries, especially if theoccupant is positioned excessivelyclose to the air bag.

You can take steps to reduce the risk ofbeing injured by an inflating air bag. Thegreatest risk is sitting too close to the airbag. An air bag needs about 25 cm (10in.) of space to inflate. It is recommendedthat drivers allow at least 25 cm (10 in.)between the center of the steering wheeland the chest. When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently

severe impact to the front of the vehicle,it will automatically deploy the front airbags.

OLMB033054

n Driver’s front air bag (1)

5 33


Upon deployment, tear seams moldeddirectly into the pad covers will separateunder pressure from the expansion of theair bags. Further opening of the coversallows full inflation of the air bags.A fully inflated air bag, in combinationwith a properly worn seat belt, slows thedriver's or the passenger's forwardmotion, reducing the risk of head andchest injury.

After complete inflation, the air bagimmediately starts deflating, enabling thedriver to maintain forward visibility andthe ability to steer or operate other con-trols.

OLMB033055


OLMB033056


OLMB033057

n Passenger’s front air bag

WARNING To prevent objects from becomingdangerous projectiles when the pas-senger's air bag inflates:• Do not install or place any objects

(drink holder, CD holder, stickers,etc.) on the front passenger's panelabove the glove box where the pas-senger's air bag is located.

• Do not install a container of liquid airfreshener near the instrument clus-ter or on the instrument panel sur-face.


345

What to expect after an air baginflates After a front air bag inflates, it will deflatevery quickly. Air bag inflation will not preventthe driver from seeing out of the windshieldor being able to steer.

Noise and smoke from inflating air bag When the air bags inflate, they make aloud noise and they leave smoke andpowder in the air inside of the vehicle.This is normal and is a result of the igni-tion of the air bag inflator. After the airbag inflates, you may feel substantial dis-comfort in breathing because of the con-tact of your chest with both the seat beltand the air bag, as well as from breathingthe smoke and powder. The powder mayaggravate asthma for some people. If youexperience breathing problems after anair bag deployment, seek medical atten-tion immediately.Though the smoke and powder are non-toxic, they may cause irritation to theskin, eyes, nose, throat, etc. If this is thecase, wash and rinse with cold waterimmediately and seek medical attentionif the symptoms persist.

WARNINGAfter an air bag inflates, take the fol-lowing precautions:• Open your windows and doors as

soon as possible after impact toreduce prolonged exposure to thesmoke and powder released by theinflating air bag.

• Do not touch the air bag storagearea’s internal components immedi-ately after an air bag has inflated.The parts that come into contactwith an inflating air bag may be veryhot.

• Always wash exposed skin areasthoroughly with lukewarm water andmild soap.

• We recommend that an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer replace the airbag immediately after deployment.Air bags are designed to be usedonly once.

5 35


Do not install a child restraint on thefront passenger seat Never install a child restraint in the frontpassenger’s seat. An inflating air bag canforcefully strike a child or restraint result-ing in serious or fatal injury.

Why didn’t my air bag go off in a col-lision? (Air bags are not designed toinflate in every collision.) There are certain types of accidents inwhich the air bag would not be expectedto provide additional protection. Theseinclude rear impacts, second or third col-lisions in multiple impact accidents, aswell as low speed impacts. Damage tothe vehicle indicates a collision energyabsorption, and is not an indicator ofwhether or not an air bag should haveinflated.

Air bag collision sensors (if equipped)

WARNING NEVER place a rear-facing or front-facing child restraint in the front pas-senger’s seat of the vehicle. An inflat-ing frontal air bag could forcefullystrike a child resulting in serious injuryor death. Always properly restrain chil-dren in an appropriate child restraint inthe rear seat of the vehicle.

OYDESA2042

WARNING To reduce the risk of an air bagdeploying unexpectedly and causingserious injury or death:• Do not hit or allow any objects to

impact the locations where air bagsor sensors are installed.

• Do not perform maintenance on oraround the air bag sensors. If thelocation or angle of the sensors isaltered, the air bags may deploywhen they should not or may notdeploy when they should.

• Do not install bumper guards orreplace the bumper with a non-gen-uine part. This may adversely affectthe collision and air bag deploymentperformance.

• We recommend that all repairs areconducted by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.


365

1 2

OBA037014R/OBA033015R/OBA037016

n 5 Door

n 4 Door (1) SRS control module (if equipped)

(2) Front impact sensor (if equipped)

5 37


Air bag inflation conditions Front air bag

Front air bags are designed to inflate in afrontal collision depending on the intensity,speed, or angles of impact of the front col-lision.

Although the driver’s and front passen-ger’s air bags are designed to inflate onlyin frontal collisions, they also may inflatein other types of collisions if the frontimpact sensors detect a sufficientimpact. If the vehicle chassis is impacted bybumps or objects on unimproved roads,the air bags may deploy. Drive carefullyon unimproved roads or on surfaces notdesigned for vehicle traffic to preventunintended air bag deployment.

Air bag non-inflation conditions In certain low-speed collisions the airbags may not deploy. The air bags aredesigned not to deploy in such casesbecause they may not provide benefitsbeyond the protection of the seat belts.

OPA037041/HOPA037040/H

1

2


385

Front air bags are not designed to inflatein rear collisions, because occupants aremoved backward by the force of theimpact. In this case, inflated air bagswould not provide any additional benefit.

Front air bags may not inflate in sideimpact collisions, because occupantsmove in the direction of the collision, andthus in side impacts, front air bag deploy-ment would not provide additional occu-pant protection.

In an angled collision, the force of impactmay direct the occupants in a directionwhere the air bags would not be able toprovide any additional benefit, and thusthe sensors may not deploy any air bags.

1VQA2089OPA037042/H OSA038121

5 39


Just before impact, drivers often brakeheavily. Such heavy braking lowers thefront portion of the vehicle causing it to“ride” under a vehicle with a higherground clearance. Air bags may notinflate in this "under-ride" situationbecause deceleration forces that aredetected by sensors may be significantlyreduced by such “underride” collisions.

Air bags may not inflate in rollover acci-dents because air bag deployment couldnot provide protection to the occupants.However, side impact and curtain airbags may inflate when the vehicle isrolled over by a side impact collision, ifthe vehicle is equipped with side impactair bags and curtain air bagsAlso, if the vehicle is equipped with arollover sensor, side impact and curtainair bags may inflate in a rollover.

Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle col-lides with objects such as utility poles ortrees, where the point of impact is con-centrated and the collision energy isabsorbed by the vehicle structure.

OPA037043 OED036104 OSA038122


405

SRS care The SRS is virtually maintenance-freeand there are no parts you can safelyservice by yourself. If the SRS air bagwarning light does not illuminate whenthe ignition switch is in the ON position, orcontinuously remains on, we recommendthat the system be immediately inspectedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.We recommend any work on the SRSsystem, such as removing, installing,repairing, or any work on the steeringwheel and the front passenger's panel beperformed by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer. Improper handling of the SRS sys-tem may result in serious personal injury.

WARNINGTo reduce the risk of serious injury ordeath, take the following precautions:• Do not attempt to modify or discon-

nect the SRS components or wiring,including the addition of any kind ofbadges to the pad covers or modifi-cations to the body structure.

• Do not place objects over or nearthe air bag modules on the steeringwheel, instrument panel, or the frontpassenger's panel above the glovebox.

• Clean the air bag pad covers with asoft cloth moistened with plainwater. Solvents or cleaners couldadversely affect the air bag coversand proper deployment of the sys-tem.

• We recommend that inflated airbags be replaced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If components of the air bag system

must be discarded, or if the vehiclemust be scrapped, certain safetyprecautions must be observed.Consult an authorized HYUNDAIdealer for the necessary informa-tion. Failure to follow these precau-tions could increase the risk of per-sonal injury.

5 41


Additional safety precautions Passengers should not move out of orchange seats while the vehicle is mov-ing. A passenger who is not wearing aseat belt during a crash or emergencystop can be thrown against the inside ofthe vehicle, against other occupants, orbe ejected from the vehicle.

Do not use any accessories on seatbelts. Devices claiming to improve occu-pant comfort or reposition the seat beltcan reduce the protection provided bythe seat belt and increase the chance ofserious injury in a crash.

Do not modify the front seats. Modification of the front seats could inter-fere with the operation of the supplemen-tal restraint system sensing componentsor side air bags.

Do not place items under the front seats.Placing items under the front seats couldinterfere with the operation of the supple-mental restraint system sensing compo-nents and wiring harnesses.

Adding equipment to or modifying yourair bag equipped vehicle If you modify your vehicle by changingyour vehicle's frame, bumper system,front end or side sheet metal or rideheight, this may affect the operation ofyour vehicle's air bag system.

Air bag warning labels (if equipped) Air bag warning labels are attached toalert the driver and passengers of poten-tial risks of the air bag system. Be sure toread all of the information about the airbags that are installed on your vehicle inthis Owners Manual.

OBA033018

OBA033019

n Type A

n Type B


KEYS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3• Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3• Key operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3• Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6• Remote keyless entry system operations. . . . . . . . . . . 6-6• Transmitter precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7• Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

SMART KEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10• Smart key function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10• Smart key precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11• Door lock/unlock in an emergency situation . . . . . . 6-12

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13• Armed stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13• Theft-alarm stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14• Disarmed stage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14

DOOR LOCKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15• Operating door locks from outside the vehicle . . . . 6-15• Operating door locks from inside the vehicle. . . . . . 6-16• Impact sensing door unlock system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18• Speed sensing door lock system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18• Child-protector rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19

TRUNK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20• Opening the trunk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20• Closing the trunk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21

TAILGATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22• Opening the tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22• Closing the tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22

WINDOWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23• Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24• Manual windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27

HOOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28• Opening the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28• Closing the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29

FUEL FILLER LID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30• Opening the fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30• Closing the fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30

STEERING WHEEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33• Electric power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33• Tilt steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33• Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34

MIRRORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35• Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35• Outside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39• Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40• Warnings and indicators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44

6

REARVIEW CAMERA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53HAZARD WARNING FLASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53LIGHTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54

• Battery saver function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54• Lighting control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54• High beam operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55• Flashing headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55• Turn signals and lane change signals . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56• Front fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56• Headlight levelling device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-57• Daytime running light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-57

WIPERS AND WASHERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-58• Windshield wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-58• Windshield washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-59• Rear window wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . 6-59

INTERIOR LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60• Room lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60• Luggage room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-61

DEFROSTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-62• Rear window defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-62

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM . . . 6-63• Heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-64• Climate control air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-70• Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant

and compressor lubricant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-70

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-71• Automatic climate control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-72• Manual heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-73

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-78• Manual climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-78• Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-79

STORAGE COMPARTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-80• Center console storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-80• Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-80• Cool box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-81

INTERIOR FEATURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-82• Cigarette lighter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-82• Ashtray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-82• Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-83• Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-84• Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-84• Floor mat anchor(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-85• Cargo area cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-85

AUDIO SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-86• Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-86• Audio remote control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-87• Aux, USB and iPod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-88

4

6 3


Record your key numberThe key code number is stamped on thebar code tag attached to the key set. Should you lose your keys, we recom-mend that you contact an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer. Remove the bar codetag and store it in a safe place. Also, recordthe code number and keep it in a safe andhandy place, but not in the vehicle.

Key operations• Used to start the engine.• Used to lock and unlock the doors (or

tailgate/trunk).

KEYS

WARNING - Ignition keyLeaving children unattended in a vehi-cle with the ignition key is dangerouseven if the key is not in the ignitionswitch. Children copy adults and theycould place the key in the ignitionswitch. The ignition key would enablechildren to operate power windows orother controls, or even make the vehi-cle move, which could result in seriousbodily injury or even death. Neverleave the keys in your vehicle withunsupervised children.

OUN046100L

WARNINGUse only HYUNDAI original parts forthe ignition key in your vehicle. If anaftermarket key is used, the ignitionswitch may not return to ON afterSTART. If this happens, the starter willcontinue to operate causing damageto the starter motor and possible firedue to excessive current in the wiring.

OHD046100

n Type A

OBA043029

n Type B

n Type COBA043210/OBA047263


46

Immobilizer system (if equipped)n Type AYour vehicle may be equipped with anelectronic engine immobilizer system toreduce the risk of unauthorized vehicleuse.Your immobilizer system is comprised ofa small transponder in the ignition keyand electronic devices inside the vehicle.With the immobilizer system, wheneveryou insert your ignition key into the igni-tion switch and turn it to ON, it checksand determines and verifies if the ignitionkey is valid or not.If the key is determined to be valid, theengine will start.If the key is determined to be invalid, theengine will not start.

To deactivate the immobilizer system:Insert the ignition key into the key cylin-der and turn it to the ON position.

To activate the immobilizer system:Turn the ignition key to the OFF position.The immobilizer system activates auto-matically. Without a valid ignition key foryour vehicle, the engine will not start.

] NOTICEWhen starting the engine, do not use thekey with other immobilizer keys around.Otherwise the engine may not start ormay stop soon after it starts. Keep eachkey separate in order to avoid a startingmalfunction.

] NOTICEIf you need additional keys or lose yourkeys, we recommend that you consult anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONDo not put metal accessories near theignition switch.Metal accessories may interrupt thetransponder signal and may preventthe engine from starting.

WARNINGIn order to prevent theft of your vehicle,do not leave spare keys anywhere inyour vehicle. Your immobilizer pass-word is a customer unique passwordand should be kept confidential. Do notleave this number anywhere in yourvehicle.

CAUTIONThe transponder in your ignition key isan important part of the immobilizersystem. It is designed to give years oftrouble-free service, however youshould avoid exposure to moisture,static electricity and rough handling.Immobilizer system malfunction couldoccur.

CAUTIONDo not change, alter or adjust theimmobilizer system because it couldcause the immobilizer system to mal-function.We recommend that the sys-tem be serviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.Malfunctions caused by improperalterations, adjustments or modifica-tions to the immobilizer system are notcovered by your vehicle manufacturerwarranty.

6 5


n Type BYour vehicle is equipped with an electron-ic engine immobilizer system to reducethe risk of unauthorized vehicle use.Your immobilizer system is comprised ofa small transponder in the smart key andelectronic devices inside the vehicle.With the immobilizer system, wheneveryou turn the engine start/stop button tothe ON position by pressing the buttonwhile carrying the smart key, it checksand determines and verifies if the smartkey is valid or not.If the key is determined to be valid, theengine will start.If the key is determined to be invalid, theengine will not start.

To deactivate the immobilizer system:Turn the engine start/stop button to theON position by pressing the button whilecarrying the smart key.

To activate the immobilizer system:Turn the engine start/stop button to theOFF position. The immobilizer systemactivates automatically. Without a validsmart key for your vehicle, the engine willnot start.

] NOTICEWhen starting the engine, do not use thekey with other immobilizer keys around.Otherwise the engine may not start ormay stop soon after it starts. Keep eachkey separate in order to avoid a startingmalfunction.

] NOTICEIf you need additional keys or lose yourkeys, we recommend that you consult anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNINGIn order to prevent theft of your vehi-cle, do not leave spare keys anywherein your vehicle. Your Immobilizerpassword is a customer unique pass-word and should be kept confidential.Do not leave this number anywhere inyour vehicle.

CAUTIONDo not put metal accessories near thesmart key.The engine may not start because themetal accessories may interrupt thetransponder signal from transmittingnormally.

CAUTIONThe transponder in your smart key isan important part of the immobilizersystem. It is designed to give years oftrouble-free service, however youshould avoid exposure to moisture,static electricity and rough handling.Immobilizer system malfunction couldoccur.

CAUTIONDo not change, alter or adjust theimmobilizer system because it couldcause the immobilizer system to mal-function. We recommend that the sys-tem be serviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.Malfunctions caused by improperalterations, adjustments or modifica-tions to the immobilizer system are notcovered by your vehicle manufacturerwarranty.


66

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY (IF EQUIPPED)

Remote keyless entry system oper-ationsRemote key• To unfold the key, press the release

button then the key will unfold auto-matically.

• To fold the key, fold the key manuallywhile pressing the release button.

Smart key• To remove the mechanical key, press

and hold the release button (1) andremove the mechanical key(2).

• To reinstall the mechanical key, put thekey into the hole and push it until aclick sound is heard.

OBA043029

n Smart keyOBA047263

n Remote keyCAUTION

Do not fold the key without pressingthe release button. This may damagethe key.

OHA041003/Q

OHG040006L

OBA043222IN

- Type B

n Remote key- Type A

n Smart key

6 7


Lock (1)1. Close all doors.2. Press the lock button.3. The hazard warning light will blink

once to indicate that all doors arelocked (the engine hood and tailgate/trunk must be closed).

] NOTICEThe doors will not lock if a door is opened.

Unlock (2)1. Press the unlock button.2. The hazard warning lights will blink twice

to indicate that all doors are unlocked.

Tailgate/trunk unlock (3) 1. Press the tailgate/trunk unlock button

for more than 1 second. 2. The hazard warning light will blink twice

to indicate the tailgate/trunk is unlocked.

] NOTICE• After unlocking the tailgate/trunk, the

tailgate/trunk will lock automaticallyunless it is opened within 30 seconds.

• Once the tailgate/trunk is opened andthen closed, the tailgate/trunk willlock automatically.

• The word "HOLD" is written on thebutton to inform you that you mustpress and hold the button.

Transmitter precautions] NOTICEThe transmitter will not work if any offollowing occurs:• The ignition key is in the ignition

switch.• You exceed the operating distance

limit (about 10 m [30 feet]).• The battery in the transmitter is

weak.• Other vehicles or objects may be

blocking the signal.• The weather is extremely cold.• The transmitter is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio station oran airport which can interfere withnormal operation of the transmitter.

When the transmitter does not work cor-rectly, open and close the door with theignition key. If you have a problem withthe transmitter, we recommend that youcontact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If the transmitter is in close proximity

to your cell phone or smart phone, thesignal from the transmitter could beblocked by normal operation of yourcell phone or smart phone. This isespecially important when the phoneis active such as making call, receivingcalls, text messaging, and/or sending/receiving emails. Avoid placing thetransmitter and your cell phone orsmart phone in the same pants orjacket pocket and maintain adequatedistance between the two devices.


86

Battery replacementType AThe transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium bat-tery which will normally last for severalyears. When replacement is necessary,use the following procedure.1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and gen-

tly pry open the transmitter centercover.

2.Replace the battery with a new one.When replacing the battery, make surethe battery positive “+” symbol faces upas indicated in the illustration.

3. Install the battery in the reverse orderof removal.

For transmitter replacement, we recom-mend that you contact an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONChanges or modifications not express-ly approved by the party responsiblefor compliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment. Ifthe keyless entry system is inoperativedue to changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance, it will notbe covered by your manufacturer’svehicle warranty.

CAUTIONKeep the transmitter away from wateror any liquid and fire. If the inside ofthe transmitter gets damp (due todrinks or moisture), or is heated, inter-nal circuit may malfunction, excludingthe car from the warranty.

OLM042302

OLM043439

n Remote key

n Smart key

6 9


Type BThe remote key uses a 3 volt lithium bat-tery which will normally last for severalyears. When replacement is necessary,use the following procedure.1. Turn the screw (1) counterclockwise

using a philips head screwdriver untilthe screw gets loose.

2. Insert a slim tool into the slot and gen-tly pry open the remote key cover.

3. Open the inner remote key cover (2)by removing the hook from the slots(3).

4. Replace the battery (4) with a new bat-tery (CR1220).

5. Install the battery in the reverse orderof removal.

For remote key replacement, see anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer for remotekey reprogramming.

CAUTION• The remote key and smart key is

designed to give you years of trou-ble-free use, however it can mal-function if exposed to moisture orstatic electricity. If you are unsurehow to use your remote key andsmart key or replace the battery,contact an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

• Using the wrong battery can causethe remote key and smart key tomalfunction. Be sure to use the cor-rect battery.

• To avoid damaging the remote keyand smart key , do not drop it, get itwet, or expose it to heat or sunlight.

CAUTIONAn inappropriately disposed batterycan be harmful to the environment andhuman health. Dispose the battery according to yourlocal law(s) or regulation.

OBA043245

OHA041005

OHA041006


106

Smart key function1.Door lock2.Door unlock3.Tailgate/trunk unlockWith a smart key, you can lock or unlocka door and tailgate/trunk and even startthe engine without inserting the key.The functions of the buttons on a smartkey are similar to the remote keylessentry. Refer to the “Remote keylessentry” in this section.

Carrying the smart key, you may lock andunlock the vehicle doors and tailgate/trunk.

Also, you may start the engine. Refer tothe following, for more details.

Locking 1. Carry the smart key.2. Close all doors.3. Press the button of the outside door

handle.4. The hazard warning lights will blink

once (the engine hood and tailgate/trunk must be closed).

5. Make sure that doors are locked bypulling the outside door handle.

] NOTICE• The button will only operate when the

smart key is within 0.7 m (28 in.) fromthe outside door handle.

• Even though you press the outsidedoor handle button, the doors will notlock and the chime will sound for 3seconds if any of following occur:- The smart key is in the vehicle.- The engine start/stop button is in

ACC or ON position.- Any door except the tailgate/trunk

is opened.

SMART KEY (IF EQUIPPED)

OLMB043003 OBA043010R

6 11


Unlocking1. Carry the smart key.2.Press the button of the front outside

door handle.3.All doors will unlock and the hazard

warning lights will blink twice.

] NOTICE• The button will only operate when the

smart key is within 0.7 m (28 in.) fromthe outside door handle.

• When the smart key is recognized inthe area of 0.7 m (28 in.) from thefront outside door handle, other peo-ple can also open the doors.

Tailgate/trunk unlocking1.Carry the smart key.2.Press the tailgate/trunk handle switch.3.The tailgate/trunk will unlock.

] NOTICE• Once the tailgate/trunk is opened and

then closed, the tailgate/trunk willlock automatically.

• The button will only operate when thesmart key is within 0.7 m (28 in.) fromthe tailgate/trunk handle.

Smart key precautions] NOTICE• If, for some reason, you happen to lose

your smart key, you will not be able tostart the engine. Tow the vehicle, if nec-essary, we recommend that you contactan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• A maximum of 2 smart keys can beregistered to a single vehicle. If youlose a smart key, we recommend thatyou contact an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

• The smart key will not work if any ofthe following occurs:- The smart key is close to a radio

remote key such as a radio station oran airport which can interfere withnormal operation of the smart key.

- The smart key is near a mobile two-way radio system or a cellular phone.

- Another vehicle’s smart key is beingoperated close to your vehicle.

When the smart key does not workproperly, open and close the door withthe mechanical key. If you have aproblem with the smart key, we rec-ommend that you contact an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If the smart key is in close proximity

to your cell phone or smart phone, thesignal from the smart key could beblocked by normal operation of yourcell phone or smart phone. This isespecially important when the phoneis active such as making call, receivingcalls, text messaging, and/or send-ing/receiving emails. Avoid placing thesmart key and your cell phone orsmart phone in the same pants orjacket pocket and maintain adequatedistance between the two devices.

] NOTICEAlways have the smart key with youwhen leaving the vehicle. If the smartkey is left near the vehicle, the vehiclebattery may be discharged.

CAUTIONKeep the smart key away from wateror any liquid and fire. If the inside ofthe smart key gets damp (due todrinks or moisture), or is heated, inter-nal circuit may malfunction, excludingthe car from the warranty.


126

Door lock/unlock in an emergencysituationIf the smart key does not operate nor-mally, you can lock or unlock the doors byusing the mechanical key.1.Press and hold the release button (1)

and remove the mechanical key (2).2. Insert the key into the hole of the out-

side door handle. Turn the key towardthe rear of the vehicle to unlock andtoward the front of the vehicle to lock.

3. To reinstall the mechanical key, put thekey into the hole and push it until aclick sound is heard.

OBA043029

6 13


This system is designed to provide pro-tection from unauthorized entry into thecar. This system is operated in threestages: the first is the "Armed" stage, thesecond is the "Theft-alarm" stage, and thethird is the "Disarmed" stage. If triggered,the system provides an audible alarm withthe hazard warning light blinking.

Armed stageThe Theft Alarm System automaticallysets 30 seconds after you lock the doorsand the tailgate/trunk. For the system toactivate, you must lock the doors and thetailgate/trunk from outside the vehiclewith the remote key or smart key or bypressing the button on the outside of thedoor handles with the smart key in yourpossession.The hazard warning lights will blink andthe chime will sound once to indicate thesystem is armed.Once the security system is set, openingany door, the tailgate/trunk, or the hoodwithout using the remote key or smartkey will cause the alarm to activate.The theft alarm system will not set if thehood, the tailgate/trunk, or any door isnot fully closed. If the system will not set,check the hood, the tailgate/trunk, or thedoors are fully closed.

Do not arm the system until all passen-gers have left the vehicle. If the system isarmed while a passenger(s) remains inthe vehicle, the alarm may be activatedwhen the remaining passenger(s) leavethe vehicle. If any door (or tailgate/trunk)or engine hood is opened within 30 sec-onds after the system enters the armedstage, the system is disarmed to preventunnecessary alarm.

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

Armedstage

Theft-alarmstage

Disarmedstage


146

Theft-alarm stageThe alarm will be activated if any of thefollowing occurs while the system isarmed.• A door is opened without using the

remote key or smart key.• The tailgate/trunk is opened without

using the remote key or smart key.• The engine hood is opened.The horn will sound and the hazardwarning lights will blink continuously forapproximately 27 seconds, unless thesystem is disarmed. To turn off the sys-tem, unlock the doors with the remotekey or smart key.

Disarmed stageThe system will be disarmed when:

Remote key- The door unlock button is pressed.

Smart key- The door unlock button is pressed.- The button of the front outside door is

pressed while carrying the smart key.

After the doors are unlocked, the hazardwarning lights will blink twice to indicatethat the system is disarmed.After pressing the unlock button, if anydoor (or trunk) is not opened within 30seconds, the system will be rearmed.

] NOTICE - Non-Smart key• If the system is not disarmed with the

remote key, open the door with thekey and insert the key into the ignitionswitch, turn the ignition switch to theON position and wait for 30 seconds.Then the system will be disarmed.

• If you lose your keys, we recommendthat you contact an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

] NOTICE - Smart key• If the system is not disarmed with the

smart key, open the door with themechanical key and start the engine.Then the system will be disarmed.

• If you lose your keys, we recommendthat you contact an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONDo not change, alter or adjust theimmobilizer system because it couldcause the immobilizer system to mal-function and we recommend that thesystem be serviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.Malfunctions caused by improperalterations, adjustments or modifica-tions to the immobilizer system are notcovered by your vehicle manufacturerwarranty.

6 15


Operating door locks from outsidethe vehicle

Remote key/Smart key• Doors can be locked and unlocked with

the remote key or smart key. • Doors can be locked and unlocked by

pressing the button of the outside doorhandle with the smart key in your pos-session. (if equipped with smart keysystem)

• Once the doors are unlocked, they maybe opened by pulling the door handle.

• When closing the door, push the doorby hand. Make sure that doors areclosed securely.

Mechanical key• Turn the key toward the rear of the

vehicle to lock and toward the front ofthe vehicle to unlock.

• If you lock/unlock the driver’s (or pas-senger’s) door with a key, all vehicledoors will lock/unlock automatically. (ifequipped with central door lock system)

• Once the doors are unlocked, they maybe opened by pulling the door handle.

• When closing the door, push the doorby hand. Make sure that doors areclosed securely.

] NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, door lock

and door mechanisms may not workproperly due to freezing conditions.

• If the door is locked/unlocked multi-ple times in rapid succession witheither the vehicle key or door lockswitch, the system may stop operatingtemporarily in order to protect thecircuit and prevent damage to systemcomponents.

DOOR LOCKS

OBA043224IN

n Smart key

OBA043010R

n Remote key- Type A - Type B

OHA041003/OBA043246


166

To lock a door without the key, push theinside door lock button (1) to the “Lock”position and close the door (2). (if notequipped with central door lock system)

] NOTICEThe central door lock system will oper-ate only when all doors and tailgate/trunk are closed.

] NOTICEAlways remove the ignition key, engagethe parking brake, close all windowsand lock all doors when leaving yourvehicle unattended.

Operating door locks from inside thevehicleWith the door lock button• To unlock a door, push the door lock

button (1) to the “Unlock” position. Thered mark (2) on the button will be visible.

• To lock a door, push the door lock but-ton (1) to the “Lock” position. If the dooris locked properly, the red mark (2) onthe door lock button will not be visible.

• To open a door, pull the door handle(3) outward.

• Pushing the driver's (or passenger’s)door lock button (1) to the "Lock" or"Unlock" position will lock or unlock allvehicle doors. (if equipped with centraldoor lock system)

• If the inner door handle of the driver’sdoor is pulled when the door lock but-ton is in the lock position, the buttonwill unlock and the door will open. (ifequipped)

• The driver’s (or passenger’s) doorscannot be locked if a door (or tailgate/trunk) is opened. (if equipped)

] NOTICEThe central door lock system will oper-ate only when all doors and tailgate/trunk are closed.

OBA043003 OBA043002

Lock Unlock

6 17


With central door lock switch (if equipped)Operate by pressing the central door lockswitch.• When pushing down on the front por-

tion (1) of the switch, all vehicle doorswill lock.

• When pushing down on the rear por-tion (2) of the switch, all vehicle doorswill unlock.

• If the key is in the ignition switch andfront door is opened, the doors will notlock even though the front portion (1)of central door lock switch is pressed.

• If the smart key is in the vehicle andany door is opened, the doors will notlock even though the front portion (1)of central door lock switch is pressed.

] NOTICEIf the doors are locked with the remotekey or smart key, the doors cannot beunlocked with the central door lock/unlock switch. (if equipped)

OBA043030R

WARNING - Door lock mal-function

If a power door lock ever fails to func-tion while you are in the vehicle, tryone or more of the following tech-niques to exit:• Operate the door unlock feature

repeatedly (both electronic andmanual) while simultaneouslypulling on the door handle.

• Operate the other door locks andhandles, front and rear.

• Lower a front window and use thekey to unlock the door from outside.

WARNINGDo not pull the inner door handle ofdriver’s (or passenger’s) door whilethe vehicle is moving.

WARNINGThe doors should always be fullyclosed and locked while the vehicle isin motion. If the doors are unlocked,the risk of being thrown from the vehi-cle in a crash is increased.


186

Impact sensing door unlock system(if equipped)All doors will automatically unlock whenan impact causes the air bags to deploy.

Speed sensing door lock system (ifequipped)All doors will be automatically lockedafter the vehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h.And all doors will be automaticallyunlocked when you turn the engine off orwhen you remove the ignition key. (ifequipped)

WARNINGAlways secure your vehicleLeaving your vehicle unlockedincreases the potential risk to you orothers from someone hiding in yourvehicle.To secure your vehicle, whiledepressing the brake, move the shiftlever to the P (Park) position, engagethe parking brake, and place the igni-tion switch in the LOCK/OFF position,close all window, lock all doors, andalways take the key with you.

WARNINGDo not leave children or animals unat-tended in your vehicle. An enclosedvehicle can become extremely hot,causing death or serious injury tounattended children or animals whocannot escape the vehicle. Childrenmight operate features of the vehiclethat could injure them, or they couldencounter other harm, possibly fromsomeone gaining entry to the vehicle. WARNING

Opening a door when something isapproaching may cause damage orinjury. Be careful when opening doorsand watch for vehicles, motorcycles,bicycles or pedestrians approachingthe vehicle in the path of the door.

WARNINGIf people must spend a longer time inthe vehicle while it is very hot or coldoutside, there is rick of injuries or dan-ger to life. Do not lock the vehicle fromthe outside when there are people init.

6 19


Child-protector rear door lockThe child safety lock is provided to helpprevent children from accidentally open-ing the rear doors from inside the vehicle.The rear door safety locks should be usedwhenever children are in the vehicle.1. Open the rear door.2. Insert a key (or screwdriver) into the

hole (1) and turn it to the lock positionlocated on the rear edge of the door.When the child safety lock is in thelock position, the rear door will notopen even though the inner door han-dle (2) is pulled.

3. Close the rear door.To open the rear door, pull the outsidedoor handle (3).Even though the doors may be unlocked,the rear door will not open by pulling theinner door handle (2) until the rear doorchild safety lock is unlocked.

WARNING - Rear door locksIf children accidentally open the reardoors while the vehicle is in motion,they could fall out and be severelyinjured or killed. To prevent childrenfrom opening the rear doors from theinside, the rear door safety locksshould be used whenever children arein the vehicle.

OIA043005/Q


206

Opening the trunkWith the key To open the trunk, insert the key and turnit clockwise.

With the transmitter or smart key• To open the trunk, press the trunk

unlock button for more than 1 secondon the transmitter.

• To open the trunk, press the trunkunlock button for more than 1 secondon the smart key or press the button(1) on the trunk handle with the smartkey in your possession.

With the trunk lid release leverTo open the trunk from inside the vehicle,pull up the trunk lid release lever.Once the trunk is opened and thenclosed, the trunk is locked automatically.

] NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, door lock anddoor mechanisms may not work properlydue to freezing conditions.

TRUNK

OBA047254 OBA044255

OBA047253

OBA047268

n Type A

n Type B

6 21


Closing the trunkTo close, lower the trunk lid, then pressdown on it until it locks. To be sure thetrunk lid is securely fastened, alwayscheck by trying to pull it up again.

CAUTIONMake certain that you close the trunkbefore driving your vehicle. Possibledamage may occur to the trunk torsionbars and attached hardware if thetrunk is not closed prior to driving.

WARNINGThe trunk swings upward. Make sureno objects or people are near the rearof the vehicle when opening the trunk.

WARNINGThe trunk lid should be always keptcompletely closed while the vehicle isin motion. If it is left open or ajar, poi-sonous exhaust gases may enter thecar and serious illness or death mayresult.

WARNINGNo one should be allowed to occupythe trunk at any time. The trunk is avery dangerous location in the eventof a crash.


226

Opening the tailgate• The tailgate is locked or unlocked by

turning the key to the "Lock" or"Unlock" position. (if equipped)

• The tailgate is locked or unlocked whenall doors are locked or unlocked with thekey, remote key, smart key or centraldoor lock/unlock switch. (if equippedwith central door lock function)

• If unlocked, the tailgate can be openedby pulling up the tailgate outside handle.(Type A)If unlocked, the tailgate can be openedby pressing the switch of the tailgateoutside handle. (Type B)

] NOTICEThe central door lock system will oper-ate only when all doors and tailgate areclosed.

] NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, door lock anddoor mechanisms may not work proper-ly due to freezing conditions.

Closing the tailgateTo close the tailgate, lower and pushdown the tailgate firmly. Make sure thatthe tailgate is securely latched.

TAILGATE

WARNINGThe tailgate swings upward. Makesure no objects or people are near therear of the vehicle when opening thetailgate.

CAUTIONMake certain that you close the tail-gate before driving your vehicle.Possible damage may occur to thetailgate lift cylinders and attachinghardware if the tailgate is not closedprior to driving.

OBA046013L

WARNING - Rear cargoarea

Occupants should never ride in therear cargo area where no restraintsare available. To avoid injury in theevent of an accident or sudden stops,occupants should always be properlyrestrained.

WARNINGAlways keep the tailgate lid complete-ly closed while the vehicle is in motion.If it is left open or ajar, poisonousexhaust gases containing carbonmonoxide (CO) may enter the vehicleand serious illness or death mayresult.

6 23


(1) Driver’s door power window switch(2) Front passenger’s door power window switch(3) Rear door (right) power window switch(4) Rear door (left) power window switch(5) Window opening and closing(6) Automatic power window up/down(7) Power window lock button

] NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, power windows may not work prop-erly due to freezing conditions.

WINDOWS

OBA043014R OBA043004

n Type A n Type B


246

Power windowsThe ignition switch must be in the ON posi-tion for power windows to operate. Eachdoor has a power window switch that con-trols the door’s window. The driver has apower window lock button which can blockthe operation of rear passenger windows.The power windows can be operated forapproximately 30 seconds after the igni-tion key is removed or turned to the ACCor LOCK position. However, if the frontdoors are opened, the power windowscannot be operated even within the 30seconds period.

] NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, power win-

dows may not work properly due tofreezing conditions.

• While driving with the rear windowsdown, your vehicle may demonstratea wind buffeting or pulsation noise.This noise is normal and can bereduced or eliminated by taking thefollowing actions. If the noise occurswith one or both of the rear windowsdown, partially lower both front win-dows approximately one inch.

Window opening and closing (if equipped)The driver’s door has a master powerwindow switch that controls all the win-dows in the vehicle. To open or close a window, press downor pull up the front portion of the corre-sponding switch to the first detent posi-tion (5).

OBA043015IN

WARNING• To avoid serious injury or death, do

not extend your head, arms or bodyoutside the windows while driving.

• Do not install any accessories in thearea of windows. It may impact jamprotection.

6 25


Auto down window (if equipped)(Driver’s window) Pressing the power window switchmomentarily to the second detent posi-tion (6) completely lowers the driver’s win-dow even when the switch is released. Tostop the window at the desired positionwhile the window is in operation, pull upand release the switch to the oppositedirection of the window movement.If the window can not be close because itis blocked by objects, remove the objectsand close the window.

Auto up/down window (if equipped)(Driver's window) Pressing or pulling up the power windowswitch momentarily to the second detentposition (6) completely lowers or lifts thewindow even when the switch isreleased. To stop the window at thedesired position while the window is inoperation, pull up or press down andrelease the switch.

If the power window does not operatenormally, the automatic power windowsystem must be reset as follows:1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion.2. Close the driver’s window and contin-

ue pulling up the driver’s power win-dow switch for at least 1 second afterthe window is completely closed.

OBA043017INOBA043016IN


266

Automatic reversal (if equipped)

If the upward movement of the window isblocked by an object or part of the body,the window will detect the resistance andwill stop upward movement. The windowwill then lower approximately 30 cm (11.8in.) to allow the object to be cleared.If the window detects the resistancewhile the power window switch is pulledup continuously, the window will stopupward movement then lower approxi-mately 2.5 cm (1 in.). And if the powerwindow switch is pulled up continuouslyagain within 5 seconds after the windowis lowered by the automatic windowreversal feature, the automatic windowreversal will not operate.

] NOTICEThe automatic reverse feature is onlyactive when the "auto up" feature isused by fully pulling up the switch to thesecond detent.

Power window lock button• The driver can disable the power win-

dow switches on the rear passengerdoors by pressing the power windowlock button located on the driver’s doorto the LOCK position (pressed).

• When the power window lock button isin the LOCK position (pressed), the dri-ver’s master control cannot operatethe rear passenger door power win-dows.

OBA043018ROUN026013

WARNING The automatic reverse feature doesn’tactivate while resetting power windowsystem.Make sure heads, other body parts orother objects are safely out of the waybefore closing the windows to avoidinjuries or vehicle damage. Objectsless than 4 mm (0.16 in.) in diametercaught between the window glass andthe upper window channel may not bedetected by the automatic reversewindow and the window will not stopand reverse direction.

6 27


Manual windows (if equipped)To raise or lower the window, turn thewindow regulator handle clockwise orcounterclockwise.

WARNINGWhen opening or closing the win-dows, make sure your passenger'sarms, hands and body are safely outof the way.

OBA043009

WARNING - Windows• NEVER leave the ignition key in the

vehicle. • NEVER leave any child unattended

in the vehicle. Even very young chil-dren may inadvertently cause thevehicle to move, entangle them-selves in the windows, or otherwiseinjure themselves or others.

• Always double check to make sure allarms, hands, head and other obstruc-tions are safely out of the way beforeclosing a window.

• Do not allow children to play withthe power windows. Keep the dri-ver’s door power window lock but-ton in the LOCK position (pressed).Serious injury can result from unin-tentional window operation by thechild.

• Do not extend face or arms outsidethe window while driving.

CAUTION• To prevent possible damage to the

power window system, do not openor close two windows or more at thesame time. This will also ensure thelongevity of the fuse.

• Never try to operate the main switchon the driver's door and the individ-ual door window switch in oppositedirections at the same time. If this isdone, the window will stop and can-not be opened or closed.


286

Opening the hood 1. Park the vehicle and set the parking

brake.2. Pull the release lever to unlatch the

hood. The hood should pop openslightly.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise thehood slightly, push the secondary latch(1) inside of the hood center and liftthe hood (2).

3. Pull out the support rod from the hood.4. Hold the hood opened with the support

rod.

HOOD

OBA046020L

WARNING - Hot partsGrasp the support rod in the areawrapped in plastic. The plastic will helpprevent you from being burned by hotmetal when the engine is hot.

OBA043005 OBA046019L

6 29


Closing the hood1. Before closing the hood, check the fol-

lowing:• All filler caps in the engine compart-

ment must be correctly installed. • Gloves, rags or any other com-

bustible material must be removedfrom the engine compartment.

2. Return the support rod to its clip toprevent it from rattling.

3. Lower the hood halfway (lifted approxi-mately 30cm from the closed position)and push down to securely lock in place.Then double check to be sure the hoodis secure.

WARNING • Always double check to be sure that

the hood is firmly latched beforedriving away. Driving with the hoodopened may cause a total loss ofvisibility, which might result in anaccident.

• The support rod must be insertedcompletely into the hole wheneveryou inspect the engine compart-ment. This will prevent the hoodfrom falling and possibly injuringyou.

• Do not move the vehicle with thehood raised. The view will beblocked and the hood could fall orbe damaged.WARNING - Hood

• Before closing the hood, ensure thatall obstructions are removed fromthe hood opening. Closing the hoodwith an obstruction present in thehood opening may result in propertydamage or severe personal injury.

• Do not leave gloves, rags or anyother combustible material in theengine compartment. Doing so maycause a heat-induced fire.


306

Opening the fuel filler lidThe fuel filler lid must be opened frominside the vehicle by pulling up the fuelfiller lid opener.

] NOTICEIf the fuel filler lid does not open becauseice has formed around it, tap lightly orpush on the lid to break the ice andrelease the lid. Do not pry on the lid. Ifnecessary, spray around the lid with anapproved de-icer fluid (do not use radia-tor anti-freeze) or move the vehicle to awarm place and allow the ice to melt.

1. Stop the engine.2. To open the fuel filler lid, pull the fuel

filler lid opener up.3. Pull open the fuel filler lid (1).4. To remove the cap (2), turn the fuel

filler cap counterclockwise.5. Refuel as needed.

Closing the fuel filler lid1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise until

it “clicks”. This indicates that the cap issecurely tightened.

2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it light-ly and make sure that it is securelyclosed.

FUEL FILLER LID

OBA043021LOBA043006

WARNING - Refueling• If pressurized fuel sprays out, it can

cover your clothes or skin and sub-ject you to the risk of fire and burns.Always remove the fuel cap careful-ly and slowly. If the cap is ventingfuel or if you hear a hissing sound,wait until the condition stops beforecompletely removing the cap.

• Do not "top off" after the nozzleautomatically shuts off when refuel-ing.

• Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an accident.

6 31


WARNING - Refueling dangers

Automotive fuels are flammable mate-rials. When refueling, please note thefollowing guidelines carefully. Failureto follow these guidelines may resultin severe personal injury, severeburns or death by fire or explosion.• Read and follow all warning at the

gas station facility.• Before refueling note the location of

the Emergency Petrol Shut-Off, ifavailable, at the gas station facility.

• Before touching the fuel nozzle, youshould eliminate potentially danger-ous static electricity discharge bytouching another metal part of thevehicle, a safe distance away fromthe fuel filler neck, nozzle, or othergas source.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not get back into a vehicle once

you have begun refueling since youcan generate static electricity bytouching, rubbing or sliding againstany item or fabric (polyester, satin,nylon, etc.) capable of producing stat-ic electricity. Static electricity dis-charge can ignite fuel vapors result-ing in rapid burning. If you must re-enter the vehicle, you should onceagain eliminate potentially dangerousstatic electricity discharge by touch-ing a metal part of the vehicle, awayfrom the fuel filler neck, nozzle orother petrol source.

• When using an approved portablefuel container be sure to place thecontainer on the ground prior torefueling. Static electricity dischargefrom the container can ignite fuelvapors causing a fire. Once refuel-ing has begun, contact with thevehicle should be maintained untilthe filling is complete.

(Continued)

(Continued)Use only approved portable plasticfuel containers designed to carryand store petrol.

• Do not use cellular phones whilerefueling. Electric current and/orelectronic interference from cellularphones can potentially ignite fuelvapors causing a fire.

• When refueling, always shut theengine off. Sparks produced byelectrical components related to theengine can ignite fuel vapors caus-ing a fire. Once refueling is com-plete, check to make sure the fillercap and filler door are securelyclosed, before starting the engine.

• DO NOT use matches or a lighterand DO NOT SMOKE or leave a litcigarette in your vehicle while at agas station especially during refuel-ing. Automotive fuel is highly flam-mable and can, when ignited, resultin fire.

(Continued)


326

(Continued)• If a fire breaks out during refueling,

leave the vicinity of the vehicle, andimmediately contact the manager ofthe gas station and then contact thelocal fire department. Follow anysafety instructions they provide.

CAUTION• Make sure to refuel with unleaded

(or leaded for some countries) fuelonly. (Petrol engine only)

• If the fuel filler cap requires replace-ment, we recommend that you useparts for replacement from anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer. Anincorrect fuel filler cap can result in aserious malfunction of the fuel sys-tem or emission control system.

• Do not spill fuel on the exterior sur-faces of the vehicle. Any type of fuelspilled on painted surfaces maydamage the paint.

• After refueling, make sure the fuelcap is installed securely to preventfuel spillage in the event of an acci-dent.

6 33


Electric power steering (if equipped)Power steering uses the motor to assistyou in steering the vehicle. If the engineis off or if the power steering systembecomes inoperative, the vehicle maystill be steered, but it will requireincreased steering effort.The motor driven power steering is con-trolled by the power steering control unitwhich senses the steering wheel torqueand vehicle speed to command the motor.The steering wheel becomes heavier asthe vehicle’s speed increases andbecomes lighter as the vehicle’s speeddecreases for better control of the steer-ing wheel.Should you notice any change in theeffort required to steer during normalvehicle operation, we recommend thatthe system be checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

] NOTICEThe following symptoms may occur dur-ing normal vehicle operation:• The EPS warning light does not illu-

minate.• The steering effort is high immediate-

ly after turning the ignition switch on.This happens as the system performsthe EPS system diagnostics. When thediagnostics is completed, the steeringwheel will return to its normal condi-tion.

• A click noise may be heard from theEPS relay after the ignition switch isplaced in the ON or LOCK/OFF posi-tion.

• Motor noise may be heard when thevehicle is at a stop or at a low drivingspeed.

• The steering effort can suddenlyincrease, if the operation of the EPSsystem is stopped to prevent seriousaccidents when it detects malfunctionof the EPS system by self-diagnosis.

• The steering effort increases if thesteering wheel is rotated continuouslywhen the vehicle is not in motion.However, after a few minutes, it willreturn to its normal conditions.

Tilt steering (if equipped)Tilt steering allows you to adjust thesteering wheel before you drive. You canalso raise it to give your legs more roomwhen you exit and enter the vehicle.

The steering wheel should be positionedso that it is comfortable for you to drive,while permitting you to see the instru-ment panel warning lights and gauges.

STEERING WHEEL

WARNING• Never adjust the angle and height of

the steering wheel while driving.You may lose steering control andcause severe personal injury, deathor accidents.

• After adjusting, push the steeringwheel both up and down to be cer-tain it is locked in position.


346

To change the steering wheel angle, pulldown the lock release lever (1), adjustthe steering wheel to the desired angle(2), then pull up the lock-release lever tolock the steering wheel in place. Be sureto adjust the steering wheel to thedesired position before driving.

HornTo sound the horn, press the horn sym-bol on your steering wheel.Check the horn regularly to be sure itoperates properly.

] NOTICETo sound the horn, press the area indi-cated by the horn symbol on your steer-ing wheel (see illustration). The horn willoperate only when this area is pressed.

CAUTIONDo not strike the horn severely tooperate it, or hit it with your fist. Do notpress on the horn with a sharp-pointedobject.

OBA043022LOBA043007

6 35


Inside rearview mirrorBefore you start driving, adjust therearview mirror to the center on the viewthrough the rear window.

Day/night rearview mirror (if equipped)Make this adjustment before you startdriving and while the day/night lever is inthe day position.Pull the day/night lever toward you toreduce glare from the headlights of thevehicles behind you during night driving.Remember that you lose some rearviewclarity in the night position.

Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust the mirror anglesbefore driving.Your vehicle is equipped with both left-hand and/or right-hand outside rearviewmirrors. The mirrors can be adjustedremotely with the remote switch (orlever). The mirror heads can be foldedback to prevent damage during an auto-matic car wash or when passing througha narrow street.

MIRRORS

WARNING - Rear visibilityMake sure your line of sight is notobstructed. Do not place objects in therear seat, cargo area, or behind therear headrests which could interferewith your vision through the rear win-dow. OBA043023L

Day

Night

WARNING Do not adjust the rearview mirror whilethe vehicle is moving. This couldresult in loss of control, and an acci-dent which could cause death, seriousinjury or property damage.

WARNING - Rearview mirrors

• The right outside rearview mirror isconvex. In some countries, the leftoutside rearview mirror is also con-vex. Objects seen in the mirror arecloser than they appear.

• Use your interior rearview mirror ordirect observation to determine theactual distance of following vehicleswhen changing lanes.


366

Remote controlManual type (if equipped)

To adjust an outside mirror, move thecontrol lever.

CAUTIONDo not scrape ice off the mirror face;this may damage the surface of theglass. If ice should restrict movementof the mirror, do not force the mirror foradjustment. To remove ice, use adeicer spray, or a sponge or soft clothwith very warm water.

CAUTIONIf the mirror is jammed with ice, do notadjust the mirror by force. Use anapproved spray de-icer (not radiatorantifreeze) to release the frozenmechanism or move the vehicle to awarm place and allow the ice to melt.

WARNING Do not adjust or fold the outsiderearview mirrors while the vehicle ismoving. This could result in loss ofcontrol, and an accident which couldcause death, serious injury or proper-ty damage.

B510A01E

6 37


Electric type (if equipped)

The electric remote control mirror switchallows you to adjust the position of the leftand right outside rearview mirrors. Toadjust the position of either mirror, the igni-tion switch should be in the ACC position.Move the lever (1) to R or L to select theright side mirror or the left side mirror,then press a corresponding point on themirror adjustment control to position theselected mirror up, down, left or right.After the adjustment, put the lever intothe neutral (center) position to preventinadvertent adjustment.

Folding the outside rearview mirrorElectric Type (if equipped)

To fold the outside rearview mirror,depress the button. To unfold it, depress the button again.

CAUTION• The mirrors stop moving when they

reach the maximum adjustingangles, but the motor continues tooperate while the switch is pressed.Do not press the switch longer thannecessary, the motor may be dam-aged.

• Do not attempt to adjust the outsiderearview mirror by hand. Doing somay damage the parts.

OBA043024R OBA043026R


386

Manual type (if equipped)

To fold outside rearview mirror, grasp thehousing of mirror and then fold it towardthe rear of the vehicle.

OBA043025LCAUTION

In case it is an electric type outsiderearview mirror, don’t fold it by hand. Itcould cause motor failure.

CAUTIONThe electric type outside rearview mir-ror operates even though the ignitionswitch is in the OFF position. However,to prevent unnecessary battery dis-charge, do not adjust the mirrors longerthan necessary while the engine is notrunning.

6 39


INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

1. Tachometer 2. Engine temperature gauge3. Fuel gauge4. Speedometer5. Turn signal indicators6. Warning and indicator lights7. Odometer / Trip computer

h The actual cluster in the vehicle may differfrom the illustration.For more details refer to the "Gauges" inthe next pages.

OBA043100IN/OBA043101IN

n Petrol engine

n Diesel engine


406

GaugesSpeedometerThe speedometer indicates the forwardspeed of the vehicle.The speedometer is calibrated in kilome-ters per hour.

TachometerThe tachometer indicates the approxi-mate number of engine revolutions perminute (rpm).Use the tachometer to select the correctshift points and to prevent lugging and/orover-revving the engine.

Engine coolant temperature gauge(if equipped)This gauge shows the temperature of theengine coolant when the ignition switchis ON.Do not continue driving with an overheat-ed engine. If your vehicle overheats, referto “If the engine overheats” in chapter 6.

OBA043106

CAUTIONDo not operate the engine within thetachometer's RED ZONE. This maycause severe engine damage.

OBA043107

OBA043103

OBA043104

n Type A (km/h)

n Type B (MPH)

6 41


Fuel gaugeThe fuel gauge indicates the approximateamount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank.The fuel tank capacity is given in section8. The fuel gauge is supplemented by alow fuel warning light, which will illuminatewhen the fuel tank is nearly empty.On inclines or curves, the fuel gaugepointer may fluctuate or the low fuel warn-ing light may come on earlier than usualdue to the movement of fuel in the tank.

CAUTIONIf the gauge pointer moves beyond thenormal range area toward the “H” itindicates overheating that may dam-age the engine.

WARNINGNever remove the radiator cap whenthe engine is hot. The engine coolantis under pressure and could causesevere burns. Wait until the engine iscool before adding coolant to thereservoir.

OBA043108

WARNING - Fuel gaugeRunning out of fuel can expose vehi-cle occupants to danger.You must stop and obtain additionalfuel as soon as possible after thewarning light comes on or when thegauge indicator comes close to the “0”level.

CAUTIONAvoid driving with a very low fuel level.Running out of fuel could cause theengine to misfire, damaging the cat-alytic converter.


426

Odometer (km or mi)The odometer indicates the total dis-tance the vehicle has been driven.You will also find the odometer useful todetermine when periodic maintenanceshould be performed.

] NOTICEIt is forbidden to alter the odometer ofall vehicles with the intent to change themileage registered on the odometer. Thealteration may void your warranty cov-erage.

Tripmeter/Trip computer (if equipped)The trip computer is a microcomputer-controlled driver information system thatdisplays information related to driving,when the ignition switch is in the ONposition. All stored driving information(except odometer) resets if the battery isdisconnected.

Press the TRIP button for less than 1second to select any mode as follows:

OBA043110IN OBA043099

* if equipped

Tripmeter B

Tripmeter A

Elapsed time

Average speed

ECO ON/OFF*

6 43


Tripmeter

TRIP A : Tripmeter ATRIP B : Tripmeter BThis mode indicates the distance of indi-vidual trips selected since the last trip-meter reset.

The meter's working range is from 0.0 to9999.9 km. (0.0 to 9999.9 miles).Pressing the RESET button for morethan 1 second, when the tripmeter isbeing displayed, clears the tripmeter tozero (0.0).

Average speed (km/h or MPH)

This mode calculates the average speedof the vehicle since the last averagespeed reset.Even if the vehicle is not in motion, theaverage speed is calculated while theengine is running.For an accurate calculation, drive morethan 300m (0.18 mile).Pressing the RESET button for morethan 1 second, when the average speedis being displayed, clears the averagespeed to zero (---).

Elapsed time (if equipped)

This mode indicates the total time trav-eled since the last driving time reset.Even if the vehicle is not in motion, thedriving time keeps going while the engineis running.The meter’s working range is from00:00~99:59.Pressing the RESET button for morethan 1 second, when the driving time isbeing displayed, clears the driving time tozero (00:00).

OBA043111 OBA043114 OBA043115


446

ECO ON/OFF mode (if equipped)

You can turn the ECO indicator on/off onthe instrument cluster in this mode.If you push the RESET button more than1 second in the ECO ON mode, ECOOFF is displayed in the screen and theECO indicator turns off while driving.

If you want to display the ECO indicatoragain, press the RESET button morethan 1 second in the ECO OFF modeand then ECO ON mode is displayed inthe screen.

“FUSE ON” warning light (if equipped)

This warning light illuminates if the fuseswitch in the fuse box is OFF.Turn the fuse switch on, when the “FUSEON” warning light illuminates.

For more details, refer to “Fuses” in chap-ter 7.

Warnings and indicatorsAll warning lights are checked by placingthe ignition switch ON (do not start theengine). If any light that does not illumi-nate, we recommend that the system bechecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer. After starting the engine, check tomake sure that all warning lights are off.If any warning lights are still on, this indi-cates a situation that needs attention.

OBA043116

6 45


Air bag warning light (if equipped)

This warning light will illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds each time youplace the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion.This light also comes on when theSupplemental Restraint System (SRS) isnot working properly. If the air bag warn-ing light does not come on, or continu-ously remains on after operating forabout 6 seconds when you placed theignition switch in the ON position or start-ed the engine, or if it comes on whiledriving, we recommend that the systembe inspected by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Anti-lock brake system (ABS)warning light (if equipped)

This warning light illuminates if the igni-tion switch is placed in the ON positionand goes off after approximately 3 sec-onds if the system is operating normally. If the ABS warning light remains on,comes on while driving, or does notcome on when the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position, this indicatesthat the ABS may have malfunctioned.If this occurs, we recommend that thesystem be checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer. The normal brakingsystem will still be operational, but with-out the assistance of the anti-lock brakesystem.

Electronic brake force distri-bution (EBD) system warninglight

If these two warning lightsilluminate at the same timewhile driving, your vehicle’sABS and EBD system may have mal-functioned.In this case, your ABS and regular brakesystem may not work normally. We rec-ommend that the system be checked byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNINGIf both ABS and Brake warning lightsare on and stay on, your vehicle’sbrake system will not work normallyduring sudden braking. In this case,avoid high speed driving and abruptbraking. We recommend that the sys-tem be checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.


466

Seat belt warning

As a reminder to the driver, the seat beltwarning light will blink for approximately6 seconds each time you place the igni-tion switch in the ON position regardlessof belt fastening.If the driver’s seat belt is unfastened afterthe ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the seat belt warning light blinksagain for approximately 6 seconds. If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition switch is placed in theON position or if it is unfastened after theignition switch is placed in the ON posi-tion, the seat belt warning chime willsound for approximately 6 seconds. Atthis time, if the seat belt is fastened, thechime will stop at once. (if equipped)

Turn signal indicator

The left or right Turn Signal Indicatorblinks when you signal a lane change orturn. If the arrow comes on but does notblink, blinks more rapidly than normal, ordoes not illuminate at all, a malfunction inthe turn signal system is indicated. Werecommend that you consult an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer repairs.

High beam indicator

This indicator illuminates when the head-lights are on and in the high beam posi-tion or when the turn signal lever is pulledinto the Flash-to-Pass position.

Parking (position) light indica-tor

This indicator illuminates when the park-ing (position) light are on.

Engine oil pressure warninglight

This warning light indicates the engine oilpressure is low.If the warning light illuminates while driv-ing:1. Drive safely to the side of the road and

stop.2. With the engine off, check the engine

oil level. If the level is low, add oil asrequired.

If the warning light remains on afteradding oil or if oil is not available, we rec-ommend that you call an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONIf the engine is not stopped immedi-ately after the engine oil pressurewarning light is illuminated, severedamage could result.

6 47


Parking brake & brakefluid warning

This light illuminates if the ignition switch isturned ON and goes off in approximately 3seconds if the parking brake is not applied.

Parking brake warning

This warning light is illuminated when theparking brake is applied with the ignitionswitch in the START or ON position. Thewarning light should go off when theparking brake is released.

Low brake fluid level warning

If the warning light remains on, it mayindicate that the brake fluid level in thereservoir is low.If the warning light remains on:1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.2. With the engine stopped, check the

brake fluid level immediately and addfluid as required. Then check all brakecomponents for fluid leaks.

3. Do not drive the vehicle if leaks arefound, the warning light remains on orthe brakes do not operate properly. Werecommend that you contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Your vehicle is equipped with dual-diago-nal braking systems. This means you stillhave braking on two wheels even if one ofthe dual systems should fail. With only oneof the dual systems working, more thannormal pedal travel and greater pedalpressure are required to stop the vehicle.Also, the vehicle will not stop in as short adistance with only a portion of the brakesystem working. If the brakes fail while youare driving, shift to a lower gear for addi-tional engine braking and stop the vehicleas soon as it is safe to do so.

CAUTIONIf the oil pressure warning light stayson while the engine is running, seriousengine damage may result. The oilpressure warning light comes onwhenever there is insufficient oil pres-sure. In normal operation, it shouldcome on when the ignition switch isturned on, then goes off when theengine starts. If the oil pressure warn-ing light stays on while the engine isrunning, there is a serious malfunction.If this happens, stop the vehicle assoon as it is safe to do so, turn off theengine and check the oil level. If the oillevel is low, fill the engine oil to theproper level and start the engineagain. If the light stays on with theengine running, turn the engine offimmediately. In any instance wherethe oil light stays on when the engineis running, we recommend that thesystem be checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.


486

To check bulb operation, check whetherthe parking brake and brake fluid warninglight illuminates when the ignition switchis in the ON position.

Front fog light indicator (if equipped)

This indicator illuminates when the frontfog lights are ON.

Shift pattern indicator (if equipped)

The indicator displays which automatictransaxle shift lever is selected.

Manual transaxle shift indi-cator (if equipped)

This indicator informs you which gear isdesired while driving to save fuel.For example

: Indicates that shifting up to the3rd gear is desired (currentlythe shift lever is in the 2ndgear).

: Indicates that shifting down tothe 3rd gear is desired (current-ly the shift lever is in the 4thgear).

] NOTICEWhen the system is not working proper-ly, the up & down arrow indicator andgear are not displayed.

WARNING Driving the vehicle with a warning lighton is dangerous. If the brake warninglight remains on, we recommend thatthe system be checked by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

6 49


Charging system warninglight

This warning light indicates a malfunctionof either the generator or electricalcharging system.If the warning light illuminates while thevehicle is in motion:1. Drive to the nearest safe location.2. With the engine off, check the genera-

tor drive belt for looseness or breakage.3. If the belt is adjusted properly, a prob-

lem exists somewhere in the electricalcharging system. We recommend thatthe system be checked by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

Tailgate/trunk open warninglight

This warning light illuminates when thetailgate/trunk is not closed securely.

Door ajar warning light

This warning light illuminates when adoor is not closed securely.

Immobilizer indicator (if equipped)

This indicator illuminates when theimmobilizer key is inserted and turned tothe ON position to start the engine.At this time, you can start the engine. Thelight goes off after the engine is running. If this light blinks when the ignition switchis in the ON position before starting theengine, we recommend that the systembe checked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

CAUTIONBefore driving the vehicle, you shouldconfirm that the door / tailgate (ortrunk) is fully closed. Also, check there is no door / tailgate(or trunk) open warning light or mes-sage displayed on the instrument clus-ter.


506

Low fuel level warninglight

This warning light indicates the fuel tankis nearly empty. When it comes on, youshould add fuel as soon as possible.Driving with the fuel level warning light onor with the fuel level below “E” can causethe engine to misfire and damage thecatalytic converter (if equipped).

Malfunction indicator light(MIL) (check engine light)

This indicator is part of the EngineControl System which monitors variousemission control system components. Ifthis indicator illuminates while driving, itindicates that a potential malfunction hasbeen detected somewhere in the emis-sion control system.This indicator will also illuminates whenthe ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, and will go off in a few secondsafter the engine is started. If it illuminateswhile driving, or does not illuminate whenthe ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, we recommend that the systembe checked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.Generally, your vehicle will continue to bedrivable, we recommend that the systembe checked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

CAUTION• Prolonged driving with the Emission

Control System MalfunctionIndicator Light illuminated maycause damage to the emission con-trol systems which could affect dri-vability and/or fuel economy.

• If the Emission Control SystemMalfunction Indicator Light illumi-nates, potential catalytic converterdamage is possible which couldresult in loss of engine power. Werecommend that the system beinspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTION - Diesel engineIf the Emission Control SystemMalfunction Indicator Light blinks,some error related to the injectionquantity adjustment will occur whichcould result in loss of engine power,combustion noise and poor emission.We recommend that the system beinspected by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

6 51


Key reminder warning chime (if equipped)If the driver’s door is opened while theignition key is left in the ignition switch(ACC or LOCK position), the keyreminder warning chime will sound. Thisis to prevent you from locking your keysin the vehicle. The chime sounds until thekey is removed from the ignition switch orthe driver’s door is closed.

Glow indicator (Diesel engine)

The indicator illuminates when the igni-tion switch is in the ON position. Theengine can be started after the indicatorlight goes off. The illuminating time variesaccording to the water temperature, airtemperature and battery condition.

CAUTIONIf the glow indicator light continues toilluminate or blink on and off after theengine has warmed up or while driv-ing, we recommend that the system bechecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

CAUTION - Diesel engine (ifequipped with DPF)

When the malfunction indicator lightblinks, it may stop blinking after drivingthe vehicle at more than 60km/h (37mph) or at more than second gear with1500 ~ 2000 engine rpm for a certaintime (for about 25 minutes).If the malfunction indicator light contin-ues to blink in spite of the procedure,please visit an authorized HYUNDAIdealer and then check the DPF sys-tem.If you continue to drive with the mal-function indicator light blinking for along time, the DPF system can bedamaged and fuel consumption canbe worsen.


526

Fuel filter warning light(Diesel engine)

If the warning lights up while the engineis running, it indicates that water hasaccumulated inside the fuel filter. If thishappens, remove the water from the fuelfilter. For more Information, refer to “Fuelfilter” in chapter 7.

Electric power steering (EPS)system warning light (ifequipped)

This indicator light illuminates after theignition key is placed in the ON positionand then it will go off when the enginestarts.This light also comes on when the EPShas malfunctioned. If it comes on whiledriving, we recommend that the systembe inspected by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

KEY OUT indicator (if equipped)

When the engine start/stop button is inthe ACC or ON position, if a door is open,the system checks for the smart key. Ifthe smart key is not in the vehicle, theindicator will blink, and if all doors areclosed, the chime will also sound forabout 5 seconds. The indicator will go offwhile the vehicle is moving. Keep thesmart key in the vehicle.

KEYOUT

CAUTIONWhen the fuel filter warning light illu-minates, the engine power (vehiclespeed & idle speed) may decrease. Ifyou keep driving with the warning lighton, you may damage your vehicle'sengine parts and injection system ofthe Common Rail. If this occurs, werecommend that the system bechecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

6 53


The rearview camera will activate whenthe back-up light is ON with the ignitionswitch ON and the shift lever in the R(Reverse) position.This system is a supplemental systemthat shows behind the vehicle throughthe rearview display mirror while back-ing-up.The rearview camera may be turned offby pressing the ON/OFF button (1) whenthe rearview camera is activated.To turn the camera on again, press theON/OFF button (1) again when the igni-tion switch is on and the shift lever in R(Reverse). Also, the camera will turn onautomatically whenever the ignitionswitch is turned off and on again.

The hazard warning flasher should beused whenever you find it necessary tostop the vehicle in a hazardous location.When you must make such an emer-gency stop, always pull off the road as faras possible.The hazard warning lights are turned onand off by pushing in the hazard switch.This causes all turn signal lights to blink.The Hazard Warning Lights will operateeven though the ignition switch is in theLOCK/OFF position.

REARVIEW CAMERA (IF EQUIPPED)

OBA043027IN

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER

OBA044260

OBA047266

OBA047259

n 5 Door

n 4 Door

WARNING • This system is a supplementary

function only. It is the responsibilityof the driver to always check theinside/outside rearview mirror andthe area behind the vehicle beforeand while backing up because thereis a dead zone that can't see throughthe camera.

• Always keep the camera lens clean.If lens is covered with foreign matter,the camera may not operate normal-ly.


546

Battery saver function (if equipped)• The purpose of this feature is to pre-

vent the battery from being dis-charged. The system automaticallyturns off the exterior lights when thedriver removes the ignition key andopens the driver-side door.

• With this feature, the parking lights willturn off automatically if the driver parkson the side of road at night.If necessary, to keep the lights onwhen the ignition key is removed, per-form the following :1) Open the driver-side door.2) Turn the parking lights OFF and ON

again using the light switch on thesteering column.

Lighting controlThe light switch has a Headlight and aParking light position.To operate the lights, turn the knob at theend of the control lever to one of the fol-lowing positions: (1) OFF position(2) Parking light position(3) Headlight position

Parking light position ( )When the light switch is in the parkinglight position, the tail, license and instru-ment panel lights will turn ON.

] NOTICEThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition to turn on the instrument panellights.

LIGHTING

OBA043211IN OBA043213IN

6 55


Headlight position ( )When the light switch is in the headlightposition, the head, tail, license andinstrument panel lights will turn ON.

] NOTICEThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition to turn on the headlights.

High beam operation To turn on the high beam headlights,push the lever away from you. Pull it backfor low beams.The high beam indicator will light whenthe headlight high beams are switched on.To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, do not leave the lights on for aprolonged time whilst the engine is notrunning.

Flashing headlightsTo flash the headlights, pull the levertowards you. It will return to the normal(low beam) position when released. Theheadlight switch does not need to be onto use this flashing feature.

OBA043214IN

WARNINGDo not use high beam when there areother vehicles. Using high beam couldobstruct the other driver's vision.

OBA043215INOBA043212IN


566

Turn signals and lane change signalsTo signal a turn, push down on the leverfor a left turn or up for a right turn in posi-tion (A). To signal a lane change, movethe turn signal lever slightly and hold it inposition (B). The lever will return to theOFF position when released or when theturn is completed.If an indicator stays on and does notflash or if it flashes abnormally, one of theturn signal bulbs may be burned out andwill require replacement.

One-touch lane change function (if equipped)To activate an one-touch lane changefunction, move the turn signal leverslightly and then release it. The lanechange signals will blink 3 times.

] NOTICEIf an indicator flash is abnormally quickor slow, a bulb may be burned out or havea poor electrical connection in the circuit.

Front fog light (if equipped) Fog lights are used to provide improvedvisibility and avoid accidents when visibil-ity is poor due to fog, rain or snow etc.The fog lights will turn on when fog lightswitch (1) is turned to the ON positionafter the parking light is turned on.To turn off the fog lights, turn the switchto the OFF position.

OBA043217IN OBA043216IN

6 57


] NOTICEThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition to turn on the front fog light.

Headlight levelling deviceTo adjust the headlight beam levelaccording to the number of passengersand loading weight in the luggage area,turn the beam levelling switch.The higher the number of the switchposition, the lower the headlight beamlevel. Always keep the headlight beam atthe proper levelling position, or head-lights may dazzle other road users.Listed below are the examples of properswitch settings. For loading conditionsother than those listed below, adjust theswitch position so that the beam levelmay be the nearest as the conditionobtained according to the list.

Daytime running light (if equipped)Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can makeit easier for others to see the front of yourvehicle during the day. DRL can be help-ful in many different driving conditions,and it is especially helpful after dawn andbefore sunset.The DRL system will turn off the dedicat-ed lamp when: • The headlight (low beam) switch is ON.• The engine is OFF• The front fog light is ON.

CAUTIONWhen in operation, the fog lights con-sume large amounts of vehicle electri-cal power. Only use the fog lightswhen visibility is poor or unnecessarybattery and generator drain couldoccur.

Loading condition Switch position

Driver only 0

Driver + Front passenger 0

Full passengers 1

Full passengers +Maximum permissibleloading

3

Driver + Maximum permis-sible loading

5

OBA043008


586

A : Wiper speed control· MIST – Single wipe· OFF – Off· INT – Intermittent wipe· LO – Low wiper speed· HI – High wiper speed

B : Wash with brief wipes (front)

C : Rear wiper/washer control· – Wash with brief wipes

(Returns to ON when released)· ON - Continuous wipe · OFF - Off

Windshield wipers Operates as follows when the ignitionswitch is turned ON.MIST : For a single wiping cycle, push

the lever upward and release itwith the lever in the OFF position.The wipers will operate continu-ously if the lever is pushedupward and held.

OFF : Wiper is not in operationINT : Wiper operates intermittently at the

same wiping intervals. Use thismode in a light rain or mist. To varythe speed setting, turn the speedcontrol knob.

LO : Normal wiper speedHI : Fast wiper speed

] NOTICEIf there is heavy accumulation of snowor ice on the windscreen, defrost thewindscreen for about 10 minutes, oruntil the snow and/or ice is removedbefore using the windscreen wipers toensure proper operation.

WIPERS AND WASHERS

n Rear

OBA043237

n Front

OBA047219

6 59


Windshield washers In the OFF position, pull the lever gentlytoward you to spray washer fluid on thewindscreen and to run the wipers 1-3cycles.Use this function when the windshield isdirty.The spray and wiper operation will con-tinue until you release the lever.If the washer does not work, check thewasher fluid level. If the fluid level is notsufficient, you will need to add appropri-ate non-abrasive windshield washer fluidto the washer reservoir.The reservoir filler neck is located in thefront of the engine compartment on thedriver side.

Rear window wiper and washerswitch (if equipped)The rear window wiper and washerswitch is located at the end of the wiperand washer switch lever. Turn the switchto desired position to operate the rearwiper and washer.

- Spraying washer fluid and wiping(Returns to ON when released)

ON - Normal wiper operation OFF - Wiper is not in operation

OBA043220IN

CAUTIONTo prevent possible damage to thewasher pump, do not operate thewasher when the fluid reservoir isempty.

WARNINGDo not use the washer in freezingtemperatures without first warming thewindshield with the defrosters; thewasher solution could freeze on con-tact with the windscreen and obscureyour vision.

CAUTION• To prevent possible damage to the

wipers or windshield, do not operatethe wipers when the windscreen isdry.

• To prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use petrol, kerosene,paint thinner, or other solvents on ornear them.

• To prevent damage to the wiperarms and other components, do notattempt to move the wipers manual-ly.

OBA043218IN


606

Room lamp• ON (1)The light stays on at all times.

• DOOR (2) The light comes on when a door isopened regardless of the ignition switchposition.When doors are unlocked by the remotekey, the light comes on for approximately30 seconds as long as a door is notopened. The light goes out graduallyafter approximately 30 seconds if thedoor is closed. However, if the ignitionswitch is ON or all doors are locked, thelight will go out immediately.If a door is opened with the ignitionswitch in the ACC or LOCK/OFF position,the light stays on for about 20 minutes.However, if a door is opened with theignition switch in the ON position, thelight stays on continuously.

• OFF (3) The light stays off at all times even whena door is opened.

INTERIOR LIGHT

CAUTIONDo not use the interior lights forextended periods when engine is notrunning.It may cause battery discharge.

CAUTIONDo not leave the switch in this positionfor an extended period of time whenthe engine is not running.

OTD049086

6 61


Luggage room lamp (if equipped)The luggage room lamp comes on whenthe tailgate is opened.

OBA043028L


626

] NOTICEIf you want to defrost and defog thefront windshield, refer to “WindshieldDefrosting and Defogging” in this sec-tion.

Rear window defroster (if equipped)The defroster heats the window toremove frost, fog and thin ice from theinterior and exterior of the rear window,while the engine is running.

To activate the rear window defroster,press the rear window defroster buttonlocated in the center facia switch panel.The indicator on the rear windowdefroster button illuminates when thedefroster is ON.If there is heavy accumulation of snow onthe rear window, brush it off before oper-ating the rear defroster.The rear window defroster automaticallyturns off after approximately 20 minutesor when the ignition switch is turned off.To turn off the defroster, press the rearwindow defroster button again.

DEFROSTER

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the conductorsbonded to the inside surface of therear window, never use sharp instru-ments or window cleaners containingabrasives to clean the window.To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, operate the defroster onlywhile the engine is running.

OBA043150

6 63


MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OBA043151

1. Mode selection knob2. Fan speed control knob3. Temperature control knob4. Air conditioning button*

* : if equipped

5. Air intake control button (recirculated air position)

6. Air intake control button (outside (fresh) air position)

7. Rear window defroster button*


646

Heating and air conditioning1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired position.

To improve the effectiveness of heat-ing and cooling :- Heating: - Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4. Set the air intake control to the outside(fresh) air or recirculated air position.

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the airconditioning system on.

OBA043152

6 65


Mode selectionThe mode selection knob controls thedirection of the air flow through the venti-lation system. Air can be directed to the floor, dashboardoutlets, or windshield. Five symbols areused to represent Face, Bi-Level, Floor,Floor-Defrost and Defrost air position.

Face-Level (B, D, E)

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face. Additionally, each outlet can becontrolled to direct the air dischargedfrom the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, D, C, E)

Air flow is discharged towards the faceand floor.

Floor-Level (C, A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the airdirected to the windshield and side win-dow defrosters.

Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D, E)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floorand the windshield with a small amountdirected to the side window defrosters.

Defrost-Level (A, D, E)

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defrosters.

Instrument panel vents

The outlet vents can be opened or closedusing the vent control lever. Also, you can adjust the direction of airdelivered from these vents using the ventcontrol lever as shown.

OBA043153 OBA043226IN

n Front


666

The outlet vents can be opened or closedseparately using the thumbwheel. Also, you can adjust the direction of airdelivery from these vents using the ventcontrol lever as shown.

Temperature controlThe temperature control knob allows youto control the temperature of the air flow-ing from the ventilation system. Tochange the air temperature in the pas-senger compartment, turn the knob tothe right for warm air or left for cooler air.

Air intake control This is used to select outside (fresh) airposition or recirculated air position.To change the air intake control position,push the control button.

OBA043155 OBA043156OBA043227IN

n Rear

6 67


Recirculated air position

The indicator light on thebutton illuminates when therecirculated air position isselected.With the recirculated airposition selected, air fromthe passenger compart-ment will be drawn throughthe heating system andheated or cooled accordingto the function selected.

Outside (fresh) air position

With the outside (fresh) airposition selected, air entersthe vehicle from outside andis heated or cooled accord-ing to the function selected.

] NOTICEProlonged operation of the heater in therecirculated air position (without airconditioning selected) may cause fog-ging of the windshield and side windowsand the air within the passenger com-partment may become stale.In addition, prolonged use of the air con-ditioning with the recirculated air posi-tion selected will result in excessively dryair in the passenger compartment.

Fan speed controlThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for fan operation.The fan speed control knob allows you tocontrol the fan speed of the air flowingfrom the ventilation system. To changethe fan speed, turn the knob to the rightfor higher speed or left for lower speed.Setting the fan speed control knob to the“0” position turns off the fan.

WARNING• Continued use of the climate control

system operation in the recirculatedair position (without the air condi-tioning selected) may allow humidi-ty to increase inside the vehiclewhich may fog the glass andobscure visibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle with the airconditioning or heating system on. Itmay cause serious harm or deathdue to a drop in the oxygen leveland/or body temperature.

• Continued use of the climate controlsystem operation in the recirculatedair position can cause drowsinessor sleepiness, that may cause lossof vehicle control resulting in anaccident Set the air intake control tothe outside (fresh) air position asmuch as possible while driving.

OBA043157


686

Air conditioning (if equipped)Press the A/C button to turn the air con-ditioning system on (indicator light willilluminate). To turn the air conditioningsystem off, press the button again.

System operationVentilation1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

Heating1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn

the air conditioning system on.• If the windshield fogs up, set the mode

to the , position.

Operation Tips

• To prevent dust or unpleasant fumesfrom entering the vehicle through theventilation system, temporarily set theair intake control to the recirculated airposition. Be sure to return the controlto the fresh air position when the irri-tation has passed to keep fresh air inthe vehicle. This will help keep the driv-er alert and comfortable.

• Air for the heating/cooling system isdrawn in through the grilles just aheadof the windshield. Care should betaken that these are not blocked byleaves, snow, ice or other obstructions.

• To prevent interior fog on the wind-shield, set the air intake control to thefresh air position and fan speed to thedesired position, turn on the air condi-tioning system, and adjust the temper-ature control to a desired temperature.

OBA043158

6 69


Air conditioningAll HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systemsare filled with environmentally friendly R-134a refrigerant.1. Start the engine. Push the air condi-

tioning button.2. Set the mode to the position.3. Set the air intake control to the recir-

culated air position. However, pro-longed operation of the recirculated airposition will excessively dry the air. Inthis case, change the air position.

4. Adjust the fan speed control and tem-perature control to maintain maximumcomfort.

• When maximum cooling is desired, setthe temperature control to the extremeleft, set the air intake control to therecirculated air position, then set thefan speed control to the highest speed.

] NOTICE• While using the air conditioning sys-

tem, monitor the temperature gaugeclosely while driving up hills or inheavy traffic when outside tempera-tures are high. Air conditioning sys-tem operation may cause engine over-heating. Continue to use the blowerfan but turn the air conditioning sys-tem off if the temperature gauge indi-cates engine overheating.

• While opening the windows in humidweather air conditioning may createwater droplets inside the vehicle.Since excessive water droplets maycause damage to electrical equipment,air conditioning should only be usedwith the windows closed.

Air conditioning system operation tips

• If the vehicle has been parked in directsunlight during hot weather, open thewindows for a short time to let the hotair inside the vehicle escape.

• To help reduce moisture inside of thewindows on rainy or humid days,decrease the humidity inside the vehicleby operating the air conditioning system.

• During air conditioning system opera-tion, you may occasionally notice a slightchange in engine speed as the air con-ditioning compressor cycles. This is anormal system operation characteristic.

• Use the air conditioning system everymonth only for a few minutes to ensuremaximum system performance.

• When using the air conditioning system,you may notice clear water dripping (oreven puddling) on the ground under thepassenger side of the vehicle. This is anormal system operation characteristic.

• Operating the air conditioning systemin the recirculated air position providesmaximum cooling, however, continualoperation in this mode may cause theair inside the vehicle to become stale.

• During cooling operation, you mayoccasionally notice a misty air flowbecause of rapid cooling and humid airintake. This is a normal system opera-tion characteristics.


706

Climate control air filter The climate control air filter installed inyour vehicle filters the dust or other pol-lutants that come into the vehicle fromthe outside through the heating and airconditioning system. If dust or other pol-lutants accumulate in the filter over aperiod of time, the air flow from the airvents may decrease, resulting in mois-ture accumulation inside of the wind-shield even when the outside (fresh) airposition is selected. If this happens, werecommend that the climate control airfilter be checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

] NOTICE• Check the filter according to the

Maintenance Schedule in chapter 7.If the vehicle is being driven in severeconditions such as dusty, rough roads,more frequent climate control air filterinspections are required.

• When the air flow rate suddenlydecreases, we recommend that thesystem be checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Checking the amount of air condi-tioner refrigerant and compressorlubricantWhen the amount of refrigerant is low,the performance of the air conditioning isreduced. Overfilling also has a negativeimpact on the air conditioning system.Therefore, if abnormal operation isfound, we recommend that the system beinspected by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

] NOTICEIt is important that the correct type andamount of oil and refrigerant is used.Otherwise, damage to the compressor andabnormal system operation may occur.

OPB049140L

Outside air

Recirculatedair

Climate controlair filter

BlowerEvaporatorcore

Heater core

WARNINGImproper service may cause seriousinjury to the person performing theservice. For more detailed informa-tion, we recommend that you contactan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.Improper service may cause seriousinjury to the person performing theservice.

6 71


AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

1. Front windshield defroster button

2. Air conditioning button

3. Temperature control knob

4. Fan speed control knob

5. Rear window defroster button

6. Air intake control button

7. AUTO (automatic control) button

8. OFF button

9. Mode selection button

10. Climate control display

OBA047160


726

Automatic climate controlAdjusting the temperature setting willcause the airflow vents, air intake and fanto adjust automatically.

Using the automatic modePress the AUTO Button.

• The air conditioning system is auto-matically adjusted according to thecurrent temperature setting

• You can adjust the temperature controlknob to the desired temperature.

h For your convenience and to improvethe effectiveness of the climate con-trol, use the AUTO button and set thetemperature to 23°C (73°F).

To turn the automatic operation off, pressany button except the temperature con-trol knob. If you press the mode selectionbutton, the selected function will be con-trolled manually while other functionsoperate automatically.

] NOTICENever place anything over the sensorlocated on the instrument panel toensure better control of the heating andcooling system.

OUN026312OBA043161

6 73


Manual heating and air conditioningThe heating and cooling system can becontrolled manually by pushing buttonsother than the AUTO button. In this case,the system works sequentially accordingto the order of buttons selected.1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired position.

To improve the effectiveness of heat-ing and cooling :- Heating: - Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4. Set the air intake control to the outside(fresh) air or recirculated air position.

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turn theair conditioning system on.

Press the AUTO button in order to convertto full automatic control of the system.

Mode selectionThe mode selection button controls thedirection of the air flow through the venti-lation system. The air flow outlet port is converted asfollows:

Refer to the illustration in the “Manual cli-mate control system”.

Floor & Defrost

Most of the air flow is directed to the floorand the windshield with a small amountdirected to the side window defrosters.

Floor-Level

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the air beingdirected to the windshield and side win-dow defrosters.

Bi-Level

Air flow is directed towards the face andthe floor.

Face-Level

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face. Additionally, each outlet can becontrolled to direct the air dischargedfrom the outlet.

OBA043162


746

Defrost-Level

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defrosters.

Instrument panel vents

The outlet vents can be opened or closedusing the vent control lever. Also, you can adjust the direction of airdelivered from these vents using the ventcontrol lever as shown.

The outlet vents can be opened or closedseparately using the thumbwheel. Also, you can adjust the direction of airdelivery from these vents using the ventcontrol lever as shown.

OBA043163 OBA043227IN

n Rear

OBA043226IN

n Front

6 75


Temperature controlThe temperature will increase to themaximum (HI) by turning the knob to theextreme right. The temperature will decrease to theminimum (Lo) by turning the knob to theextreme left. When you turn the knob, the temperaturewill increase or decrease by 0.5°C (1°F).

Temperature conversion (if equipped)

You can switch the temperature modebetween Centigrade to Fahrenheit as fol-lows:While pressing the OFF button, press theAUTO button for 3 seconds or more. The display will change from Centigradeto Fahrenheit, or from Fahrenheit toCentigrade.If the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, the temperature mode dis-play will reset to Centigrade.

Air intake controlThis is used to select outside (fresh) airposition or recirculated air position.To change the air intake control position,press the control button.

OBA043165OBA043164


766

Recirculated air position

The indicator light on thebutton illuminates when therecirculated air position isselected.With the recirculated airposition selected, air fromthe passenger compart-ment will be drawn throughthe heating system andheated or cooled accordingto the function selected.

Outside (fresh) air position

The indicator light on thebutton will not illuminatewhen the outside (fresh) airposition is selected.With the outside (fresh) airposition selected, air entersthe vehicle from outsideand is heated or cooledaccording to the functionselected.

] NOTICEProlonged operation of the heater in therecirculated air position (without airconditioning selected) may cause fog-ging of the windshield and side windowsand the air within the passenger com-partment may become stale.In addition, prolonged use of the air con-ditioning with the recirculated air posi-tion selected, will result in excessivelydry air in the passenger compartment.

WARNING• Continued use of the climate control

system operation in the recirculatedair position (without the air condi-tioning selected) may allow humidi-ty to increase inside the vehiclewhich may fog the glass andobscure visibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle with airconditioning or heating system on. Itmay cause serious harm or deathdue to a drop in the oxygen leveland/or body temperature.

• Continued use of the climate controlsystem operation in the recirculatedair position can cause drowsinessor sleepiness, that may cause lossof vehicle control resulting in anaccident Set the air intake control tothe outside (fresh) air position asmuch as possible while driving.

6 77


Fan speed controlThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for fan operation.The fan speed control knob allows you tocontrol the fan speed of the air flowingfrom the ventilation system. To changethe fan speed, turn the knob to the rightfor higher speed or left for lower speed.

Air conditioningPress the A/C button to turn the air con-ditioning system on (indicator light willilluminate). Press the button again to turn the airconditioning system off.

OFF modePress the OFF button to turn off the cli-mate control system. However you canstill operate the mode and air intake but-tons as long as the ignition switch is inthe ON position.

OBA043167 OBA043168OBA043166


786

• For maximum defrosting, set the tem-perature control to the extremeright/hot position and the fan speedcontrol to the highest speed.

• If warm air to the floor is desired whiledefrosting or defogging, set the modeto the floor-defrost position.

• Before driving, clear all snow and icefrom the windshield, rear window, out-side rear view mirrors, and all side win-dows.

• Clear all snow and ice from the hoodand air inlet in the cowl grill to improveheater and defroster efficiency and toreduce the probability of fogging upinside of the windshield.

Manual climate control systemTo defog inside windshield 1. Select any fan speed except “0” posi-

tion.2. Select desired temperature.3. Select the position.4. The outside (fresh) air and air condi-

tioning (if equipped) will be selectedautomatically.

If the air-conditioning (if equipped) andoutside (fresh) air position are not select-ed automatically, press the correspon-ding button manually.

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING

OBA043169

WARNING - Windshieldheating

Do not use the or positionduring cooling operation in extremelyhumid weather. The differencebetween the temperature of the outsideair and the windshield could cause theouter surface of the windshield to fogup, causing loss of visibility. In thiscase, set the mode selection knob orbutton to the position and fanspeed control knob or button to thelower speed.

6 79


To defrost outside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the highest

(extreme right) position.2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot

position.3. Select the position.4. The outside (fresh) air and air condi-

tioning will be selected automatically.

Automatic climate control systemTo defog inside windshield 1. Select desired fan speed.2. Select desired temperature.3. Press the defroster button ( ).4. The air-conditioning will turn on

according to the detected ambienttemperature, outside (fresh) air posi-tion and higher fan speed will beselected automatically.

If the air-conditioning, outside (fresh) airposition and higher fan speed are notselected automatically, adjust the corre-sponding button or knob manually.If the position is selected, lower fanspeed is adjusted to a higher fan speed.

To defrost outside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the highest posi-

tion.2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot

(HI) position.3. Press the defroster button ( ).4. The air-conditioning will turn on

according to the detected ambienttemperature and outside (fresh) airposition will be selected automatically.

If the position is selected, lower fanspeed is adjusted to a higher fan speed.

OBA043171 OBA043172OBA043170


806

Center console storageThese compartments can be used tostore small items.

Glove boxTo open the glove box, pull the handleand the glove box will automaticallyopen. Close the glove box after use.

STORAGE COMPARTMENT

WARNING - Flammablematerials

Do not store cigarette lighters,propane cylinders, or other flamma-ble/explosive materials in the vehicle.These items may catch fire and/orexplode if the vehicle is exposed tohot temperatures for extended peri-ods.

CAUTION• To avoid possible theft, do not leave

valuables in the storage compart-ment.

• Always keep the storage compart-ment covers closed while driving.Do not attempt to place so manyitems in the storage compartmentthat the storage compartment covercan not close securely.

OBA043200 OBA043202

WARNING To reduce the risk of injury in an acci-dent or sudden stop, always keep theglove box door closed while driving.

6 81


Cool box (if equipped)You can keep beverage cans or otheritems cool in the glove box.1. Turn on the air conditioning.2. Slide the open/close lever (1) of the

vent installed in the glove box to theopen position.

3. When the cool box is not used, slidethe lever (1) to the closed position.

] NOTICEIf some items in the cool box block thevent, the cooling effectiveness of the coolbox is reduced.

] NOTICEIf the temperature control knob is in thewarm or hot position, warm or hot airwill flow into the glove box.

WARNINGDo not put perishable food in the coolbox because it may not maintain thenecessary consistent temperature tokeep the food fresh.

OBA043203


826

Cigarette lighter (if equipped)For the cigarette lighter to work, the igni-tion switch must be in the ACC or ONposition.To use the cigarette lighter, push it all theway into its socket. When the element isheated, the lighter will pop out to the"ready" position.

Ashtray (if equipped)To use the ashtray, open the cover.To clean or empty the ashtray, pull it out.

INTERIOR FEATURES

OBA043207

CAUTIONWe recommend that you use parts forreplacement from an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer. the use of plug-inaccessories (shavers, hand-held vac-uums, and coffee pots, for example)may damage the socket or cause elec-trical failure.

WARNING• Do not hold the lighter in after it is

already heated because it will over-heat.

• If the lighter does not pop out within30 seconds, remove it to preventoverheating.

OBA043204

WARNING - Ashtray use• Do not use the vehicle’s ashtrays as

waste receptacles.• Putting lit cigarettes or matches in

an ashtray with other combustiblematerials may cause fire.

6 83


Cup holder

FrontCups or small beverage cans may beplaced in the cup holders.

Rear (if equipped)To use the center cup holder, pull downthe armrest.

WARNING - Hot liquids• Do not place uncovered cups of hot

liquid in the cup holder while thevehicle is in motion. If the hot liquidspills, you may burn yourself. Sucha burn to the driver could lead toloss of control of the vehicle.

• To reduce the risk of personal injuryin the event of a sudden stop or col-lision, do not place uncovered orunsecured bottles, glasses, cans,etc., in the cup holder while thevehicle is in motion.

OBA043205 OBA044258


846

SunvisorUse the sunvisor to shield direct lightthrough the front or side windows.A mirror (if equipped) and ticket holder (ifequipped) is provided on the sunvisor.

Power outlet (if equipped)The power outlet is designed to providepower for mobile telephones or otherdevices designed to operate with vehicleelectrical systems. The devices shoulddraw less than 10 amps with the enginerunning.

CAUTION• Use the power outlet only when the

engine is running and remove theaccessory plug after use. Using theaccessory plug for prolonged peri-ods of time with the engine off couldcause the battery to discharge.

• Only use 12V electric accessorieswhich are less than 10A in electriccapacity.

• Adjust the air-conditioner or heaterto the lowest operating level whenusing the power outlet.

• Close the cover when not in use.• Some electronic devices can cause

electronic interference when pluggedinto a vehicle’s power outlet. Thesedevices may cause excessive audiostatic and malfunctions in other elec-tronic systems or devices used in yourvehicle.

WARNINGDo not put a finger or a foreign ele-ment (pin, etc.) into a power outlet anddo not touch with a wet hand. Youmay get an electric shock.

OBA043209

OBA043225IN

n Front

n RearOBA043229IN

OBA043031R

n Driver’s side

n Passenger’s side

6 85


Floor mat anchor(s)When using a floor mat on the front floorcarpet, make sure it attaches to the floormat anchor(s) in your vehicle. This keepsthe floor mat from sliding forward.

Cargo area cover (if equipped)Use the cargo area cover to hide itemsstored in the cargo area. The cargo area cover can be uprightedor removed.

OBA043230IN

WARNING• Do not place objects on the cargo

area cover. Such objects may bethrown about inside the vehicle andpossibly injure vehicle occupantsduring an accident or braking.

• Never allow anyone to ride in theluggage compartment. It isdesigned for luggage only.

CAUTIONDo not put luggage on the cover sinceit may be damaged or malformed.

OMD040195N


866

] NOTICE• If you install an aftermarket HID

head lamp, your vehicle’s audio andelectronic device may malfunction.

• Prevent chemicals such as perfume,cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand cleanerand air freshener from contacting theinterior parts because they may causedamage or discoloration.

AntennaYour car uses an antenna to receive bothAM and FM broadcast signals.

Type AThis antenna is a removable type. Toremove the antenna, turn it counterclock-wise. To install the antenna, turn it clock-wise.

Type CThe shark fin antenna receives transmit-ted data. (for example: GPS and DABsignals)

AUDIO SYSTEM

CAUTION• Before entering a place with a low

height clearance, be sure that theantenna is removed.

• Be sure to remove the antennabefore washing the vehicle in anautomatic car wash or it may bedamaged.

• When reinstalling your antenna, it isimportant that it is fully tightenedand adjusted to the upright positionto ensure proper reception. But itcould be removed when parking thevehicle.

CAUTIONInstallation of aftermarket antennamay result in water leakage, windnoise, rattling & improper radio opera-tion. We recommend to use the anten-na available with an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

OBA047261

OANNMM2901

n Type A

n Type C

n Type B

6 87


Audio remote control (if equipped) The steering wheel audio remote controlbutton is installed to promote safe driving.

VOL (+, -) (1)• Press the button (+) to increase volume.• Press the button (-) to decrease volume.

MUTE (2)• Press the MUTE button to cancel

sound.• Press the MUTE button again to acti-

vate sound.

MODE (3)Press the MODE button to select Radioor CD (compact disc).

SEEK ( / ) (4)The SEEK button has different functionsbase on the system mode. For the follow-ing functions the button should bepressed for 0.8 second or more.

RADIO mode

It will function as the AUTO SEEK selectbutton.

CDP mode

It will function as the FF/REW button.

If the SEEK button is pressed for lessthan 0.8 second, it will work as follows ineach mode.

RADIO mode

It will function as the PRESET STATIONselect buttons.

CDP mode

It will function as the TRACK UP/DOWNbutton.

Detailed information for audio controlbuttons is described in the followingpages in this chapter.

CAUTIONDo not operate the audio remote con-trol buttons simultaneously.

OBA043228IN


886

Aux, USB and iPod(if equipped)If your vehicle has an aux and/orUSB(universal serial bus) port or iPodport, you can use an aux port to connectaudio devices and an USB port to plug inan USB and also an iPod port to plug inan iPod.

] NOTICEWhen using a portable audio deviceconnected to the power outlet, noise mayoccur during playback. If this happens,use the power source of the portableaudio device.

How vehicle audio worksAM and FM radio signals are broadcastfrom transmitter towers located aroundyour city. They are intercepted by theradio antenna on your vehicle. This signalis then received by the radio and sent toyour vehicle speakers. When a strong radio signal has reachedyour vehicle, the precise engineering ofyour audio system ensures the best pos-sible quality reproduction. However, insome cases the signal coming to yourvehicle may not be strong and clear.This can be due to factors, such as thedistance from the radio station, close-ness of other strong radio stations or thepresence of buildings, bridges or otherlarge obstructions in the area.

AM broadcasts can be received atgreater distances than FM broadcasts.This is because AM radio waves aretransmitted at low frequencies. Theselong, low frequency radio waves can fol-low the curvature of the earth rather thantravelling straight out into the atmos-phere. In addition, they curve aroundobstructions so that they can provide bet-ter signal coverage.

OBA043208 JBM001

FM reception

JBM002

AM (MW, LW) reception

6 89


DRM Broadcasts can be received atgreater distances. This is entirely a digitaltype of transmission. The transmissionband width of DRM is same as AM.When a strong radio has reached yourvehicle, the precise engineering of youraudio system ensures the best possiblequality reproduction. However, in somecases the signal coming to your vehiclemay not be strong and clear. This can bedue to factors, such as the distance fromthe radio station, presence of buildings,bridges tunnels or other larges obstruc-tion & power transmission lines in thearea. During this obstructions or low sig-nal reception then no sound from theaudio is observed for very less time.Content form the audio is been playedwhen signal is recovered.

FM broadcasts are transmitted at highfrequencies and do not bend to follow theearth's surface. Because of this, FMbroadcasts generally begin to fade atshort distances from the station. Also,FM signals are easily affected by build-ings, mountains, or other obstructions.These can result in certain listening con-ditions which might lead you to believe aproblem exists with your radio. The fol-lowing conditions are normal and do notindicate radio trouble :

• Fading - As your vehicle moves awayfrom the radio station, the signal willweaken and sound will begin to fade.When this occurs, we suggest that youselect another stronger station.

• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals orlarge obstructions between the trans-mitter and your radio can disturb thesignal causing static or fluttering nois-es to occur. Reducing the treble levelmay lessen this effect until the distur-bance clears.

JBM004JBM003

FM radio station


906

• Station Swapping - As a FM signalweakens, another more powerful sig-nal near the same frequency maybegin to play. This is because yourradio is designed to lock onto the clear-est signal. If this occurs, select anotherstation with a stronger signal.

• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signalsbeing received from several directionscan cause distortion or fluttering. Thiscan be caused by a direct and reflect-ed signal from the same station, or bysignals from two stations with closefrequencies. If this occurs, selectanother station until the condition haspassed.

Using a cellular phone or a two-wayradio When a cellular phone is used inside thevehicle, noise may be produced from theaudio system. This does not mean thatsomething is wrong with the audio equip-ment. In such a case, use the cellularphone at a place as far as possible fromthe audio equipment.

CAUTIONWhen using a communication systemsuch as a cellular phone or a radio setinside the vehicle, a separate externalantenna must be fitted. When a cellularphone or a radio set is used with aninternal antenna alone, it may interferewith the vehicle's electrical system andadversely affect safe operation of thevehicle.

WARNINGDo not use a cellular phone while driv-ing. Stop at a safe location to use acellular phone.

JBM005

6 91

Audio system

iPod®

iPod® is a registered trademark of Apple Inc.

Bluetooth® Wireless TechnologyThe Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registeredtrademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use ofsuch marks by HYUNDAI is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of theirrespective owners.

Audio system

926

AUDIO (Without Touch Screen)

B4N3G0000EG/B4N3G0001EG

n Type A

(With Bluetooth® Wireless Technology)

n Type B

6 93

Audio system

Feature of Your Audio

Head Unit

h The actual features in the vehiclemay differ from the illustration.

(1) MUTE• Mute audio output.

(2) SETUP/CLOCKWhen pressed quickly• Moves to Setup screen.When pressed and held• Moves to the Time Settings.

(3) MENU• Displays menus for the current mode.

(4) BACK• Moves to previous screen.

(5) FOLDER• Media(USB) mode: Searches folders.

(6) SEEK/TRACKWhen pressed quickly• Radio mode: Searches broadcast

frequencies.• Media mode: Changes track, file or

title. (except AUX)When pressed and held• Radio mode: Frequency is con-

trolled by 1 step quickly. When thebutton is released after pressingand holding, searches broadcastfrequencies.

• Media mode: Rewinds or fast-for-wards the song. (except BT Audio*,AUX)

* if equipped

(7) TUNE knob• Radio mode: Changes frequency

by turning the knob left/right.• Media mode: Searches songs(files)

by turning the knob left/right.

n Type B

n Type A

Audio system

946

(8) DISP• Turns off the screen. • Each time the button is pressed, it

sets the Screen Off ß On ß Off.

(9) RADIO• Plays Radio(FM/AM/DRM) mode.• Each time the button is pressed,

the radio mode popup will be dis-played or closed.

• The radio mode popup will not bedisplayed when [SETUP/CLOCK]button � [Display] � [Mode popup]is turned [Off].

(10) MEDIA• Plays Media(USB(iPod®), BT Audio*,

AUX) mode.• Each time the button is pressed,

the media mode popup will be dis-played or closed.

• The media mode popup will not bedisplayed when [SETUP/CLOCK]button� [Display]� [Mode popup] isturned [Off].

* if equipped

(11) SCAN (Type A)• Play all receivable stations for 5

seconds each. (Radio mode only)

(12) PHONE (Type B)• Moves to Phone screen.• If Bluetooth® is not connected, dis-

plays Bluetooth® Pair/Connectionscreen.

(13) POWER/VOL knob• Power knob: Turns power On/Off

by pressing the knob.• Volume knob: Sets volume by turn-

ing the knob left/right.

n Type B

n Type A

6 95

Audio system

(14) [1] ~ [6] (Preset)When pressed quickly• Radio mode: Receives saved fre-

quencies(channels).• Media mode(USB)

- [1 RPT] button: Repeat/RepeatFolder

- [2 SHFL] button: ShuffleFolder/Shuffle

• Media mode(iPod®)- [1 RPT] button: Repeat- [2 SHFL] button: Shuffle

• In case of Menu popup, the num-ber menu is selected.

When pressed and held• Radio mode: Saves frequencies

(channels).

Audio system

966

Steering Wheel Controls


(1) VOLUME• Controls the audio volume.

(2) MUTE• Mutes the audio volume.

(3) MODE• Each time this is pressed, the

mode is changed sequentially.• If the media is not connected, the

corresponding modes will be dis-abled.

• Press and hold to turn the Audio sys-tem on/off.

• When power is off, press button toturn power back on.

(4) SEEK/TRACK• When pressed quickly

- Radio mode: Searches broad-cast frequencies saved toPresets.

- Media mode: Changes track, fileor title. (except AUX)

• When pressed and held- Radio mode: Frequency is con-

trolled by 1 step quickly. When thebutton is released after pressingand holding, searches broadcastfrequencies.

- Media mode: Rewinds or fast-for-wards the song. (except BTAudio*, AUX)

(5) CALL (if equipped)• When pressed quickly

- Moves to Phone screen.- When pressed in the incoming

call screen, answers the call.- When pressed during call wait-

ing, switches to waiting call.• When pressed and held

- Displays the last dialed number.- When pressed during a

Bluetooth® Handsfree call,switches call back to Bluetooth®

device(private mode).- When pressed while calling on the

Bluetooth® device, switches callback to Bluetooth® Handsfree.

- If Bluetooth® is not connected, dis-plays Bluetooth® Pair/Connectionscreen.

(6) END (if equipped)• When pressed during a call, ends

the phone call.• When pressed in the incoming call

screen, rejects the call.

6 97

Audio system

WARNING- Audio System Safety

Warnings• Do not stare at the screen while

driving. Staring at the screen forprolonged periods of time couldlead to traffic accidents.

• Do not disassemble, assemble,or modify the audio system.Such acts could result in acci-dents, fire, or electric shock.

• Using the phone while drivingmay lead to a lack of attention oftraffic conditions and increasethe likelihood of accidents. Usethe phone feature after parkingthe vehicle.

• Heed caution not to spill wateror introduce foreign objects intothe device. Such acts could leadto smoke, fire, or product mal-function.

(Continued)

(Continued) • Please refrain from use if the

screen is blank or no sound canbe heard as these signs mayindicate product malfunction.Continued use in such conditionscould lead to accidents (fires,electric shock) or product mal-functions.

• Do not touch the antenna duringthunder or lightening as suchacts may lead to lightninginduced electric shock.

• Do not stop or park in parking-restricted areas to operate theproduct. Such acts could lead totraffic accidents.

• Use the system with the vehicleignition turned on. Prolongeduse with the ignition turned offcould result in battery discharge.

WARNING - DistractedDriving

Driving while distracted can resultin a loss of vehicle control thatmay lead to an accident, severepersonal injury, and death. Thedriver’s primary responsibility is inthe safe and legal operation of avehicle, and use of any handhelddevices, other equipment, or vehi-cle systems which take the dri-ver’s eyes, attention and focusaway from the safe operation of avehicle or which are not permissi-ble by law should never be usedduring operation of the vehicle.

Audio system

986

(Continued)• If you want to change the posi-

tion of device installation, pleaseinquire with your place of pur-chase or service maintenancecenter. Technical expertise isrequired to install or disassem-ble the device.

• Turn on the car ignition beforeusing this device. Do not operatethe audio system for long peri-ods of time with the ignitionturned off as such operationsmay lead to battery discharge.

• Do not subject the device tosevere shock or impact. Directpressure onto the front side of themonitor may cause damage tothe LCD or touch screen.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When cleaning the device, make

sure to turn off the device anduse a dry and smooth cloth.Never use tough materials,chemical cloths, or solvents(alcohol, benzene, thinners,etc.). As such materials maydamage the device panel orcause color/quality deterioration.

• Do not place beverages close tothe audio system. Spilling bever-ages may lead to system mal-function.

• In case of product malfunction,please contact your place of pur-chase or After Service center.

• Placing the audio system withinan electromagnetic environmentmay result in noise interference.

• Prevent caustic solutions such asperfume and cosmetic oil fromcontacting the dashboardbecause they may cause damageor discoloration.

CAUTION• Operating the device while driv-

ing could lead to accidents dueto a lack of attention to externalsurroundings. First park thevehicle before operating thedevice.

• Adjust the volume to levels thatallow the driver to hear soundsfrom outside of the vehicle.Driving in a state where externalsounds cannot be heard maylead to accidents.

• Pay attention to the volume set-ting when turning the device on.A sudden output of extreme vol-ume upon turning the device oncould lead to hearing impair-ment. (Adjust the volume to asuitable levels before turning offthe device.)

(Continued)

6 99

Audio system

Radio

Radio ModeChange Mode: [RADIO] button

• You can change the radio modethrough [RADIO] button.

• The radio mode popup will not bedisplayed when [SETUP/CLOCK]button � [Display] � [Mode popup]is turned [Off].

Search Frequency: [SEEK/TRACK]button

• Searches the previous/next broad-cast frequencies.- Pressing the button: Changes

the frequency.- Pressing and holding the button:

Frequency is controlled by 1 stepquickly. When the button isreleased after pressing and hold-ing, searches broadcast frequen-cies.

Change Frequency: TUNE knob

• Changes frequency by turning theknob left/right. You can seek avail-able frequencies manually.

Saved Frequency: [1] ~ [6] (Preset) but-tons

• Pressing the button: Plays the fre-quency saved in the correspondingbutton.

• Pressing and holding the button:Saves the currently playing broad-cast to the selected button andsound a BEEP.

FM/AM Mode

Displays Menu Popup when pressingthe [MENU] button.

Auto Store

Saves broadcasts with superiorreception to [1] ~ [6] buttons. If nofrequencies are received, then themost recently received frequency willbe broadcast.

Scan

The broadcast frequency increasesand previews each broadcast for 5seconds each. After scanning all fre-quencies, returns and plays the cur-rent broadcast frequency.

Sound Settings

Moves to Sound Settings.

Audio system

1006

DRM Mode

h The actual features may differfrom the illustration.

h May change according to thetransmission content of DRM.


Weather/News Report (DRM only)

Weather/News/Travel Announcementfeature On/Off.

Presets

Displays saved presets.

Service List (DRM only)

Moves to the DRM Service List.

Auto Store

Saves broadcasts with superiorreception to [1] ~ [6] buttons. If nofrequencies are received, then themost recently received frequency willbe broadcast.

Scan

The broadcast frequency increasesand previews each broadcast for 5seconds each. After scanning all fre-quencies, returns and plays the cur-rent broadcast frequency.

Sound Settings


] NOTICE• The receiving of DRM signal is

based on transmission (range &time)of all India radio.

• Some of the states of India are notstarted with DRM transmission.

6 101

Audio system

Media

] NOTICE - Using MP3Supported audio formats

] NOTICEFile formats that do not comply withthe above formats may not be prop-erly recognized or play withoutproperly displaying file names orother information.

Support for Compressed Files

1. Supported Bitrates (Kbps)

2. Sampling Frequencies (Hz)

• For MP3/WMA compression files,differences in sound quality willoccur depending on the bitrate.(Higher sound quality can be expe-rienced with higher bitrates.)

• This device only recognizes fileswith MP3/WMA extensions. Otherfile extensions may not be properlyrecognized.

3. Maximum number of recognizedfolders and files

• Folder: 1,000 folders for USB• File: 5,000 files for USB• There are no limitations to the num-

ber of recognized folder levels.

4. Text Display (Based on Unicode)• Filenames: Maximum 40 English

characters• Foldernames: Maximum 40 English

characters

] NOTICEUsing the scroll feature allows you tosee the entire name of files withnames that are too long to be dis-played at once.

Audio system

1026

Language Support (Unicode Support)

• Korean: 2,604 characters• English: 94 characters• Common Chinese characters: 4,888

characters• Special symbols: 986 characters

] NOTICEJapanese/Simplified Chinese char-acters are not supported.

] NOTICE - Using the USBDevices

• Connect the USB device afterturning on the engine. The USBdevice may become damaged if itis already connected when theignition is turned on. The USBdevice may not operate properly ifthe car ignition is turned on or offwith the USB device connected.

• Be careful for static electricitywhen connecting/disconnectingUSB devices.

• Encoded MP3 Players will not berecognized when connected as anexternal device.

• When connecting an external USBdevice, the vehicle’s audio systemmay not recognize the USBdepending on what firmware isused by USB device or what filesare on the USB.

• Only products formatted withbyte/sectors under 64Kbyte will berecognized.

• This device recognizes USBdevices formatted in FAT 12/16/32file formats. This device does notrecognize files in NTFS file for-mat.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Some USB devices may not be sup-

ported due to compatibility issues.• Avoid contact between the USB

connector and bodily parts or for-eign objects.

• Repeated connecting/disconnect-ing of USB devices within shortperiods of time may result in prod-uct malfunction.

• A strange noise may occur whendisconnecting the USB.

• Make sure to connect/disconnectexternal USB devices with theaudio power turned off.

• The amount of time required torecognize the USB device may dif-fer depending on the type, size orfile formats stored on the USB.Such differences in time are notindications of malfunctions.

• The vehicle audio system only sup-ports USB devices designed toplay music files.

• USB images and videos are notsupported.

(Continued)

6 103

Audio system

(Continued)• Do not use the USB I/F to charge

batteries or USB accessories thatgenerate heat. Doing so may leadto worsened performance or dam-age to the audio system.

• The audio system may not recog-nize the USB device if separatelypurchased USB hubs and exten-sion cables are being used.Connect the USB device directlywith the USB port of the vehicle.

• When using mass storage USBdevices with separate logicaldrives, only files saved to the rootdrive can be played.

• Files may not properly operate ifapplication programs are installedon the USBs.

• The audio system may not operatenormally if MP3 Players, cellularphones, digital cameras, or otherelectronic devices (USB devicesnot recognized as portable diskdrives) are connected with theaudio system.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Charging through the USB may

not work for some mobile devices.• The device may not support nor-

mal operation when using an atyp-ical USB memory device (minia-ture, keychain, etc.). For bestresults, use a typical USB devicethat has a metal case.

• The device may not support nor-mal operation when using formatssuch as HDD Type, CF, or SDMemory.

• The device will not support fileslocked by DRM (Digital RightsManagement.).

• USB memory sticks used by con-necting an Adaptor (SD Type orCF Type) may not be properly rec-ognized.

• The device may not operate prop-erly when using USB HDDs orUSBs subject to connection fail-ures caused by vehicle vibrations.(e.g. i-stick type)

(Continued)

(Continued)• Avoid use of USB

memory products thatcan also be used as keychains or mobile phoneaccessories. Use of suchproducts may cause damage to theUSB jack.

• Connecting an MP3 device orphone through various channels,such as AUX/BT or Audio/USBmode may result in pop noises orabnormal operation.

• Use USB 2.0 devices for bettercompatibility. Maximum devicesize supported is 32 GB.

Audio system

1046

] NOTICE - Using an iPod®

• iPod® is a registered trademark ofApple Inc.

• In order to use the iPod® withyour vehicle’s audio system, youmust use a dedicated iPod® cable.(the cable that is supplied whenpurchasing iPod®/iPhone® prod-ucts)

• If the iPod® is connected to thevehicle while it is playing, a highpitch sound could occur forapproximately 1-2 seconds imme-diately after connecting. If possi-ble, connect the iPod® to the vehi-cle with the iPod® stopped/paused.

• When the vehicle ignition is set toACC or ON, connecting the iPod®

through the iPod® cable willcharge the iPod® through the caraudio system.

• When connecting with the iPod®

cable, make sure to fully insert thejack to prevent communicationinterference.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When the EQ features of an exter-

nal device, such as the iPod®, andthe audio system are both active,EQ effects could overlap andcause sound deterioration and dis-tortion. Whenever possible, turnoff the EQ feature within theexternal device when it is connect-ed to the audio system.

• Noise may occur when an iPod® orAUX device is connected. Whensuch devices are not being used,disconnect the device for storage.

• When the iPod® or AUX devicepower is connected to the powerjack, playing the external devicemay result in noise. In such cases,disconnect the power connectionbefore use.

• Skipping or improper operationmay occur depending on the char-acteristics of your iPod®/iPhone®

device.(Continued)

(Continued)• If your iPhone® is connected to

both the Bluetooth® and USB, thesound may not be properly played.In your iPhone®, select the Dockconnector or Bluetooth® to changethe sound output (source).

• iPod® mode cannot be operatedwhen the iPod® cannot be recog-nized due to the playing of ver-sions that do not support commu-nication protocols, cases of iPod®

abnormalities and defects. • For fifth generation iPod® Nano

devices, the iPod® may not be rec-ognized when the battery level islow. Please charge the iPod® foruse.

• The search/play orders shownwithin the iPod® device may differfrom the orders shown within theaudio system.

• If the iPod® malfunctions due toan iPod® device defect, reset theiPod® and try again. (To learnmore, refer to your iPod® manual)

(Continued)

6 105

Audio system

(Continued)• Some iPod®s may not sync with

the System depending on the ver-sion. If the Media is removedbefore the Media is recognized,then the system may not properlyrestore the previously operatedmode. (iPad® charging is not sup-ported.)

• Use an iPod® cable shorter than 1meter in length such as the oneoriginally supplied with a newiPod®, longer cables may lead tothe audio system not recognizingthe iPod®.

] NOTICE - Using Bluetooth®

(BT) Audio (if epuipped)

• Bluetooth® Audio Mode can beused only when a Bluetooth®

phone has been connected.• Bluetooth® Audio Mode will not

be available when connectingmobile phones that do not supportthis feature.

• If a Bluetooth® Phone is beingused to play music and receives anincoming or outgoing phone call,then the music will stop.

• Moving the Track up/down whileplaying Bluetooth® audio modemay result in pop noises with somemobile phones.

• Bluetooth® streaming audio maynot be supported in some mobilephones.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When returning to Bluetooth®

Audio mode after ending a call,the mode may not automaticallyrestart in some mobile phones.

• Receiving an incoming call ormaking an outgoing call whileplaying Bluetooth® Audio mayresult in audio interference.

Audio system

1066

Media ModeChange Mode: [MEDIA] button

• Each time the button is pressed,the media mode popup will be dis-played or closed.

• The media mode popup will not bedisplayed when [SETUP/CLOCK]button � [Display] � [Mode popup]is turned [Off]. You can select a menu in the modepopup by using the [1] ~ [6] (Preset)buttons or TUNE knob.

• If media device(USB, AUX) is con-nected, then it will automaticallyoperate. Once it is disconnected,the previous mode will be restored.

• The Audio/AUX volume can alsobe controlled.

Repeat: [1 RPT] button

• Repeats the current song or repeatsall songs within the current folder.

• iPod® mode: Repeat Song ßRepeat Off

• USB mode: Repeat Song ßRepeat Folder ß Off

Shuffle: [2 SHFL] button

• Plays all songs within the currentfolder(category) or play all songs inrandom order.

• iPod® mode: Shuffle All ß ShuffleOff

• USB mode: Shuffle Folder ßShuffle All ß Off

Change Song/File: [SEEK/TRACK]button

[∨ SEEK/TRACK] button• Pressing the button: Plays the cur-

rent song from the beginning. If the[∨ SEEK/TRACK] button is pressedagain within 1 second, the previoussong is played.

• Pressing and holding the button:Rewinds the song.

[SEEK/TRACK ∧] button• Pressing the button: Plays the next

song.• Pressing and holding the button:

Fast-forwards the song.

] NOTICEBT Audio, AUX don’t supportRewind/Fast-forward feature.

Search Song: TUNE knob (USB/iPod®

only)

• Turning TUNE knob: Searches forsongs(files).

• Pressing TUNE knob: Plays select-ed song(file).

] NOTICEBT Audio, AUX don’t supportplaylist feature.

Search Folder: [FOLDER] button

• Searches the previous/next folder.(USB)

] NOTICEIf a folder is selected by pressing theTUNE knob, the first file within theselected folder will be played.

6 107

Audio system

USB


List

Moves to the list screen.

Repeat

Repeats the current song. Press itagain to turn off.

Repeat Folder

Repeats songs within the currentfolder. Press it again to turn off.

Shuffle Folder

Randomly plays songs within the cur-rent folder. Press it again to turn off.

Shuffle

Randomly plays all songs. Press itagain to turn off.

Information

Displays information of the currentsong.

Sound Settings


iPod®


List

Moves to the list screen.

Repeat

Repeats the current song. Press itagain to turn off.

Shuffle

Plays all songs within the currentlyplaying category in random order.Press it again to turn off.

Information

Displays information of the currentsong.

Sound Settings


Audio system

1086

BT Audio (if equipped)


Sound Settings


] NOTICE• Audio may not automatically start

playing in some Bluetooth®

devices. If the music in theBluetooth® device is not playedafter changing to audio streamingmode, press the TUNE knob.Check if the music is playing in theBluetooth® device after changingto audio streaming mode.

• Audio streaming may not be sup-ported for some Bluetooth® devices.

• If Bluetooth® device is disconnect-ed, BT Audio is ended.

• Bluetooth® connection is requiredto use BT Audio. Refer to theBluetooth® manual for more infor-mation.

AUX


Sound Settings


] NOTICE• AUX mode can be used only when

an external audio player has beenconnected.

• If only a cable is connected to theAUX without an external device,the mode will be changed to AUX,but noise may occur. When anexternal device is not being used,remove the connector jack.

• When the external device power isconnected to the power jack, play-ing the external device may outputnoise. In such cases, disconnect thepower connection before use.

6 109

Audio system

Bluetooth (if equipped)


(BT) PhoneWhat is Bluetooth®Wireless Technology?

• Bluetooth® refers to a short-dis-tance wireless networking technol-ogy which uses a 2.45GHz fre-quency to connect various deviceswithin a certain distance.

• Supported within PCs, externaldevices, Bluetooth® phones, PDAs,various electronic devices, and auto-motive environments, Bluetooth® tobe transmitted at high speeds with-out having to use a connectorcable.

• Bluetooth® Handsfree refers to adevice which allows the user toconveniently make phone callswith Bluetooth® devices throughthe Multimedia system.

• The Bluetooth® Handsfree featuremay not be supported in someBluetooth® devices.

WARNING - DistractedDriving

• Focus on the road while driving.The driver's primary responsibil-ity is in the safe and legal oper-ation of the vehicle. Driversshould not use any hand helddevices or other equipment orvehicle systems that distract thedriver during vehicle operation.

• Do not stare at the multimediascreen for long periods of timewhile driving. Staring at thescreen for prolonged periods oftime can lead to traffic accidentsand can result in personalinjuries.

CAUTION - For SafeDriving

• Bluetooth® is a feature thatenables drivers to make hands-free calls. Connecting the headunit with a Bluetooth® phoneallows the user to convenientlymake calls, receive calls, andmanage the phonebook. Beforeusing Bluetooth®, carefully readthe contents of this user’s manu-al.

• Excessive use or operationswhile driving may lead to negli-gent driving practices and be thecause of accidents. Do not oper-ate the device excessively whiledriving.

• Viewing the screen for prolongedperiods of time is dangerous andmay lead to accidents. Whendriving, view the screen only forshort periods of time.

(Continued)

Audio system

1106

(Continued)• Pairing Bluetooth® devices and

use of other Bluetooth® featuresare not supported when thevehicle is in motion. For safety,please first park your vehicle.

CAUTION - For Connecting a Bluetooth®

Phone• Before connecting the head unit

with the Bluetooth® device,check to see that the mobiledevice supports Bluetooth® fea-tures.

• Even if the mobile device sup-ports Bluetooth®, the device willnot be found during devicesearches if the device has beenset to hidden state or theBluetooth® power is turned off.Disable the hidden state or turnon the Bluetooth® power prior tosearching/connecting with thehead unit.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If a Bluetooth® device becomes

disconnected due to being out ofcommunication range, turning thedevice OFF, or a Bluetooth® com-munication error, correspondingBluetooth® devices are automati-cally searched and reconnected.

• If you do not want automaticconnection with your Bluetooth®

device, turn the Bluetooth® fea-ture off in the Bluetooth® device.

• Only one Bluetooth® device canbe connected at a time.

• Bluetooth® connection maybecome intermittently discon-nected in some Bluetooth®

devices. Follow these steps totry again.

(Continued)

6 111

Audio system

(Continued)1. Turn the Bluetooth® function

within the Bluetooth® deviceOFF/ON and try again.

2. Turn the Bluetooth® devicepower OFF/ON and try again.

3. Completely remove theBluetooth® device battery,reboot, and then again.

4. Reboot the Multimedia Systemand try again.

5. Delete all paired devices fromboth of Bluetooth® device andHead Unit sides and then tryagain.

(Continued)• Placing the audio system within

an electromagnetic environmentmay result in noise interference.

• Some Bluetooth® devices maycause interference noise or mal-function to audio system. In thiscase, store the device in a differ-ent location may resolve thecondition.

• While a device is connectedthrough Bluetooth®, your devicemay discharge quicker thanusual for additional Bluetooth®-related operations.

• The handsfree call volume andquality may differ depending onthe Bluetooth® device.

(Continued)

CAUTION - Upon Using Bluetooth®

Phone• If the Bluetooth® device is not

connected, it is not possible toenter Phone mode. After con-necting your Bluetooth® deviceto your car, use the Bluetooth®

features.• You will not be able to use the

handsfree feature when yourphone is outside of the cellularservice area (e.g. in a tunnel, ina underground, in a mountain-ous area, etc.).

• If the cellular phone signal ispoor or the vehicles interiornoise is too loud, it may be diffi-cult to hear the other person’svoice during a call.

• Do not place the Bluetooth®

device near or inside metallicobjects, otherwise communica-tions with Bluetooth® system orcellular service stations can bedisturbed.

(Continued)

Audio system

1126

Bluetooth® ConnectionBefore you can use the Bluetooth®

feature, you must first pair/connectyour Bluetooth® device to your car.

Pairing a New Device

Select [PHONE] button in the headunit or [CALL] button in the steeringwheel remote control.

In your Bluetooth® device,1. Pair your car after your Bluetooth®

device detects the Bluetooth®

device.2. Enter the passkey(0000) or accept

the authorization popup.3. Connect Bluetooth®.

] NOTICE• Up to 5 Bluetooth® devices can be

paired.• The default passkey is 0000.• During a Bluetooth® device con-

nection, another device cannot bepaired.

• The Vehicle Name above is anexample. Check the actual infor-mation on the product.

• Pairing and connecting a Bluetooth®

enabled Bluetooth® device will workonly when the Bluetooth® optionwithin your Bluetooth® device hasbeen turned on. (Methods of turningon the Bluetooth® enabled featuremay differ depending on theBluetooth® device.).

• After pairing is complete, a con-tacts download request is sent tothe Bluetooth® device. SomeBluetooth® devices may requireconfirmation upon receiving adownload request. Ensure yourBluetooth® device accepts the con-nection. Refer to your phone’suser manual for additional infor-mation regarding phone pairingand connections.

(Continued)• If Connection Priority is set upon

vehicle ignition (IGN/ACC ON),the Bluetooth® device will beautomatically connected. Even ifyou are outside, the Bluetooth®

device will be automatically con-nected once you are in the vicin-ity of the vehicle. If you do notwant to automatically connectyour Bluetooth® device, turn offthe Bluetooth® feature in yourBluetooth® device.

• In some Bluetooth® devices, start-ing the ignition while talking throughBluetooth® enabled handsfreecall will result in the call becom-ing disconnected due to carhandsfree call transfer. If youuse your phone outside the vehi-cle, turn off the Bluetooth® fea-ture in your phone.

6 113

Audio system

Connecting Bluetooth® Devices

Press the [PHONE] button in thehead unit or [CALL] button in thesteering wheel remote control �Select the name of the device to con-nect � Connect Bluetooth®.• Connects the Bluetooth® devices

that you add.

] NOTICE• Only one Bluetooth® device can be

connected at a time.• Bluetooth® features supported

within the vehicle are as follows.Some features may not be sup-ported depending on yourBluetooth® device.- Outgoing/Incoming Handsfree

calls- Operations during a call: Switch

to Private, Switch to call wait-ing, MIC on/off

- Downloading Call History- Downloading Contacts- Bluetooth® device Auto Connection- Bluetooth® Audio Streaming

Bluetooth PhoneFavorites

Press the [PHONE] button � Select[Favorites].• Displays Phone Menu screen.• The connected device name is dis-

played in the top of the display.

• : Call signal strength indicator.• : Battery level of the Bluetooth®

devices connected.

Audio system

1146

• Lists the phone numbers saved asFavorites. Select from the list todial the number.

Displays Menu Popup when pressingthe [MENU] button.• Add New Favorites: Adds a phone

number to Favorites.• Delete ItemsRepeat: Deletes num-

bers that you select from Favorites.• Delete All: Deletes all of the num-

bers from Favorites.

] NOTICE• Up to 20 favorites can be saved in

favorites of each device.• Downloading favorites in your

Bluetooth® device does not be sup-ported.

• To save favorite, contacts shouldbe downloaded.

• Contact saved in favorites will notbe automatically updated if thecontact has been updated in thephone. To update Favorites, deletethe favorite and create a newfavorite.

Call History

Select [PHONE] button � Select [CallHistory].• Displays all of your call history.

Select from the list to dial the number.

Displays Menu Popup when pressingthe [MENU] button.• Download: Downloads the call his-

tory information from yourBluetooth® device.

• All Calls: Lists the all call history.• Dialed Calls: Lists the calls that

you made.• Received Calls: Lists the calls that

you have received.• Missed Calls: Lists the calls you

missed.

6 115

Audio system

] NOTICE• Call history may not be saved in

the call history list in someBluetooth® devices.

• Calls from restricted ID’s are notsaved in the call history list.

• Up to 50 calls can be added in eachDialed Calls/Received Calls/MissedCalls list.

• The durations of each dialed/receivedcall are not displayed in your car’sCall History list.

• While the call history download isin progress, the status bar displaysan icon ( ).

• If the call history download isturned off on the Bluetooth® device,the call history download will fail.

• Some devices require a deviceauthentication for downloadingyour call history. If download fails,check if the Bluetooth® settings ordisplay status are normal.

Contacts

Select [PHONE] button � Select[Contacts].• Displays the list of Contacts. Select

from the list to dial the number.

Displays Menu Popup when pressingthe [MENU] button.• Download: Downloads contacts

from your Bluetooth® device.• A-Z Jump: Finds a contact in an

alphabetical order.

Requesting Download

Some devices require a deviceauthentication for downloading yourcall history and contacts. If download fails, check theBluetooth® device settings or thescreen state.

Audio system

1166

] NOTICE• Up to 2000 phone numbers can be

downloaded from a single, pairedBluetooth® device.

• You cannot edit or delete downloadedphone numbers from your car.

• Contacts can be viewed only whenthe Bluetooth® device is connected.

• Even if the Bluetooth® device isdisconnected, the downloadeddata will remain. (Note that delet-ing a paired device will also deleteall downloaded Contacts and CallHistory data)

• Downloaded phone numbers maybe lost depending on the conditionof the head unit. Keep your impor-tant data in a safe place.

• The status bar displays a ( )while downloading contacts.

• The download will not be avail-able if the contacts downloadfunction is turned off on yourBluetooth® device.

• Phone contact names should besaved in English or they may notbe displayed correctly.

(Continued)

(Continued)• The time of contacts/call history

download may differ dependingon the Bluetooth® devices.

• Some devices require a deviceauthentication for downloadingyour contacts. If download fails,check your phone screen and con-firm the download if necessary.

Accept/Reject Call

If there is an incoming call, a popupmessage will appear.

• To answer the incoming call, select[Accept] on the screen or press the[CALL] button on the steeringremote control.

• To reject the call, select [Reject] onthe screen or press the [END] but-ton on the steering wheel control.

] NOTICEIn some Bluetooth® devices, thecaller’s number may not be dis-played, and the Reject feature maynot be supported.

6 117

Audio system

Using the Menu During a Phone Call

When making a call, you can use thefollowing menu items.

(1) Private: Switches a voice callfrom the car Hands-free to theBluetooth® device.

(2) End: Ends a call.Displays Menu Popup when pressingthe [MENU] button.• Outgoing Volume: Displays the Mic

Volume settings. You can adjust thein-call volume that the other partyhears (level 1 - 5).

] NOTICE• Up to 2000 phone numbers can be

downloaded from a single, pairedBluetooth® device.

• If the caller’s number is listed inContacts, the caller’s name will bedisplayed. Otherwise, only thenumber will be displayed. In someBluetooth® devices, the phonenumber may not be displayed.

• In some Bluetooth® devices, theUse Private feature may not besupported.

• In some Bluetooth® devices, theSwitch feature may not be sup-ported.

• The phone number may not beproperly displayed in someBluetooth® devices.

• During a phone call on aBluetooth® Handsfree, you cannotaccess other modes, such as Radioand Setup.

• Depending on handset types, thein-call volume the other partyhears may differ. If the other partyhears your voice too low or tooloud, adjust the mic volume.

Phone Settings

Select [PHONE] button � Select[Phone Settings].• Moves to a screen of Phone

Settings. Refer to [Setup] �[Phone Settings] manual for moreinformation.

Audio system

1186

Setup

DisplayPress the [SETUP/CLOCK] button �Select [Display].• Media Display: When playing an

MP3 file, select the desired displayinfo from [Folder/File] or[Artist/Title/Album].

• Mode Popup: During [On] state,press the [RADIO] or [MEDIA] but-ton to display the mode changepopup.

• Text Scroll: If MP3 file name is toolong to display, the file name isscrolled from right to left.

SoundPress the [SETUP/CLOCK] button �Select [Sound].• Position: Selects the sound posi-

tion.• Tone: Selects the sound tone.• Speed Dependent Vol.: Controls

the volume level automaticallyaccording to the speed of the vehi-cle.

Date/TimePress the [SETUP/CLOCK] button �Select [Date/Time].• Set Time: Adjusts the number cur-

rently in focus to set the [hour], andpress the TUNE knob to set the[minute] and [AM/PM].

• Time Format: Sets the 12/24 hourtime format of the audio system.

• Set Date: Adjusts the number cur-rently in focus to make the settingsand press the TUNE knob to moveto the next settings.

• Display(Power Off): Displaystime/date on screen when theaudio system turns power off.

Phone (if equipped)Add new device

Press the [SETUP/CLOCK] button �Select [Phone] � Select [Add newdevice].• The following steps are the same

as those described in the section[Pairing a New Device] on the pre-vious page.

Connect/Disconnect Device

Press the [SETUP/CLOCK] button �Select [Phone] � Select [Paireddevices].• Displays the paired Bluetooth®

device list. • From the paired device list, select

the device you want to connect ordisconnect.

6 119

Audio system

] NOTICE• Displays the icons when Bluetooth®

device is connected.: An icon appears when you

make a Bluetooth® Audio connec-tion.

: An icon appears when youmake a Bluetooth® Handsfree con-nection.

• Only one Bluetooth® device can beconnected at a time.

• Bluetooth® Handsfree andBluetooth® Audio functions are sup-ported. Handsfree and audio-sup-ported devices, such as a Bluetooth®

smartphone or audio, will functionnormally.

• If the system is not stable due to avehicle- Bluetooth® device com-munication error, delete thepaired device on each device andpair/connect the Bluetooth®

device again.

Delete devices

Press the [SETUP/CLOCK] button �Select [Phone] � Select [Deletedevices].• Displays the paired Bluetooth®

device list.• When selecting from the list, the

device is deleted.

] NOTICE• When you delete a paired device,

the Call History and Contactsstored in the head unit are alsodeleted.

• To re-use a deleted device, youmust pair the device again.

Auto Connection priority

Press the [SETUP/CLOCK] button �Select [Phone] � Select [Connectionpriority].• Select the device to want to set the

connection priority of paireddevices.

• If “None” is chosen, the Bluetooth®

system will try to connect to thelast connected device, then to allpaired devices.

Audio system

1206

] NOTICE• When the engine is running, the

selected Bluetooth® device is auto-matically connected. If you fail toconnect the selected device, thepreviously-connected device isautomatically connected, and if italso fails, then it tries to connectall paired devices sequentially.

• Depending on auto connection pri-ority, connection to a device maytake time.

• If a Bluetooth® device becomes dis-connected due to being out of com-munication range, turning thedevice OFF, or a Bluetooth® com-munication error, correspondingBluetooth® devices are automati-cally searched and reconnected.

• Even if you are outside, theBluetooth® device will be automat-ically connected once you are inthe vicinity of the vehicle. If youdo not want to automatically con-nect your Bluetooth® device, turnoff the Bluetooth® feature in yourBluetooth® device.

(Continued)

(Continued)• In some Bluetooth® devices, start-

ing the ignition while talkingthrough Bluetooth® enabledhandsfree call will result in the callbecoming disconnected due to carhandsfree call transfer. If you useyour phone outside the vehicle,turn off the Bluetooth® feature inyour phone.

LanguagePress the [SETUP/CLOCK] button �Select [Language].• Changes the display language.

Display OffPress the [SETUP/CLOCK] button �Select [Display Off].• Audio operation is maintained and

only the screen will be turned Off.In the Screen Off state, press anybutton to turn the Screen On again.

6 121

Audio system

B4H4G0000EG

(With Bluetooth® Wireless Technology)

AUDIO (With Touch Screen)

n Type C

Audio system

1226

Feature of Your Audio

Head unit


(1) LCD screen• Tap the screen to select a button.

(2) TUNE knob • In Radio Mode

- Turn to navigate through theFM/AM and DRM frequenciesmanually.

• In Media Mode- Turn to navigate through the

songs list.- Press to select an item.

(3) SETUP• Access Display, Sound, Date/Time,

Bluetooth, System, Screen Saverand Display Off settings.

(4) PHONE• Start Bluetooth® Phone mode.

(5) SEEK/TRACK• Search for next station in radio

mode.• Change the current song in media

mode.

(6) MEDIA• Select USB(iPod®), Bluetooth®(BT)

Audio, AUX or My Music.• Display the media menu when two

or more media are connected orwhen the [MEDIA] button ispressed in media mode.

(7) RADIO• Start FM, AM and DRM Radio.

(8) POWER/VOL knob • Turn to adjust the volume.• Press to turn the device on or off.

(9) RESET• Shutdown and restart the system.

n Type C

n Type C

6 123

Audio system

Steering wheel remote control

h The actual features in the may dif-fer from the illustration.

(1) VOLUME• Press to adjust the volume.

(2) MUTE• Press to mute audio output.

(3) MODE• Press the button to change the

mode in the following order: Radioß Media.

• Press and hold the button to turnoff.

(4) UP/DOWN• Press the button in radio mode to

cycle between the FM/AM andDRM frequencies in the order asstored in the presets.

• Press and hold the button in radiomode to search for the next avail-able frequency.

• Press the button in media mode tochange the current song.

• Press and hold the button in mediamode to quick search throughsongs.

(5) CALL• Pressing the button.

- If not in Bluetooth® Handsfreemode or receiving a phone call. First press: Display Dial Numberscreen.Second press: Automatically dis-play the most recently DialedCall number.Third press: Dial the phone num-ber entered.

- Press in the Incoming Call notifi-cation screen to accept thephone call.

- Press in Bluetooth® Handsfreemode to switch to the waitingcall.

• Pressing and holding the button.- If not in Bluetooth® Handsfree

mode or receiving a phone call,the most recently Dialed Callnumber is dialed.

- Press in Bluetooth® Handsfreemode to transfer the call to yourcell phone.

- Press in cell phone mode toswitch to Bluetooth® Handsfreemode.

(6) END• Press in Bluetooth® Handsfree

mode to end the phone call.• Press in the incoming call screen

to reject the call.

Audio system

1246

WARNING- Audio System Safety

Warnings• Do not stare at the screen while

driving. Staring at the screen forprolonged periods of time couldlead to traffic accidents.

• Do not disassemble, assemble,or modify the audio system.Such acts could result in acci-dents, fire, or electric shock.

• Using the phone while drivingmay lead to a lack of attention oftraffic conditions and increasethe likelihood of accidents. Usethe phone feature after parkingthe vehicle.

• Heed caution not to spill wateror introduce foreign objects intothe device. Such acts could leadto smoke, fire, or product mal-function.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Please refrain from use if the

screen is blank or no sound canbe heard as these signs mayindicate product malfunction.Continued use in such conditionscould lead to accidents (fires,electric shock) or product mal-functions.

• Do not touch the antenna duringthunder or lightening as suchacts may lead to lightninginduced electric shock.

• Do not stop or park in parking-restricted areas to operate theproduct. Such acts could lead totraffic accidents.

• Use the system with the vehicleignition turned on. Prolongeduse with the ignition turned offcould result in battery discharge.

WARNING- Distracted Driving

Driving while distracted can resultin a loss of vehicle control thatmay lead to an accident, severepersonal injury, and death. Thedriver’s primary responsibility is inthe safe and legal operation of avehicle, and use of any handhelddevices, other equipment, or vehi-cle systems which take the dri-ver’s eyes, attention and focusaway from the safe operation of avehicle or which are not permissi-ble by law should never be usedduring operation of the vehicle.

6 125

Audio system

(Continued)• If you want to change the posi-

tion of device installation, pleaseinquire with your place of pur-chase or service maintenancecenter. Technical expertise isrequired to install or disassem-ble the device.

• Turn on the car ignition beforeusing this device. Do not operatethe audio system for long peri-ods of time with the ignitionturned off as such operationsmay lead to battery discharge.

• Do not subject the device tosevere shock or impact. Directpressure onto the front side of themonitor may cause damage tothe LCD or touch screen.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When cleaning the device, make

sure to turn off the device anduse a dry and smooth cloth.Never use tough materials,chemical cloths, or solvents(alcohol, benzene, thinners,etc.). As such materials maydamage the device panel orcause color/quality deterioration.

• Do not place beverages close tothe audio system. Spilling bever-ages may lead to system mal-function.

• In case of product malfunction,please contact your place of pur-chase or After Service center.

• Placing the audio system withinan electromagnetic environmentmay result in noise interference.

• Prevent caustic solutions such asperfume and cosmetic oil fromcontacting the dashboardbecause they may cause damageor discoloration.

CAUTION• Operating the device while driv-

ing could lead to accidents dueto a lack of attention to externalsurroundings. First park thevehicle before operating thedevice.

• Adjust the volume to levels thatallow the driver to hear soundsfrom outside of the vehicle.Driving in a state where externalsounds cannot be heard maylead to accidents.

• Pay attention to the volume set-ting when turning the device on.A sudden output of extreme vol-ume upon turning the device oncould lead to hearing impair-ment. (Adjust the volume to asuitable levels before turning offthe device.)

(Continued)

Audio system

1266

Information on status iconsIcons showing audio status are shownin the upper-right corner of the screen.

Radio

DRM

h The actual features may differfrom the illustration. May changeaccording to the transmission con-tent of DRM.

(1) Band

Switch between FM, AM and DRM.

(2) Presets

View all presets.

(3) Services �Cycle between the services availablewith the broadcasting frequency.

(4) Menu

Navigate to the menu screen.

(5) No signal

When no signal or weak signal inDRM Mode, Display No signal icon.

(6) Services Index

• Displays the number of servicesavailable with the broadcasting fre-quency.

• Highlights the currently receivingservice.

• No. of services depends on thebroadcasting station and it mayvary from 1 ~ 4.

(7) Text Information

Text Information may or may not beavailable and it depends on thebroadcasting station.

Switching between FM, AM and DRM

• Press the [RADIO] button on theaudio system to switch betweenFM, AM and DRM.

• Select [Band] on the screen toswitch between FM, AM and DRM.

Icon Description

Mute Mute engaged

BatteryRemaining battery life ofa connected Bluetooth®

device

Handsfree +Audio stream-ing connection

Bluetooth® Handsfreecall and audio stream-ing available

Handsfreeconnection

Bluetooth® Handsfreecall available

Bluetoothaudio streaming

Bluetooth® audiostreaming available

Downloadingcontacts

Downloading contactsthrough Bluetooth® wire-less communications

Downloading call history

Downloading call historythrough Bluetooth® wire-less communications

Line busy Phone call in progress

Mute micMic muted during acall (caller cannothear your voice)

Phone signalstrength

Display the phone signalstrength for a cell phoneconnected by Bluetooth®

6 127

Audio system

Searching stations

Press the [SEEK/TRACK] button tosearch stations.

Presets

Save up to 40 frequently used stations.To listen to a preset, select thedesired station list.Press and hold the desired slot from1 through 40. This saves the currentstation in the selected slot.If the slot is empty, simply selectingsaves the station to the slot.

Changing Service

• Select [Services?�] in order tocycle between the available servic-es from 1 ß 2 ß 3 ß 4 ß 1.

• Number of services depends onthe broadcasting station and canvary between 1 ~ 4.

] NOTICE• The Receiving of DRM Signal is

based on transmission (Range &time) of All India Radio.

• Some of the States of India are notstarted with DRM transmission.

Menu

Select [Menu], and select the desiredfunction.• Weather/News Report: Enable or

disable Weather/News Report.• Scan: All available stations are

played for five seconds each.• Sound Settings: Audio sound set-

tings can be changed.

FM/AM

(1) Band

Switch between FM, AM and DRM.

(2) Presets

View all presets.

(3) List

View all available stations.

(4) Menu


Switching between FM, AM and DRM

• Press the [RADIO] button on theaudio system to switch betweenFM, AM and DRM.

• Select [Band] on the screen toswitch between FM, AM and DRM.

Searching stations

Press the [SEEK/TRACK] button tosearch stations.

List

A list of all available stations in thevehicle’s current location is dis-played. Select the desired station.Favorite stations can be saved to[Presets] by selecting [save].Select the refresh icon in orderto update the list of available stationsat the vehicle’s current location whilein FM/AM Mode.

Audio system

1286

Presets

Save up to 40 frequently used stations.To listen to a preset, select thedesired station list.Press and hold the desired slot from1 through 40. This saves the currentstation in the selected slot.If the slot is empty, simply selectingsaves the station to the slot.

Menu

Select [Menu], and select the desiredfunction.• Scan: All available stations are

played for five seconds each.• Sound Settings: Audio sound set-


Media

] NOTICE - Using MP3Supported audio formats

h File formats other than the formatsabove may not be recognized orplayable. Information such as file-name may not be displayed.

Range of supported compressed filetypes

1. Bitrate range (Kbps)

6 129

Audio system

2. Sampling frequency (Hz)

• The sound quality of MP3/WMAcompressed files may vary depend-ing on the bitrate. (A higher bitratecan have better sound quality.)

• The product only recognizes fileswith the MP3 or WMA extension.Files without one of these exten-sions are not recognized.

3. Number of recognizable foldersand files

• Folders: 2,000 for USB• Files: 6,000 for USB• No recognition limit for folder hier-

archies

4. Character display range (Unicode)• Filenames: Up to 64 English char-

acters (64 Korean characters)• Foldernames: Up to 32 English

characters (32 Korean characters)

h The scroll feature can be used todisplay file and folder names thatare too long to display on thescreen.

Languages supported (Unicode support)

• Korean: 2,604 characters• English: 94 characters• Common Chinese characters:

4,888 characters• Special symbols: 986 characters

h Japanese/Simplified Chinesecharacters are not supported.

] NOTICE - Using the USBDevices

• Starting the vehicle while a USBdevice is connected can damagethe device. Please disconnect USBdevices before starting the vehicle.

• Starting the vehicle or stoppingthe engine while an external USBdevice is connected can result infailure of the external USB deviceto operate.

• Be cautious of static electricitywhen connecting/disconnectingexternal USB devices.

• An encrypted MP3 player is notrecognized when connected as anexternal device.

• External USB devices may not berecognized, depending on the stateof the external USB device.

• Only products with byte/sectorsformatted at 4 KB or lower arerecognized.

• Only USB devices in FAT12/16/32format are recognized; NTFS andExFAT file systems are not recog-nized.

• Some USB devices are not recog-nized due to compatibility issues.

(Continued)

Audio system

1306

(Continued)• Do not touch the USB connections.• Connecting and disconnecting

USB devices rapidly over a shortperiod of time can cause equip-ment failure.

• Abnormal sounds may be audiblewhen the USB device is discon-nected.

• Turn the audio off before connect-ing or disconnecting external USBdevices.

• Recognition may take longerdepending on the type, capacity orfile format of the external USBdevice. This is not a product mal-function.

• Use of USB devices for purposesother than playing music files isprohibited.

• Image display and video playbackare not supported.

• Use of USB accessories, includingcharge and heat though the USBI/F, can lead to reduced productperformance or malfunctions. Donot use USB devices or accessoriesfor these purposes.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Use of aftermarket USB hubs and

extension cables can result in thevehicle’s audio system failing torecognize your USB device.Connect the USB device directly tothe multimedia port of your vehi-cle.

• When using high-capacity USBdevices with logical drive divi-sions, only files saved on the high-est level logical drive can beplayed.If applications are loaded on aUSB drive, file playback may fail.

• Some MP3 players, cell phones,digital cameras, etc. (USB devicesthat are not recognized as mobilestorage) may not operate normallywhen connected.

• USB charging may not be sup-ported by some mobile devices.

• Operation is guaranteed only forstandard (Metal Cover Type) USBMemory drives.

• Operation of HDD, CF, SD andmemory stick devices is not guar-anteed.

(Continued)

(Continued)• DRM (Digital Rights Management)

files cannot be played.• SD-type USB memory, CF-type

USB memory, and other USBmemory devices that requireadapters for connection are notsupported.

• Proper operation of USB HDDs orUSB drives with connectors thatloosen due to vehicle vibrations isnot guaranteed. (iStick, etc.)

• USB products that areused as key chains orcell phone accessoriesmay damage the USBjack and affect properfile playback. Please refrain fromuse. Use only products with plugconnectors, as shown in the follow-ing illustration.

• When MP3 devices or cell phonesare connected simultaneouslythrough AUX, BT Audio and USBmodes, a popping noise or mal-function may occur.

• Use USB 2.0 devices for bettercompatibility. Maximum devicesize supported is 32 GB.

6 131

Audio system

USB

(1) Repeat

Enable/disable repeat play.

(2) Shuffle

Enable/disable shuffle play.

(3) List

View a list of all songs.

(4) Menu


(5) Album Image

View song info.

(6) Pause

Pause or play music.

(7) Playback progress

Select to skip to the desired location.

Playback

Press the [MEDIA] button, and select[USB].Connect a USB drive to the USB portto automatically play files on the USBdrive.

Changing songs

Press the [SEEK/TRACK] button toplay the previous or next song.Press and hold the [SEEK/TRACK]button to rewind or fast forward thecurrently playing song.Search songs by turning TUNE knob,and press the knob to play.

Selecting songs from a list

Select [List] to see a list of songsavailable for play.

Select and play the desired song.

Repeat play

Select [Repeat] to enable or disable‘Repeat all’, ‘Repeat current song’,‘Repeat folder’ or ‘Repeat category’play.• Repeat all: All songs in the

playlist are repeated.• Repeat current song: The cur-

rently playing song is repeated.• Repeat folder: All songs in the

current folder are repeated.• Repeat category: Repeat all

songs in the current category.

Audio system

1326

] NOTICEThe repeat folder function is avail-able only when songs are playingfrom the [File] category under[List].

Shuffle play

Select [Shuffle] to enable or disable‘Shuffle’, ‘Shuffle folder’ or ‘Shufflecategory’ play.• Shuffle: Songs are played in

random order.• Shuffle folder: Songs within

the current folder are played in ran-dom order.

• Shuffle category: Songs withinthe current category are played inrandom order.

Menu

Select [Menu], and select the desiredfunction.

• Save to My Music: Songs on yourUSB device can be saved to MyMusic.

(1) File: Select a file to save.

(2) Mark All: Select all files.

(3) Unmark All: Deselect all files.

(4) Save: Save the selected file(s).- Select the files you want to save,

and select [Save]. This saves theselected files to My Music.

- Saving is canceled if phone callsare received or made while saving.

- Up to 6,000 files can be saved.- The currently playing file on the

USB device cannot be changedwhile saving.

- My Music cannot be used whilesaving.

- Up to 700 MB can be saved.• Information: Detailed information

on the currently playing song is dis-played.

• Sound Settings: Audio sound set-tings can be changed.

6 133

Audio system

] NOTICE - Using an iPod®

• To use the audio system’s iPod®

control function, use the dedicatedcable provided with your iPod®.

• Connecting the iPod® to the vehi-cle during play may result in aloud noise that lasts about one totwo seconds. Connect the iPod® tothe vehicle after stopping or paus-ing play.

• Connect the iPod® with the vehiclein the ACC ON state to begincharging.

• When connecting the iPod® cable,be sure to fully push the cable intothe port.

• When EQ effects are enabledsimultaneously on externaldevices, such as iPod®s and theaudio system, the EQ effects mayoverlap, causing sound qualitydeterioration or distortion.Deactivate the EQ function for allexternal devices, if possible.

• Noise may occur when your iPod®

or the AUX port is connected.Disconnect and store separatelywhen not in use.

(Continued)

(Continued)• There may be noise if the audio

system is used with an iPod® orAUX external device connected tothe power jack. In these cases, dis-connect the iPod® or externaldevice from the power jack.

• Play may be interrupted, or devicemalfunctions may occur depend-ing on the characteristics of youriPod®/iPhone®.

• Play may fail if your iPhone® is con-nected through both Bluetooth®

and USB. In this case, select Dockconnector or Bluetooth® on youriPhone® to change the sound outputsettings.

• If your software version does notsupport the communication proto-col or your iPod® is not recognizeddue to device failure, anomalies ordefects, iPod® mode cannot beused.

• iPod® nano (5th generation)devices may not be recognized ifthe battery is low. Charge suffi-ciently before use.

(Continued)

(Continued)• The search and song play order in

the iPod® device may be differentfrom the search order in the audiosystem.

• If the iPod® has failed due to aninternal defect, please reset theiPod® (consult your iPod® manu-al).

• Depending on the software ver-sion, the iPod® may fail to syncwith the system. If the media isremoved or disconnected beforerecognition, the previous modemay not be restored (iPad® cannotbe charged).

• Cables other than the 1-metercable provided withiPod®/iPhone® products may notbe recognized.

• When other music apps are usedon your iPod®, the system syncfunction may fail due to malfunc-tion of the iPod® application.

Audio system

1346

iPod®

(1) Repeat


(2) Shuffle


(3) List


(4) Menu


(5) Album Image

View song info.

(6) Pause




Playback

Connect your iPod® to the audioUSB port, press the [MEDIA] button,and select [iPod].

Changing songs

Press the [SEEK/TRACK] button toplay the previous or next song.Press and hold the [SEEK/TRACK]button to rewind or fast forward thecurrently playing song.Search songs by turning the TUNEknob, and press the knob to play.


Select [List] to see a list of songsavailable for play.Select and play the desired song.

Repeat play

Select [Repeat] to enable or disable‘Repeat category’, ‘Repeat currentsong’ play.• Repeat category: Repeat all

songs in the current category.• Repeat current song: The cur-

rently playing song is repeated.

Shuffle play

Select [Shuffle] to enable or disable‘Shuffle category’ play.• Shuffle category: Songs within

the current category are played inrandom order.

Menu

Select [Menu], and select the desiredfunction.• Information: Detailed info on the

currently playing song is displayed.• Sound Settings: Audio sound set-


6 135

Audio system

When other music programs are running

When songs saved on your iPod®

are playing through a separate musicapp, the following screen is dis-played.(1) Play/Pause: Pause or play music.

(2) Play iPod Files: Play music savedon your iPod®.

(3) Sound Settings: Audio sound set-tings can be changed.

(4) Album Image: View playback info.

Play iPod Files

Select [Play iPod Files] to play songssaved on your iPod®.If there are no songs saved on youriPod®, the [Play iPod Files] is dis-abled.

] NOTICEOperation cannot be carried outcorrectly due to iPod® applicationmalfunction.


(BT) Audio• Bluetooth® Audio mode can only

be used if a Bluetooth®-enabledphone is connected. Only devicesthat support Bluetooth® audio canbe used.

• If the Bluetooth®-enabled phone isdisconnected during play, themusic stops.

• When the TRACK UP/DOWNbuttons are used during Bluetooth®

audio streaming, a popping noiseor sound interruptions may occur,depending on the cell phone device.

• Depending on the cell phonemodel, the audio streaming func-tion may not be supported.

• If a phone call is made or receivedwhen music is playing inBluetooth® Audio mode, the callmay mix with the music.

• When returning to Bluetooth®

Audio mode after ending a call,play might not resume automati-cally for some cell phone models.

Audio system

1366

Bluetooth® (BT) Audio

(1) Repeat


(2) Shuffle


(3) Menu


(4) Play/Pause


] NOTICE• Some cell phone models may not

support particular functions.• Bluetooth® audio volume is synced

with cell phone media volume.

Playback

Press the [MEDIA] button, and select[BT Audio].

Changing songs

Press the [SEEK/TRACK] button toplay the previous or next song.

] NOTICESome cell phones may not supportthis function.

CAUTION• Bluetooth® Handsfree is a fea-

ture that enables drivers to prac-tice safe driving. Connecting thecar audio system with aBluetooth® phone allows theuser to conveniently make calls,receive calls, and manage thephone book. Before using theBluetooth®, carefully read thecontents of this user’s manual.

• Excessive use or operationswhile driving may lead to negli-gent driving practices and be thecause of accidents.

• Do not operate the deviceexcessively while driving.

• Viewing the screen for prolongedperiods of time is dangerous andmay lead to accidents.

• When driving, view the screenonly for short periods of time.

6 137

Audio system

Repeat play

Select [Repeat] to enable or disable‘Repeat all’, ‘Repeat current song’ or‘Repeat category’ play.• Repeat all: All songs in the


rently playing song is repeated.• Repeat category: Repeat all


] NOTICEThe repeat play function is engaged,depending on the operation of theconnected Bluetooth® device.

Shuffle play

Select [Shuffle] to enable or disable‘Shuffle’, ‘Shuffle category’ play.• Shuffle: Songs are played in

random order.• Shuffle category: Songs within


] NOTICEThe shuffle function is engaged,depending on the operation of theconnected Bluetooth® device.

Menu

Select [Menu], and select the desiredfunction.• Connections: The currently connected

Bluetooth® device can be changed.• Information: Detailed information on

the currently playing song is displayed.• Sound Settings: Audio sound set-


AUX

Running AUX

Press the [MEDIA] button, and select[AUX].

Connect the external device connec-tion jack to the AUX terminal to runAUX.(1) Sound Settings: Audio sound set-


Audio system

1386

My Music

(1) Repeat


(2) Shuffle


(3) List


(4) Menu


(5) Album Image

View song info.

(6) Pause




Playback

Press the [MEDIA] button, and select[My Music]. • My Music cannot be selected if it

does not contain music.• Check the content of your USB

drive before saving music to MyMusic.

Changing songs

Press the [SEEK/TRACK] button toplay the previous or next song.Press and hold the [SEEK/TRACK]button to rewind or fast forward thecurrently playing song.Search songs by turning the TUNEknob and press the knob to play.


Select [List] to see a list of songsavailable for play.

Select and play the desired song.

Repeat play

Select [Repeat] to enable or disable‘Repeat all’, ‘Repeat current song’ or‘Repeat category’ play.• Repeat all: All songs in the


rently playing song is repeated.• Repeat category: Repeat all


6 139

Audio system

Shuffle play

Select [Shuffle] to enable or disable‘Shuffle’, ‘Shuffle category’ play.• Shuffle: Songs are played in

random order.• Shuffle category: Songs within


Menu

Select [Menu], and select the desiredfunction.

• Delete Files: You can delete filesfrom My Music.

(1) File: Select saved file.

(2) Mark All: Select all files.(3) Unmark All: Deselect all files.

(4) Delete: Delete the selected file(s).- Select the file to delete, then

select [Delete] to delete it.• Add to Playlist: Frequently played

songs can be paired in a [Playlist].- Songs can be played from the

[Playlist].• Information: Detailed info on the

currently playing song is displayed.• Sound Settings: Audio sound set-


Delete from Playlist

When a song in the playlist is play-ing, select [Menu] and select [Deletefrom Playlist].Select the song to delete, then select[Delete].

Phone


(BT) Phone• Bluetooth® is a near-field wireless

networking technology that usesthe 2.4 GHz frequency to connectvarious devices within a certaindistance wirelessly.

• The technology is used in PCs,peripherals, Bluetooth® phones,tablet PCs, household appliancesand automobiles. Devices support-ing Bluetooth® can exchange dataat high speeds without physicalcable connections.

• Bluetooth® Handsfree devicesenable convenient access to phonefunctions through cell phonesequipped with Bluetooth®.

• Some Bluetooth® devices may notbe supported by the Bluetooth®

Handsfree function.(Continued)

Audio system

1406

(Continued)• When Bluetooth® is connected and

calls are attempted through a con-nected cell phone from outside thevehicle, the call is connectedthrough the Bluetooth® Handsfreefunction of the vehicle.

• Please be sure to disconnect theBluetooth® Handsfree functionthrough your Bluetooth® device orthe audio screen.

Safety precautions

• The Bluetooth® Handsfree functionhelps drivers to drive safely. Byconnecting a Bluetooth®-enabledphone to the vehicle’s audio sys-tem, phone calls can be made andreceived through the audio systemand contacts can be managed.Consult the user manual beforeuse.

• Excessive manipulation of controlswhile driving, making it difficult topay attention to the road ahead,can lead to accidents. Do not oper-ate the device excessively whiledriving.

• Looking at the screen for a pro-longed time increases the risk ofaccidents. Keep time spent lookingat the screen to a minimum.

Precautions when connecting Bluetooth®

devices

• The vehicle supports the followingBluetooth® functions. SomeBluetooth® devices may not sup-port some functions.1) Bluetooth® Handsfree phone calls2) Operations during a call (Private,

Switch, Mic Vol. controls)3) Download call history saved to

the Bluetooth® device4) Download contacts saved to the

Bluetooth® device5) Automatic contacts/call history

download when Bluetooth® isconnected

6) Automatic Bluetooth® deviceconnection when the vehicle isstarted

7) Bluetooth® audio streamingplayback

• Before connecting the audio sys-tem to your device, make sure yourdevice supports Bluetooth®.

6 141

Audio system

• Even if your device supportsBluetooth®, a Bluetooth® connec-tion cannot be established if thedevice’s Bluetooth® function isswitched off. Search and connectwith the Bluetooth® functionenabled.

• Pair or connect Bluetooth® devicesto the audio system with the vehi-cle at a standstill.

• If a Bluetooth® connection is lostdue to abnormal conditions while aBluetooth® device is connected(communication range exceeded,device power OFF, communicationerrors, etc.), the disconnectedBluetooth® device is searched forand automatically reconnected.

• If you want to disable theBluetooth® device auto-connectfunction, turn the Bluetooth® func-tion OFF on your device. Consultthe user manuals for individualdevices to see whether Bluetooth®

is supported.• Handsfree call quality and volume

may vary depending on the type ofBluetooth® device.

• Some Bluetooth® devices are sub-ject to intermittent Bluetooth® con-nection failures. In this case, usethe following method.1) Turn the Bluetooth® function off

on your Bluetooth® device ßTurn it on and try again.

2) Delete the paired device fromboth the audio system andBluetooth® device, then pairagain.

3) Power down your Bluetooth®

device ß Turn it on and tryagain.

4) Completely remove the batteryfrom your Bluetooth® device;reinsert it, reboot, and attemptconnection.

5) Restart the vehicle and reat-tempt connection.

Pairing a Bluetooth® deviceInformation on pairing Bluetooth®

devices

• Pairing refers to the process ofpairing Bluetooth® cell phones ordevices with the system prior toconnection. This is a necessaryprocedure for Bluetooth® connec-tion and usage.

• Up to five devices can be paired.• Pairing Bluetooth® device is not

allowed while vehicle is moving.

Audio system

1426

Pairing the first Bluetooth® device

Press the [PHONE] button on theaudio system or the [CALL] button onthe steering wheel remote control ßSearch for the vehicle from theBluetooth® device, and pair ß Enterthe passkey on the Bluetooth®

device or approve passkey ßBluetooth® pairing completed.

1. When the [PHONE] button on theaudio or the [CALL] button on thesteering wheel remote control ispressed, the following screen is dis-played. Devices can now be paired.

(1) Vehicle Name: Searched name inBluetooth® device.

] NOTICEThe vehicle name in the image aboveis an example. Refer to your devicefor the actual name of your device.

2. Search for available Bluetooth®

devices in the Bluetooth® menu ofyour Bluetooth® device (cellphone, etc.).

3. Confirm that the vehicle name inyour Bluetooth® device matchesthe vehicle name shown on theaudio screen, then select it.

4-1. For devices that require passkeyentry, a passkey entry screen isshown on your Bluetooth®

device.- Enter the passkey ‘0000’, in your

Bluetooth® device.

4-2. For devices that require passkeyconfirmation, the followingscreen is shown on the audiosystem. A 6-digit passkey inputscreen is shown in theBluetooth® device.

- After confirming that the 6-digitpasskey on the audio screenand the Bluetooth® device areidentical, select [OK] in yourBluetooth® device.

] NOTICEThe 6-digit passkey in the imageabove is an example. Refer to yourvehicle for the actual passkey.

6 143

Audio system

Pairing a second Bluetooth® device

Press the [SETUP] button on theaudio system ß Select [Bluetooth] ßSelect [Connections] ß Select [AddNew].

- The pairing procedure from thispoint is identical to [Pairing the firstBluetooth device].

] NOTICE• Bluetooth® standby mode lasts for

three minutes. If a device is notpaired within three minutes, pair-ing is canceled. Start over from thebeginning.

• For most Bluetooth® devices, aconnection is established automat-ically after pairing. Some devices,however, require separate confir-mation when connecting afterpairing. Be sure to check yourBluetooth® device after pairing toconfirm that it has connected.

Connecting Bluetooth® devicesIf there are no connected devices

Press the [PHONE] button on theaudio system or the [CALL] button inthe steering wheel remote control ßList of paired Bluetooth® devices ßSelect the desired Bluetooth® devicefrom the list ß Connect Bluetooth®.

Audio system

1446

If there are connected devices

Press the [PHONE] button on theaudio system ß Select [Settings] ßSelect [Connections] ß SelectBluetooth® device to connect ß Select[Connect] ß Connect Bluetooth®.

] NOTICE• Only one Bluetooth® device can be

connected at a time.• When a Bluetooth® device is con-

nected, other devices cannot bepaired.

Accepting/rejecting phone callsReceiving phone calls with Bluetooth®

connected.

(1) Caller name: If the caller numberis in your contacts, the correspon-ding name is displayed.

(2) Incoming phone number: Incomingphone number is displayed.

(3) Accept: Accept call.(4) Reject: Reject call.

] NOTICE• When the incoming call screen is

displayed, audio mode and the set-tings screen cannot be shown. Onlycall volume control is supported.

• Some Bluetooth® devices may notsupport the call reject function.

• Some Bluetooth® devices may notsupport the phone number displayfunction.

6 145

Audio system

Operation during calls Incoming call with Bluetooth® con-nected ß Select [Accept].

(1) Call duration: Call duration display.(2) Caller name: If the caller number is

in your contacts, the correspondingname is displayed.

(3) Incoming phone number: Incomingphone number is displayed.

(4) Keypad: Number keypad forAutomatic Response Service inputis displayed.

(5) Private: Call is transferred to a cellphone.

(6) Outgoing Volume: Adjust outgoingvoice volume.

(7) End: End call.

] NOTICE• Some Bluetooth® devices may not

support the Private function.• The outgoing voice volume may

vary depending on the type ofBluetooth® device. If the outgoingvoice volume is too high or low,adjust the Outgoing Volume.

FavoritesPress the [PHONE] button on theaudio system ß Select [Favorites] ßFavorites list displayed.

(1) Favorites list: A list of pairedfavorites is displayed.Connect a call when selected.

(2) Add to Favorites: Add a down-loaded phone number to favorites.

(3) Delete: Delete a saved favorite.

Audio system

1466

] NOTICE• Up to 20 favorites can be paired

for each paired Bluetooth® device.• Favorites can be accessed when

the Bluetooth® device they werepaired from is connected.

• The audio system does not down-load favorites from Bluetooth®

devices. Favorites must be newlysaved before use.

• To add to favorites, contacts mustbe downloaded first.

• Saved favorites are not updatedeven if the contacts of the connect-ed Bluetooth® device are changed.In this case, favorites need to bedeleted and added again.

Call HistoryPress the [PHONE] button on theaudio system ß Select [Call History]ß Call history is displayed.

(1) Call History: Display the down-loaded call history list.Connect a call when selected.

(2) Sort by: Sort by All Calls, DialedCalls, Received Calls or MissedCalls.

(3) Download: Download call historyfrom connected Bluetooth® devices.

] NOTICE• Up to 50 dialed, received and

missed calls are saved.• When the latest call history is

received, the existing call history isdeleted.

ContactsPress the [PHONE] button on theaudio system ß Select [Contacts] ßSelect letter (ABC) ß Contacts dis-played.

(1) Contacts: Display downloadedcontacts.Connect a call when selected.

(2) Download: Download contacts fromconnected Bluetooth® devices.

6 147

Audio system

] NOTICE• Up to 2,000 contacts can be saved.• In some cases, additional confir-

mation from your Bluetooth®

device is necessary when down-loading contacts. If downloadingof contacts unsuccessful, consultyour Bluetooth® device’s settingsor the audio screen to approve thedownload.

• Contacts without phone numbersare not displayed.

DialPress the [PHONE] button on theaudio ß Select [Dial].

(1) Phone number entry window: Thephone number entered using thekeypad is displayed.

(2) Clear- Shortly press to delete individual

digits.- Press and hold to delete the

entire phone number.(3) Keypad: Enter phone number.(4) Bluetooth® Phone name

- The name of the connectedBluetooth® device is displayed.

- Contacts matching the keypadnumber/letter input are displayed.

(5) Call- Enter and select a phone num-

ber to call.- Select without entering a phone

number to see the most recentdialed call.

SettingsPress the [PHONE] button on theaudio ß Select [Settings].- For phone Setup, refer to Setup

page ß Select [Bluetooth].

Audio system

1486

Setup

Access Display, Sound, Date/Time,Bluetooth, System, Screen Saverand Display Off settings.Press the [SETUP] button on theaudio system.

Display Press the [SETUP] button on theaudio system ß Select [Display].• Mode: Audio screen brightness

can be adjusted to the time of day.• Illumination: The brightness of the

audio screen can be changed.• Text Scroll: If text is too long to be

displayed on the screen, enablethe text scroll function.

Sound Press the [SETUP] button on theaudio system ß Select [Sound].• Position: Sound balance and pan-

ning can be adjusted.• Tone: Sound tone color can be

adjusted.• Back-up Warning Priority:

- Automatically lower audio vol-ume while reversing.

- Control the audio volume levelautomatically in R-Position. If volume level over “5 level” thendown to “5 level”. If volume level under “5 level”then maintain the volume level.Return the volume level when R-Position was cancelled. In R-Positon, if driver change thevolume level then volumechanged. Apply the volume control option“On/Off” in “Setup”: Default is“On”.

• Speed dependent volume:Automatically adjust volume basedon vehicle speed.

• Beep: Select whether to play a beepsound when the screen is touched.

Date/TimePress the [SETUP] button on theaudio system ß Select [Date/Time].• Set Time: Set the time displayed on

the audio screen.• Time Format: Choose between 12-

hour and 24-hour time formats.• Set Date: Set the date displayed on

the audio screen.

6 149

Audio system

BluetoothPress the [SETUP] button on theaudio system ß Select [Bluetooth].• Connections: Control pairing, dele-

tion, connection and disconnectionof Bluetooth® devices.

• Auto Connection Priority: Set theconnection priority of Bluetooth®

devices when the vehicle is started.• Download Contacts: Contacts can

be downloaded from connectedBluetooth® devices.

] NOTICE• When paired devices are deleted,

the call history and contacts of thedevice saved to the audio systemare deleted.

• For Bluetooth® connections withlow connection priority, some timemay be required for the connec-tion to be established.

• Contacts can be downloaded onlyfrom the currently connectedBluetooth® device.

• If no Bluetooth® device is connect-ed, the Download Contacts buttonis disabled.

SystemPress the [SETUP] button on theaudio system ß Select [System].• Memory Information: View My

Music memory usage.• Language: Change the user lan-

guage.• Default: Reset the audio system.

] NOTICEThe system resets to the default val-ues, and all saved data and settingsare lost.

Screen SaverSet the information displayed whenthe audio system is switched off orthe screen is turned off.Press the [SETUP] button on the audiosystem ß Select [Screen Saver].• Analog: An analog clock is dis-

played.• Digital: A digital clock is displayed.• None: No information is displayed.

Display OffTo prevent glare, the screen can beturned off with the audio system inoperation.Press the [SETUP] button on theaudio system ß Select [Display Off].

] NOTICEUse ‘Screen Saver’ to set the infor-mation to be displayed when thescreen is turned off.


BEFORE DRIVING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3• Before entering the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3• Before starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3

KEY IGNITION SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4• Ignition switch position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4• Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5

ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON. . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7• Illuminated engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7• Engine start/stop button position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7• Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10

MANUAL TRANSAXLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13• Manual transaxle operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13• Good driving practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16• Automatic transaxle operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16• Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19• Good driving practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20

BRAKING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21• Power brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21• Disc brakes wear indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22• Rear drum brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22• Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22• Anti-lock Brake System (ABS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24• Good braking practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27

REAR PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . 7-28SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS. . . . . . . . . . 7-30

• Hazardous driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30• Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30• Smooth cornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31• Driving at night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31• Driving in the rain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31• Driving in flooded areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32

WINTER DRIVING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33• Snow or icy conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33

VEHICLE WEIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36• Overloading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36

7


27

WARNINGCarbon monoxide (CO) gas is toxic. Breathing CO can cause unconsciousness and death.Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide which cannot be seen or smelled.

Do not inhale engine exhaust.If at any time you smell engine exhaust inside the vehicle, open the windows immediately. Exposure to CO can cause uncon-sciousness and death by asphyxiation.

Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you hear achange in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the vehicle, we recom-mend that the exhaust system be checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Run the engine only long enoughto start the engine and to move the vehicle out of the garage.

Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle.If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle, be sure to do so only in an unenclosedarea with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan control to high so fresh air is drawn into the interior.

Keep the air intakes clear.To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, keep the ventilation air intakes located in front of the windshield clear ofsnow, ice, leaves, or other obstructions.

If you must drive with the tailgate/trunk lid open:Close all windows.Open instrument panel air vents.Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face", and the fan control to high.

7 3


Before entering the vehicle• Be sure that all windows, outside mir-

ror(s), and outside lights are clean.• Visually check the tires for uneven

wear and damage.• Check under the vehicle for any sign of

leaks.• Be sure there are no obstacles behind

you if you intend to back up.

Before starting • Make sure the hood, the tailgate/trunk,

and the doors are securely closed andlocked.

• Adjust the position of the seat andsteering wheel.

• Adjust the inside and outside rearviewmirrors.

• Verify all lights work.• Fasten your seatbelt. Check that all

passengers have fastened their seat-belts.

• Check the gauges and indicators in theinstrument panel and the messages onthe instrument display when the igni-tion switch is in the ON position.

• Check that any items you are carryingare stored properly or fastened downsecurely.

BEFORE DRIVING

WARNINGAll passengers must be properly belt-ed whenever the vehicle is moving.Refer to “Seat belts” in section 3 formore information on their proper use.

WARNING - Driving underthe influence of alcohol ordrugs

NEVER drink or take drugs and drive.Drinking or taking drugs and driving isdangerous and may result in an acci-dent and SERIOUS INJURY orDEATH.Drunk driving is the number one con-tributor to the highway death toll eachyear. Even a small amount of alcoholwill affect your reflexes, perceptionsand judgment. Just one drink canreduce your ability to respond tochanging conditions and emergenciesand your reaction time gets worse witheach additional drink.Driving while under the influence ofdrugs is as dangerous or more dan-gerous than driving under the influ-ence of alcohol.You are much more likely to have aserious accident if you drink or takedrugs and drive. If you are drinking ortaking drugs, don't drive. Do not ridewith a driver who has been drinking ortaking drugs. Choose a designateddriver or call a taxi.


47

Ignition switch positionLOCKThe steering wheel locks to protectagainst theft. The ignition key can beremoved only in the LOCK position.When turning the ignition switch to theLOCK position, push the key in slightly atthe ACC position and turn the keytowards the LOCK position.

ACC (Accessory)The steering wheel is unlocked and elec-trical accessories are usable.

] NOTICEIf difficulty is experienced turning theignition switch to the ACC position, turnthe key while turning the steering wheelright and left to release the tension.

ONThe warning lights can be checkedbefore the engine is started. This is thenormal running position after the enginehas started.Do not leave the ignition switch in the ONposition when the engine is not runningto prevent the battery from discharging.

STARTTurn the ignition switch to the STARTposition to start the engine. The switchreturns to the ON position when you letgo of the key.

KEY IGNITION SWITCH (IF EQUIPPED)

ORBC050001

WARNING - Ignition switch• NEVER turn the ignition switch to

the LOCK or ACC position while thevehicle is in motion except in anemergency. This will result in theengine turning off and loss of powerassist for the steering and brakesystems. This may lead to loss ofdirectional control and braking func-tion, which could cause an accident.

• Before leaving the driver's seat,always make sure the shift lever isin 1st gear (for manual transaxlevehicle) or P (Park, for automatictransaxle vehicle) position, applythe parking brake, and turn ignitionswitch to the LOCK position.Unexpected vehicle movement mayoccur if these precautions are notfollowed.

• NEVER reach through the steeringwheel for the ignition switch, or anyother control, while the vehicle is inmotion. The presence of your handor arm in this area may cause a lossof vehicle control resulting in anaccident.

7 5


Starting the engine

Starting the petrol engine

1. Make sure the parking brake isapplied.

2. Manual Transaxle - Depress theclutch pedal fully and shift thetransaxle into Neutral. Keep the clutchpedal and brake pedal depressedwhile turning the ignition switch to thestart position. Automatic Transaxle - Place thetransaxle shift lever in P (Park).Depress the brake pedal fully.You can also start the engine whenthe shift lever is in the N (Neutral)position.

3.Turn the ignition switch to the STARTposition. Hold the key (maximum of 10seconds) until the engine starts andrelease it.

] NOTICE• Whether the engine is cold or warm,

always start the vehicle with your footon the brake pedal. Do not depress theaccelerator while starting the vehicle.Do not race the engine while warmingit up.

• In extremely cold weather (below -18°C / 0°F) or after the vehicle hasnot been operated for several days, letthe engine warm up without depress-ing the accelerator pedal.

WARNINGAlways wear appropriate shoes whenoperating your vehicle. Unsuitableshoes (high heels, ski boots,etc.) mayinterfere with your ability to use thebrake, accelerator, and clutch (ped-als).

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the vehicle: • Do not hold the ignition key in the

START position for more than 10seconds. Wait 5 to 10 secondsbefore trying again.

• If traffic and road conditions permit,you may put the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position while the vehicleis still moving and turn the ignitionswitch to the START position in anattempt to restart the engine.

• Do not push or tow your vehicle tostart the engine.


67

Starting the diesel engine

To start the diesel engine when theengine is cold, it has to be pre-heatedbefore starting the engine and then hasto be warmed up before starting to drive.1. Make sure the parking brake is

applied.2.Depress the clutch pedal fully and shift

the transaxle into neutral. Keep theclutch pedal and brake pedaldepressed while turning the ignitionswitch to the start position.

3. Turn the ignition switch tothe ON position to pre-heat the engine. Thenthe glow indicator lightwill illuminate.

4. If the glow indicator light goes out, turnthe ignition switch to the START posi-tion and hold the key (maximum of 10seconds) until the engine starts andrelease it.

] NOTICEIf the engine does not start within 10seconds after the preheating is complet-ed, turn the ignition key once more tothe LOCK position for 10 seconds. Thenturn the ignition switch to the ON posi-tion in order to preheat the engineagain.

Starting and stopping the engine for tur-bocharger intercooler

1.Do not race or accelerate the engineimmediately after starting it.If the engine is cold, idle it for severalseconds before sufficient lubrication isensured in the turbocharger unit.

2.After high speed or extended driving,requiring a heavy engine load, idle theengine about 1 minute before turning itoff.This idle time will allow the turbocharg-er to cool prior to shutting the engineoff.

CAUTIONDo not turn the engine off immediatelyafter it has been subjected to heavyload. Doing so may cause severedamage to the engine or turbo charg-er unit.

W-60

7 7


Illuminated engine start/stop buttonWhenever the front door is opened, theengine start/stop button will illuminateand will go off after about 30 secondsafter the door is closed.

Engine start/stop button positionOFF

With manual transaxle

To turn off the engine (START/RUN posi-tion) or vehicle power (ON position), stopthe vehicle then press the enginestart/stop button.

With automatic transaxle

To turn off the engine (START/RUN posi-tion) or vehicle power (ON position),press the engine start/stop button withthe shift lever in the P (Park) position.When you press the engine start/stopbutton without the shift lever in the P(Park) position, the engine start/stop but-ton will not change to the OFF positionbut to the ACC position.

Vehicles equipped with anti-theft steeringcolumn lock

The steering wheel locks when theengine start/stop button is in the OFFposition to protect you against theft. It locks when the door is opened.If the steering wheel is not locked prop-erly when you open the driver's door, thewarning chime will sound. Try locking thesteering wheel again. If the problem isnot solved, we recommend that the sys-tem be checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.In addition, if the engine start/stop buttonis in the OFF position after the driver'sdoor is opened, the steering wheel willnot lock and the warning chime willsound. In such a situation, close the door.Then the steering wheel will lock and thewarning chime will stop.

] NOTICEIf the steering wheel doesn't unlockproperly, the engine start/stop buttonwill not work. Press the enginestart/stop button while turning thesteering wheel right and left to releasetension.

ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON (IF EQUIPPED)

OBA053001IN


87

ACC(Accessory)


Press the engine start/stop button whenthe button is in the OFF position withoutdepressing the clutch pedal.


Press the engine start/stop button while itis in the OFF position without depressingthe brake pedal.

The steering wheel unlocks (if equippedwith anti-theft steering column lock) andelectrical accessories are usable. If you leave the engine start/stop buttonin the ACC position for more than onehour, the battery power will turn off auto-matically to prevent the battery from dis-charging.

ON


Press the engine start/stop button whenthe button is in the ACC position withoutdepressing the clutch pedal.


Press the engine start/stop button while itis in the ACC position without depressingthe brake pedal.

The warning lights can be checkedbefore the engine is started. If you leavethe engine start/stop button in the ONposition for more than one hour, the bat-tery power will turn off automatically toprevent the battery from discharging.

WARNINGTo turn the engine off in an emer-gency:Press and hold the engine start/stopbutton for more than two seconds ORRapidly press and release the enginestart/stop button three times (withinthree seconds).If the vehicle is still moving, you canrestart the engine without depressingthe brake pedal by pressing theengine start/stop button with the shiftlever in the N (Neutral) position.

7 9


START/RUN


To start the engine, depress the clutchand brake pedals and press the enginestart/stop button with the shift lever inneutral.


To start the engine, depress the brakepedal and press the engine start/stopbutton with the shift lever in the P (Park)or the N (Neutral) position. For your safe-ty, start the engine with the shift lever inthe P (Park) position.

] NOTICEIf you press the engine start/stop buttonwithout depressing the clutch pedal formanual transaxle vehicles or withoutdepressing the brake pedal for automat-ic transaxle vehicles, the engine will notstart and the engine start/stop buttonchanges as follow:OFF łACC ł ON ł OFF or ACC

WARNING• NEVER press the engine start/stop

button while the vehicle is in motionexcept in an emergency. This willresult in the engine turning off andloss of power assist for the steeringand brake systems. This may leadto loss of directional control andbraking function, which could causean accident.

• Before leaving the driver's seat,always make sure the shift lever isin the P (Park) position, set theparking brake, press the enginestart/stop button to the OFF posi-tion, and take the smart key withyou. Unexpected vehicle movementmay occur if these precautions arenot followed.

• NEVER reach through the steeringwheel for the engine start/stop but-ton, or any other control, while thevehicle is in motion. The presenceof your hand or arm in this area maycause a loss of vehicle controlresulting in an accident.


107

Starting the engine Starting the petrol engine] NOTICE• The engine will start by pressing the

engine start/stop button, only whenthe smart key is in the vehicle.

• Even if the smart key is in the vehicle,if it is far away from the driver, theengine may not start.

• When the Engine Start/Stop button isin the ACC or ON position, if any dooris open, the system checks for thesmart key. If the smart key is not inthe vehicle, the indicator "KEY OUT"will blink, and if all doors are closed,the chime will also sound for about 5seconds. The indicator will turn offwhile the vehicle is moving. Keep thesmart key in the vehicle when usingthe ACC position or if the vehicleengine is ON.

1. Carry the smart key or leave it insidethe vehicle.

2. Make sure the parking brake is firmlyapplied.

3. Manual Transaxle - Depress the clutchpedal fully and shift the transaxle intoNeutral. Keep the clutch pedal andbrake pedal depressed while startingthe engine. Automatic Transaxle - Place thetransaxle shift lever in P (Park).Depress the brake pedal fully.You can also start the engine whenthe shift lever is in the N (Neutral)position.

4. Press the engine start/stop button.

] NOTICE• Whether the engine is cold or warm,

always start the vehicle with your footon the brake pedal. Do not depress theaccelerator while starting the vehicle.Do not race the engine while warmingit up.

• In extremely cold weather (below -18°C / 0°F) or after the vehicle hasnot been operated for several days, letthe engine warm up without depress-ing the accelerator pedal.

WARNINGAlways wear appropriate shoes whenoperating your vehicle. Unsuitableshoes (high heels, ski boots,etc.) mayinterfere with your ability to use thebrake and accelerator pedals.

7 11


Starting the diesel engine To start the diesel engine when theengine is cold, it has to be pre-heatedbefore starting the engine and then haveto be warmed up before starting to drive.1. Make sure the parking brake is

applied.2. Manual Transaxle - Depress the clutch

pedal fully and shift the transaxle intoNeutral. Keep the clutch pedal andbrake pedal depressed while pressingthe engine start/stop button to theSTART position. Automatic Transaxle - Place thetransaxle shift lever in the P (Park)position. Depress the brake pedal fully.You can also start the engine when theshift lever is in the N (Neutral) position.

3. Press the engine start/stop buttonwhile depressing the brake pedal.

4. Continue depressing thebrake pedal until the illu-minated glow indicatorgoes off. (approximately5 seconds)

5. The engine starts running when theglow indicator goes off.

] NOTICEIf the engine start/stop button is pressedonce more while the engine is pre-heat-ing, the engine may start.

Starting and stopping the engine for tur-bocharger intercooler

1.Do not race or accelerate the engineimmediately after starting.If the engine is cold, idle for severalseconds before sufficient lubrication isensured in the turbocharger unit.

2.After high speed or extended driving,requiring a heavy engine load, idle theengine about 1 minute before turning itoff.This idle time will allow the turbocharg-er to cool prior to shutting the engineoff.

W-60

CAUTIONDo not turn the engine off immediatelyafter it has been subjected to heavyload. Doing so may cause severedamage to the engine or turbochargerunit.


127

] NOTICETo prevent damage to the vehicle: Do not press the engine start/stop buttonfor more than 10 seconds except whenthe stop lamp fuse is disconnected.When the stop lamp fuse is blown, youcan't start the engine normally. Replacethe fuse with a new one. If you are notable to replace the fuse, you can start theengine by pressing the engine start/stopbutton for 10 seconds with the enginestart/stop button in the ACC position. For your safety always depress thebrake and/or clutch pedal before start-ing the engine.

] NOTICEIf the smart key battery is weak or thesmart key does not work correctly, youcan start the engine by pressing theengine start/stop button with the smartkey in the direction of the picture above.

CAUTIONIf the engine stalls while the vehicle isin motion, do not attempt to move theshift lever to the P (Park) position. Ifthe traffic and road conditions permit,you may put the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position while the vehicle isstill moving and press the enginestart/stop button in an attempt torestart the engine.

OBA053002IN

7 13


Manual transaxle operation The manual transaxle has five forwardgears. The transaxle is fully synchronizedin all forward gears so shifting to either ahigher or a lower gear is easily accom-plished.

To shift to R (Reverse), make sure thevehicle has completely stopped, andthen move the shift lever to neutral beforemoving into R (Reverse). When you've come to a complete stopand it's hard to shift into 1st gear or R(Reverse): 1.Put the shift lever in neutral and

release the clutch pedal. 2.Depress the clutch pedal, and then

shift into first or R (Reverse) gear.

] NOTICEDuring cold weather, shifting may bedifficult until the transaxle lubricanthas warmed up.

MANUAL TRANSAXLE

OBA053003

OBA053003I

n Type A (for Petrol engine)

n Type B (for Diesel engine)

The button (1) must be pressed upwhile moving the shift lever.

The shift lever can be moved withoutpressing the button (1).

WARNINGBefore leaving the driver’s seat,always make sure the shift lever is in1st gear when the vehicle is parked ona uphill and in R (Reverse) on a down-hill, set the parking brake, and placethe ignition switch in the LOCK/OFFposition. Unexpected vehicle move-ment may occur if these precautionsare not followed.


147

Using the clutch The clutch pedal should be depressed allthe way to the floor before:- Starting the engine

The engine will not start withoutdepressing the clutch pedal. (Vehiclesequipped with engine start/stop button)

- Shifting

When releasing the clutch pedal, releaseit slowly. The clutch pedal should alwaysbe released while driving.

DownshiftingDownshift when you must slow down inheavy traffic or drive up a steep hill toprevent engine load. Also, downshifting reduces the chance ofstalling and can accelerate when youneed to increase your speed again. When the vehicle is going downhill,downshifting helps maintain safe speedby providing brake power from the engineand enables less wear on the brakes.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the engine: • When downshifting from 5th gear to

4th gear, be careful not to inadver-tently push the shift lever sidewaysengaging the 2nd gear. A drasticdownshift may cause the enginespeed to increase to the point thetachometer will enter the red-zone.

• Do not downshift more than onegear at a time or downshift the gearwhen the engine is running at highspeed (5,000 RPM or higher).

CAUTIONTo prevent unnecessary wear or dam-age to the clutch: • Do not rest your foot on the clutch

pedal while driving.• Do not hold the vehicle with the

clutch on an incline, while waiting forthe traffic light, etc.

• Always depress the clutch pedaldown fully to prevent noise or dam-age.

7 15


Good driving practices • Never take the vehicle out of gear and

coast down a hill. This is extremelydangerous.

• Don't "ride" the brakes. This can causethe brakes and related parts to over-heat and malfunction.When you are driving down a long hill,slow down and shift to a lower gear.Engine braking will help slow down thevehicle.

• Slow down before shifting to a lowergear. This will help avoid over-revvingthe engine, which can cause damage.

• Slow down when you encounter crosswinds. This gives you much better con-trol of your vehicle.

• Be sure the vehicle is completelystopped before you shift into R(Reverse) to prevent damage to thetransaxle.

• Exercise extreme caution when drivingon a slippery surface. Be especiallycareful when braking, accelerating orshifting gears. On a slippery surface,an abrupt change in vehicle speed cancause the drive wheels to lose tractionand may cause loss of vehicle controlresulting in an accident

WARNINGTo reduce the risk of SERIOUSINJURY or DEATH:• ALWAYS wear your seatbelt. In a

collision, an unbelted occupant issignificantly more likely to be seri-ously injured or killed than a proper-ly belted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when corneringor turning.

• Do not make quick steering wheelmovements, such as sharp lanechanges or fast, sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control of yourvehicle at highway speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs if two ormore wheels drop off the roadwayand the driver over steers to reenterthe roadway.

• In the event your vehicle leaves theroadway, do not steer sharply.Instead, slow down before pullingback into the travel lanes.

• HYUNDAI recommends you followall posted speed limits.


167

Automatic transaxle operation The automatic transaxle has four forwardspeeds and one reverse speed. The indi-vidual speeds are selected automatically,depending on the position of the shiftlever.

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE

OBA053004RMove shift lever.

Press the shift button, then move shift lever.Depress the brake pedal, press the shift button, and then move shift lever.

WARNINGTo reduce the risk of serious injury ordeath:• ALWAYS check the surrounding

areas near your vehicle for people,especially children, before shifting avehicle into D (Drive) or R(Reverse).

• Before leaving the driver’s seat,always make sure the shift lever isin the P (Park) position, then set theparking brake, and place the ignitionswitch in the LOCK/OFF position.Unexpected and sudden vehiclemovement can occur if these pre-cautions are not followed.

7 17


The indicator in the instrument clusterdisplays the shift lever position when theignition switch is in the ON position.

P (Park) Always come to a complete stop beforeshifting into P (Park).To shift from P (Park), you must depressfirmly on the brake pedal and make sureyour foot is off the accelerator pedal.The shift lever must be in P (Park) beforeturning the engine off.

R (Reverse) Use this position to drive the vehiclebackward.

N (Neutral) The wheels and transaxle are notengaged. Use N (Neutral) if you need to restart astalled engine, or if it is necessary to stopwith the engine ON. Shift into P (Park) ifyou need to leave your vehicle for anyreason.Always depress the brake pedal whenyou are shifting from N (Neutral) toanother gear.

WARNING• Shifting into P (Park) while the vehi-

cle is in motion may cause you tolose control of the vehicle.

• After the vehicle has stopped,always make sure the shift lever isin P (Park), apply the parking brake,and turn the engine off.

• Do not use the P (Park) position inplace of the parking brake.

CAUTIONAlways come to a complete stopbefore shifting into or out of R(Reverse); you may damage thetransaxle if you shift into R (Reverse)while the vehicle is in motion.

WARNINGDo not shift into gear unless your footis firmly on the brake pedal. Shiftinginto gear when the engine is runningat high speed can cause the vehicle tomove very rapidly. You could losecontrol and hit people or objects.


187

D (Drive) This is the normal driving position. Thetransaxle will automatically shift througha 4-gear sequence, providing the bestfuel economy and power.For extra power when passing anothervehicle or driving uphill, depress theaccelerator fully. The transaxle will auto-matically downshift to the next lower gear(or gears, as appropriate).

Sports mode Whether the vehicle is stationary or inmotion, sports mode is selected by push-ing the shift lever from the D (Drive) posi-tion into the manual gate. To return to D(Drive) range operation, push the shiftlever back into the main gate.

In Sports Mode, moving the shift leverbackwards and forwards will allow you toselect the desired range of gears for thecurrent driving conditions.+ (Up) : Push the lever forward once to

shift up one gear.- (Down) : Pull the lever backwards once

to shift down one gear.

WARNINGNEVER allow anyone to ride in a seatwith the headrest removed.

OBA053005R

7 19


] NOTICE• Only the four forward gears can be

selected. To reverse or park the vehi-cle, move the shift lever to the R(Reverse) or P (Park) position asrequired.

• Downshifts are made automaticallywhen the vehicle slows down. Whenthe vehicle stops, 1st gear is automati-cally selected.

• When the engine rpm approaches thered zone the transaxle will upshiftautomatically.

• If the driver presses the lever to + (Up)or - (Down) position, the transaxlemay not make the requested gearchange if the next gear is outside ofthe allowable engine rpm range. Thedriver must execute upshifts in accor-dance with road conditions, takingcare to keep the engine rpms belowthe red zone.

• When driving on a slippery road,push the shift lever forward into the +(Up) position. This causes thetransaxle to shift into the 2nd gearwhich is better for smooth driving ona slippery road. Push the shift lever tothe - (Down) side to shift back to the1st gear.

Shift -lock system For your safety, the automatic transaxlehas a shift-lock system which preventsshifting the transaxle from P (Park) into R(Reverse) unless the brake pedal isdepressed.To shift the transaxle from P (Park) into R(Reverse):1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.2. Press the shift button.3. Move the shift lever.

Parking Always come to a complete stop andcontinue to depress the brake pedal.Move the shift lever into the P (Park)position, apply the parking brake, andplace the ignition switch in theLOCK/OFF position. Take the Key withyou when exiting the vehicle.

WARNINGWhen you stay in the vehicle with theengine running, be careful not todepress the accelerator pedal for along period of time. The engine orexhaust system may overheat andstart a fire.The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys-tem are very hot. Keep away from theexhaust system components.Do not stop or park over flammablematerials, such as dry grass, paper orleaves. They may ignite and cause afire.


207

Good driving practices • Never move the shift lever from P

(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other posi-tion with the accelerator pedaldepressed.

• Never move the shift lever into P (Park)when the vehicle is in motion.

• Be sure the vehicle is completelystopped before you attempt to shift intoR (Reverse) or D (Drive).

• Do not move the shift lever to N(Neutral) when driving. Doing so mayresult in an accident because of a lossof engine braking and the transaxlecould be damaged.

• Do not drive with your foot resting onthe brake pedal. Even light, but consis-tent pedal pressure can result in thebrakes overheating, brake wear andpossibly even brake failure.

• Slow down before shifting to a lowergear. Otherwise, the lower gear maynot be engaged if the engine rpms areoutside of the allowable range.

• Always apply the parking brake whenleaving the vehicle. Do not depend onplacing the transmission in P (Park) tokeep the vehicle from moving.

• Exercise extreme caution when drivingon a slippery surface. Be especiallycareful when braking, accelerating orshifting gears. On a slippery surface,an abrupt change in vehicle speed cancause the drive wheels to lose tractionand may cause loss of vehicle controlresulting in an accident

• Optimum vehicle performance andeconomy is obtained by smoothlydepressing and releasing the accelera-tor.

WARNINGTo reduce the risk of SERIOUSINJURY or DEATH:• ALWAYS wear your seatbelt. In a

collision, an unbelted occupant issignificantly more likely to be seri-ously injured or killed than a proper-ly belted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when corneringor turning.

• Do not make quick steering wheelmovements, such as sharp lanechanges or fast, sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control of yourvehicle at highway speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs if two ormore wheels drop off the roadwayand the driver over steers to reenterthe roadway.

• In the event your vehicle leaves theroadway, do not steer sharply.Instead, slow down before pullingback into the travel lanes.

• HYUNDAI recommends you followall posted speed limits.

7 21


Power brakes Your vehicle has power-assisted brakesthat adjust automatically through normalusage.If the engine is not running or is turnedoff while driving, the power assist for thebrakes will not work. You can still stopyour vehicle by applying greater force tothe brake pedal than typical. The stop-ping distance, however, will be longerthan with power brakes.When the engine is not running, thereserve brake power is partially depletedeach time the brake pedal is applied. Donot pump the brake pedal when thepower assist has been interrupted.Pump the brake pedal only when neces-sary to maintain steering control on slip-pery surfaces.

BRAKING SYSTEM

To dry the brakes, lightly tap thebrake pedal to heat up the brakeswhile maintaining a safe forwardspeed until brake performancereturns to normal. Avoid driving athigh speeds until the brakes func-tion correctly.

WARNINGTake the following precautions:• Do not drive with your foot resting

on the brake pedal. This will createabnormal high brake temperatures,excessive brake lining and padwear, and increased stopping dis-tances.

• When descending a long or steephill, shift to a lower gear and avoidcontinuous application of thebrakes. Applying the brakes contin-uously will cause the brakes to over-heat and could result in a temporaryloss of braking performance.

• Wet brakes may impair the vehicle’sability to safely slow down; the vehi-cle may also pull to one side whenthe brakes are applied. Applying thebrakes lightly will indicate whetherthey have been affected in this way.Always test your brakes in this fash-ion after driving through deep water.



227

Disc brakes wear indicator When your brake pads are worn and newpads are required, you will hear a highpitched warning sound from your front orrear brakes. You may hear this soundcome and go or it may occur wheneveryou depress the brake pedal.Please remember some driving condi-tions or climates may cause a brakesqueal when you first apply (or lightlyapply) the brakes. This is normal anddoes not indicate a problem with yourbrakes.

] NOTICEAlways replace brake pads as completefront or rear axle sets.

Rear drum brakesYour rear drum brakes do not have wearindicators. Therefore, have the rear brakelinings inspected if you hear a rear brakerubbing noise. Also have your rearbrakes inspected each time you changeor rotate your tires and when you havethe front brakes replaced.

Parking brake Always set the parking brake before leav-ing the vehicle, to apply:Firmly depress the brake pedal.Pull up the parking brake lever as far aspossible.

CAUTIONTo avoid costly brake repairs, do notcontinue to drive with worn brakepads.

OBA053006R

WARNING To reduce the risk of SERIOUSINJURY or DEATH, do not operatethe parking brake while the vehicle ismoving except in an emergency situa-tion. It could damage the brake sys-tem and lead to an accident.

7 23


To release: Firmly depress the brake pedal.Slightly pull up the parking brake lever.While pressing the release button (1),lower the parking brake (2).If the parking brake does not release ordoes not release all the way, we recom-mend that the system be checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING• Whenever leaving the vehicle or

parking, always come to a completestop and continue to depress thebrake pedal. Move the shift leverinto the 1st gear (for manualtransaxle vehicle) or P (Park, forautomatic transaxle vehicle) posi-tion, then apply the parking brake,and place the ignition switch in theLOCK/OFF position.Vehicles with the parking brake notfully engaged are at risk for movinginadvertently and causing injury toyourself or others.

• NEVER allow anyone who is unfa-miliar with the vehicle to touch theparking brake. If the parking brakeis released unintentionally, seriousinjury may occur.

• Only release the parking brakewhen you are seated inside thevehicle with your foot firmly on thebrake pedal.

OBA053007R

CAUTION• Do not apply the accelerator pedal

while the parking brake is engaged.If you depress the accelerator pedalwith the parking brake engaged, thewarning will sound. Damage to theparking brake may occur.

• Driving with the parking brake oncan overheat the braking systemand cause premature wear or dam-age to brake parts. Make sure theparking brake is released and theBrake Warning Light is off beforedriving.


247

Check the Parking Brake Warning Lightby placing the ignition switch to the ONposition (do not start the engine).This light will be illuminated when theparking brake is applied with the ignitionswitch in the START or ON position.Before driving, be sure the parking brakeis released and the Brake Warning Lightis OFF.If the Parking Brake Warning Lightremains on after the parking brake isreleased while engine is running, theremay be a malfunction in the brake sys-tem. Immediate attention is necessary.

If at all possible, cease driving the vehi-cle immediately. If that is not possible,use extreme caution while operating thevehicle and only continue to drive thevehicle until you can reach a safe loca-tion.

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) (if equipped)

WARNINGAn Anti-Lock Braking System (ABS)will not prevent accidents due toimproper or dangerous drivingmaneuvers. Even though vehicle con-trol is improved during emergencybraking, always maintain a safe dis-tance between you and objects aheadof you. Vehicle speeds should alwaysbe reduced during extreme road con-ditions. The braking distance for carsequipped with ABS may be longerthan for those without these systemsin the following road conditions.• Drive your vehicle at reduced

speeds during the following condi-tions:

• Rough, gravel or snow-coveredroads.

• On roads where the road surface ispitted or has different surfaceheight.

• Tire chains are installed on yourvehicle.


WK-23

7 25


ABS is an electronic braking system thathelps prevent a braking skid. ABS allowsthe driver to steer and brake at the sametime.

Using ABS To obtain the maximum benefit from yourABS in an emergency situation, do notattempt to modulate your brake pressureand do not try to pump your brakes.Depress your brake pedal as hard aspossible.When you apply your brakes under con-ditions which may lock the wheels, youmay hear sounds from the brakes, or feela corresponding sensation in the brakepedal. This is normal and it means yourABS is active.ABS does not reduce the time or dis-tance it takes to stop the vehicle.Always maintain a safe distance from thevehicle in front of you.ABS will not prevent a skid that resultsfrom sudden changes in direction, suchas trying to take a corner too fast or mak-ing a sudden lane change. Always driveat a safe speed for the road and weatherconditions.ABS cannot prevent a loss of stability.Always steer moderately when brakinghard. Severe or sharp steering wheelmovement can still cause your vehicle toveer into oncoming traffic or off the road.

On loose or uneven road surfaces, oper-ation of the anti-lock brake system mayresult in a longer stopping distance thanfor vehicles equipped with a conventionalbrake system.The ABS warning light ( ) will stay onfor several seconds after the ignitionswitch is in the ON position. During thattime, the ABS will go through self-diag-nosis and the light will go off if everythingis normal. If the light stays on, you mayhave a problem with your ABS. We rec-ommend that you contact an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible

The safety features of an ABSequipped vehicle should not be testedby high speed driving or cornering.This could endanger the safety ofyourself or others.


267

] NOTICEWhen you jump start your vehiclebecause of a drained battery, the enginemay not run as smoothly and the ABSwarning light ( ) may turn on at thesame time. This happens because of thelow battery voltage. It does not meanyour ABS is malfunctioning. Have thebattery recharged before driving thevehicle.

WARNING If the ABS warning light ( ) is onand stays on, you may have a prob-lem with the ABS. Your power brakeswill work normally. To reduce the riskof serious injury or death, we recom-mend that you contact your HYUNDAIdealer as soon as possible.

CAUTIONWhen you drive on a road having poortraction, such as an icy road, andapply your brakes continuously, theABS will be active continuously andthe ABS warning light ( ) may illuminate. Pull your carover to a safe place and turn theengine off.Restart the engine. If the ABS warninglight is off, then your ABS system isnormal. Otherwise, you may have aproblem with your ABS system. Werecommend that you contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer as soonas possible.

7 27


Good braking practices Wet brakes can be dangerous! Thebrakes may get wet if the vehicle is driv-en through standing water or if it iswashed. Your vehicle will not stop asquickly if the brakes are wet. Wet brakesmay cause the vehicle to pull to one side.To dry the brakes, apply the brakes light-ly until the braking action returns to nor-mal, taking care to keep the vehicleunder control at all times. If the brakingaction does not return to normal, stop assoon as it is safe to do so and we rec-ommend that you call an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer for assistance.DO NOT drive with your foot resting onthe brake pedal. Even light, but constantpedal pressure can result in the brakesoverheating, brake wear, and possiblyeven brake failure.If a tire goes flat while you are driving,apply the brakes gently and keep thevehicle pointed straight ahead while youslow down. When you are moving slowlyenough for it to be safe to do so, pull offthe road and stop in a safe location.Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedalwhen the vehicle is stopped to preventthe vehicle from rolling forward.

WARNING Whenever leaving the vehicle or park-ing, always come to a complete stopand continue to depress the brakepedal. Move the shift lever into the 1stgear (for manual transaxle vehicle) orP (Park, for automatic transaxle vehi-cle) position, then apply the parkingbrake, and place the ignition switch inthe LOCK/OFF position. Vehicles with the parking brake notfully engaged are at risk for movinginadvertently and causing injury toyourself or others.


287

The Rear Parking Assist System aids thedriver during backward movement of thevehicle by chiming if any object is sensedwithin the distance of about 120 cm (47in) behind the vehicle. This is a supple-mental system that senses objects withinthe range and location of the sensors, itcan not detect objects in other areaswhere sensors are not installed.

] NOTICEThe system may not recognize objectsless than 40 cm (15 in) from the sensor,or it may sense an incorrect distance.

Operation of the rear parking assist sys-temOperation condition

• This system will activate when the shiftlever is in R (Reverse) with the ignitionswitch in the ON position.

• Sensing distance when backing up isapproximately 120 cm (47 in) whenyou are driving less than 10 km/h (6mph).

• When more than two objects aresensed at the same time, the closestone will be recognized first.

REAR PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OBA046033L

WARNING • ALWAYS look around your vehicle

to make sure there are not anyobjects or obstacles before movingthe vehicle in any direction to pre-vent a collision.

• Always pay close attention whenthe vehicle is driven close toobjects, particularly pedestrians,and especially children.

• Be aware that some objects maynot be visible on the screen or bedetected by the sensors, due to theobjects distance, size or material, allof which can limit the effectivenessof the sensor.

CAUTIONDo not push, scratch or strike the sen-sor with any hard objects that coulddamage the surface of the sensor.Sensor damage could occur.

sensor

7 29


Types of warning sounds

• When an object is 120 cm (47 in) to 81cm (32 in) from the rear bumper:Buzzer beeps intermittently.

• When an object is 80 cm (31 in) to 41cm (16 in) from the rear bumper:Buzzer sounds two beeps intermittent-ly.

• When an object is within 40 cm (15 in)of the rear bumper: Buzzer soundscontinuously.

If the audible warning does not sound orif the buzzer sounds intermittently whenshifting into R (Reverse) position, thismay indicate a malfunction with theParking Assist System. If this occurs, werecommend that your vehicle be checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.

Non-operational conditions of rear park-ing assist system The rear parking assist system may notoperate normally when:• Moisture is frozen to the sensor.• The sensor is covered or stained with

foreign matter, such as snow or water,or the sensor cover is blocked.

There is a possibility of a parking assistsystem malfunction when:• Driving on uneven road surfaces such

as unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, orgradient.

• Objects generating excessive noisesuch as vehicle horns, loud motorcycleengines, or truck air brakes can inter-fere with the sensor.

• Heavy rain or water spray is present.• Wireless transmitters or mobile phones

are present near the sensor.• The sensor is covered with snow.• Any non-factory equipment or acces-

sories have been installed, or if thevehicle bumper height or sensor instal-lation has been modified.

• Trailer towing.

Detecting range may decrease when:• Outside air temperature is extremely

hot or cold.• Undetectable objects smaller than

about 1 m (40 in) and narrower thanabout 14 cm (6 in) in diameter.

The following objects may not be recog-nized by the sensor:• Sharp or slim objects such as ropes,

chains or small poles.• Objects, which tend to absorb sensor

frequency such as clothes, spongymaterial or snow.

WARNING Your new vehicle warranty does notcover any accidents or damage to thevehicle or injuries to its occupants doto a rear parking assist system mal-function. Always drive safely and cau-tiously.


307

Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditions areencountered such as water, snow, ice,mud or sand:Drive cautiously and allow extra distancefor braking.Avoid sudden movements in braking orsteering.If stuck in snow, mud, or sand, use sec-ond gear. Accelerate slowly to avoid spin-ning the drive wheels.

Use sand, rock salt, or other non-slipmaterial under the drive wheels to pro-vide traction when stalled in ice, snow, ormud.

Rocking the vehicleIf it is necessary to rock the vehicle tofree it from snow, sand, or mud, first turnthe steering wheel right and left to clearthe area around your front wheels. Then,shift back and forth between 1st and R(Reverse, for manual transaxle vehicle)or R (Reverse) and a forward gear (forautomatic transaxle vehicle). Do not racethe engine, and spin the wheels as littleas possible.To prevent transaxle wear, wait until thewheels stop spinning before shiftinggears. Release the accelerator pedalwhile shifting, and press lightly on theaccelerator pedal while the transaxle is ingear. Slowly spinning the wheels in for-ward and reverse directions causes arocking motion that may free the vehicle.

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

WARNING Downshifting with an automatictransaxle, while driving on slipperysurfaces can cause an accident. Thesudden change in tire speed couldcause the tires to skid. Be carefulwhen downshifting on slippery sur-faces.

WARNING If the tires spin at high speed the tirescan explode, and you or others maybe injured. Do not attempt this proce-dure if people or objects are anywherenear the vehicle.The vehicle can overheat causing anengine compartment fire or otherdamage. Spin the wheels as little aspossible and avoid spinning thewheels at speeds over 56 km/h (35mph) as indicated on the speedome-ter.

CAUTIONIf you are still stuck after rocking thevehicle a few times, have the vehiclepulled out by a tow vehicle to avoidengine overheating, possible damageto the transaxle, and tire damage. See“Towing” in chapter 6.

7 31


Smooth corneringAvoid braking or gear changing in cor-ners, especially when roads are wet.Ideally, corners should always be takenunder gentle acceleration.

Driving at nightNight driving presents more hazardsthan driving in the daylight. Here aresome important tips to remember:• Slow down and keep more distance

between you and other vehicles, as itmay be more difficult to see at night,especially in areas where there maynot be any street lights.

• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glarefrom other driver's headlights.

• Keep your headlights clean and prop-erly aimed. Dirty or improperly aimedheadlights will make it much more diffi-cult to see at night.

• Avoid staring directly at the headlightsof oncoming vehicles. You could betemporarily blinded, and it will takeseveral seconds for your eyes to read-just to the darkness.

Driving in the rainRain and wet roads can make drivingdangerous. Here are a few things to con-sider when driving in the rain or on slickpavement:• Slow down and allow extra following

distance. A heavy rainfall makes itharder to see and increases the dis-tance needed to stop your vehicle.

• Replace your windshield wiper bladeswhen they show signs of streaking ormissing areas on the windshield.

OUN056051 OCM053010 1VQA3003


327

• Be sure your tires have enough tread.If your tires do not have enough tread,making a quick stop on wet pavementcan cause a skid and possibly lead toan accident. See “Tire Tread” in chap-ter 7.

• Turn on your headlights to make it eas-ier for others to see you.

• Driving too fast through large puddlescan affect your brakes. If you must gothrough puddles, try to drive throughthem slowly.

• If you believe your brakes may be wet,apply them lightly while driving untilnormal braking operation returns.

HydroplaningIf the road is wet enough and you aregoing fast enough, your vehicle may havelittle or no contact with the road surfaceand actually ride on the water. The bestadvice is SLOW DOWN when the road iswet. The risk of hydroplaning increasesas the depth of tire tread decreases, referto “Tire Tread” in chapter 7.

Driving in flooded areasAvoid driving through flooded areasunless you are sure the water is no high-er than the bottom of the wheel hub.Drive through any water slowly. Allowadequate stopping distance becausebrake performance may be reduced.After driving through water, dry thebrakes by gently applying them severaltimes while the vehicle is moving slowly.

7 33


Snow or icy conditions You need to keep sufficient distancebetween your vehicle and the vehicle infront of you.Apply the brakes gently. Speeding, rapidacceleration, sudden brake applications,and sharp turns are potentially very haz-ardous practices. During deceleration,use engine braking to the fullest extent.Sudden brake applications on snowy oricy roads may cause skids to occur.

To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it maybe necessary to use snow tires or toinstall tire chains on your tires.Always carry emergency equipment.Some of the items you may want to carryinclude tire chains, tow straps or chains,a flashlight, emergency flares, sand, ashovel, jumper cables, a window scraper,gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a blanket,etc.

Snow tires

If you mount snow tires on your vehicle,make sure to use radial tires of the samesize and load range as the original tires.Mount snow tires on all four wheels tobalance your vehicle’s handling in allweather conditions. The traction providedby snow tires on dry roads may not be ashigh as your vehicle's original equipmenttires. Check with the tire dealer for maxi-mum speed recommendations.

] NOTICEDo not install studded tires without firstchecking local and municipal regula-tions for possible restrictions againsttheir use.

WINTER DRIVING

1VQA3005

WARNING Snow tires should be equivalent insize and type to the vehicle's standardtires. Otherwise, the safety and han-dling of your vehicle may be adverse-ly affected.


347

Tire chains Since the sidewalls of radial tires arethinner than other types of tires, they maybe damaged by mounting some types oftire chains on them. Therefore, the use ofsnow tires is recommended instead oftire chains. Do not mount tire chains onvehicles equipped with aluminumwheels; if unavoidable use a wire typechain. If tire chains must be used, usegenuine HYUNDAI parts and install thetire chain after reviewing the instructionsprovided with the tire chains. Damage toyour vehicle caused by improper tirechain use is not covered by your vehiclemanufacturer’s warranty.

] NOTICE• Install tire chains on the front tires. It

should be noted that installing tirechains on the tires will provide agreater driving force, but will not pre-vent side skids.

• Do not install studded tires withoutfirst checking local and municipal reg-ulations for possible restrictionsagainst their use.

Chain installation

When installing tire chains, follow themanufacturer's instructions and mountthem as tightly possible. Drive slowly(less than 30 km/h (20 mph)) with chainsinstalled. If you hear the chains contact-ing the body or chassis, stop and tightenthem. If they still make contact, slowdown until the noise stops. Remove thetire chains as soon as you begin drivingon cleared roads.When mounting snow chains, park thevehicle on level ground away from traffic.Turn on the vehicle Hazard WarningFlasher and place a triangular emer-gency warning device behind the vehicleif available. Always place the vehicle in P(Park), apply the parking brake and turnoff the engine before installing snowchains.

1JBA4068

WARNING The use of tire chains may adverselyaffect vehicle handling:• Drive less than 30 km/h (20 mph) or

the chain manufacturer’s recom-mended speed limit, whichever islower.

• Drive carefully and avoid bumps,holes, sharp turns, and other roadhazards, which may cause the vehi-cle to bounce.

• Avoid sharp turns or locked wheelbraking.

7 35


CAUTIONWhen using tire chains:• Wrong size chains or improperly

installed chains can damage yourvehicle's brake lines, suspension,body and wheels.

• Use SAE “S” class or wire chains.• If you hear noise caused by chains

contacting the body, retighten thechain to prevent contact with thevehicle body.

• To prevent body damage, retightenthe chains after driving 0.5~1.0 km(0.3~0.6 miles).

• Do not use tire chains on vehiclesequipped with aluminum wheels. Ifunavoidable, use a wire type chain.

• Use wire chains less than 15 mm(0.59 in) wide to prevent damage tothe chain’s connection.


367

Two labels on your driver’s door sill showhow much weight your vehicle wasdesigned to carry: the Tire and LoadingInformation Label and the CertificationLabel.Before loading your vehicle, familiarizeyourself with the following terms fordetermining your vehicle's weight ratings,from the vehicle's specifications and theCertification Label:

Base Curb WeightThis is the weight of the vehicle includinga full tank of fuel and all standard equip-ment. It does not include passengers,cargo, or optional equipment.

Vehicle Curb WeightThis is the weight of your new vehiclewhen you picked it up from your dealerplus any aftermarket equipment.

Cargo WeightThis figure includes all weight added tothe Base Curb Weight, including cargoand optional equipment.

GAW (Gross Axle Weight)This is the total weight placed on eachaxle (front and rear) - including vehiclecurb weight and all payload.

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)This is the maximum allowable weightthat can be carried by a single axle (frontor rear). These numbers are shown onthe Certification Label. The total load oneach axle must never exceed its GAWR.

GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)This is the Base Curb Weight plus actualCargo Weight plus passengers weight.

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)This is the maximum allowable weight ofthe fully loaded vehicle (including alloptions, equipment, passengers andcargo). The GVWR is shown on theCertification Label located on the driver’sdoor sill.

Overloading

VEHICLE WEIGHT

WARNINGThe Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR) and the Gross VehicleWeight Rating (GVWR) for your vehi-cle are on the Certification Labelattached to the driver's (or front pas-senger’s) door. Exceeding these rat-ings can cause an accident or vehicledamage. You can calculate the weightof your load by weighing the items(and people) before putting them inthe vehicle. Be careful not to overloadyour vehicle.


ROAD WARNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2• Hazard warning flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

• If the engine stalls while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2• If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing. . . . . . . 8-2• If you have a flat tire while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3

IF THE ENGINE DOES NOT START . . . . . . . . . 8-3• If the engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly . 8-3• If the engine turns over normally but does not start. 8-3

JUMP STARTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

• Jack and tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8• Changing tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

TOWING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13• Towing service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13• Removable towing hook (front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14• Emergency towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15

8


28

ROAD WARNING

Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher serves as awarning to other drivers to exerciseextreme caution when approaching,overtaking, or passing your vehicle. It should be used whenever emergencyrepairs are being made or when the vehi-cle is stopped near the edge of a road-way.To turn the hazard warning flasher on oroff, press the hazard warning flasher but-ton with the ignition switch in any posi-tion. The button is located in the centerconsole switch panel. All turn signallights will flash simultaneously.

• The hazard warning flasher operateswhether your vehicle is running or not.

• The turn signals do not work when thehazard flasher is on.

If the engine stalls while driving• Reduce your speed gradually, keeping

a straight line. Move cautiously off theroad to a safe place.

• Turn on your hazard warning flashers.• Try to start the engine again. If your

vehicle will not start, we recommendthat you consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

If the engine stalls at a crossroad orcrossing• If the engine stalls at a crossroad or

crossing, set the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position and then push thevehicle to a safe location.

• If your vehicle has a manual transaxlenot equipped with a ignition lockswitch, the vehicle can move forwardby shifting to the 2(second) or 3(third)gear and then turning the starter with-out depressing the clutch pedal.

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCYWHILE DRIVING

OBA043027IN

8 3


If you have a flat tire while drivingIf a tire goes flat while you are driving:• Take your foot off the accelerator pedal

and let the vehicle slow down whiledriving straight ahead. Do not apply thebrakes immediately or attempt to pulloff the road as this may cause a loss ofcontrol. When the vehicle has slowedto such a speed that it is safe to do so,brake carefully and pull off the road.Drive off the road as far as possibleand park on a firm level ground. If youare on a divided highway, do not parkin the median area between the twotraffic lanes.

• When the vehicle is stopped, turn onyour hazard warning flashers, set theparking brake and put the transaxle inP (Park, for automatic transaxle vehi-cle) or reverse (for manual transaxlevehicle).

• Have all passengers get out of thevehicle. Be sure they all get out on theside of the vehicle that is away fromtraffic.

• When changing a flat tire, follow theinstruction provided later in this chap-ter.

If the engine doesn't turn over orturns over slowly• If your vehicle has an automatic

transaxle, be sure the shift lever is in N(Neutral) or P (Park) and the emer-gency brake is set.

• Check the battery connections to besure they are clean and tight.

• Turn on the interior light. If the lightdims or goes out when you operate thestarter, the battery is discharged.

Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it.See instructions for "Jump starting".

If the engine turns over normally butdoes not start• Check the fuel level.• With the ignition switch in the

LOCK/OFF position, check all connec-tors at the ignition coils and sparkplugs. Reconnect any that may be dis-connected or loose.

• Check the fuel line in the engine com-partment.

If the engine still does not start, we rec-ommend that you call an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

IF THE ENGINE DOES NOT START

WARNINGPush or pull starting may cause thecatalytic converter to overload whichcan lead to damage to the emissioncontrol system.


48

JUMP STARTING Jump starting can be dangerous if doneincorrectly. Follow the jump starting pro-cedure in this section to avoid seriousinjury or damage to your vehicle. If indoubt about how to properly jump startyour vehicle, we strongly recommendthat you have a service technician or tow-ing service do it for you.

WARNINGTo prevent SERIOUS INJURY orDEATH to you or bystanders, alwaysfollow these precautions when work-ing near or handling the battery:

Always read and followinstructions carefully whenhandling a battery.Wear eye protectiondesigned to protect the eyesfrom acid splashes.Keep all flames, sparks, orsmoking materials away fromthe battery.Hydrogen, a highly com-bustible gas, is always pres-ent in battery cells, is highlycombustible, and mayexplode if ignited. Keep batteries out of reach ofchildren.

Batteries contain sulfuric acidwhich is highly corrosive. Donot allow acid to contact youreyes, skin or clothing.

(Continued)(Continued)If acid gets into your eyes, flush your

eyes with clean water for at least 15minutes and get immediate medicalattention. If acid gets on your skin,thoroughly wash the area. If you feelpain or a burning sensation, get med-ical attention immediately.• When lifting a plastic-cased battery,

excessive pressure on the case maycause battery acid to leak. Lift with abattery carrier or with your hands onopposite corners.

• Do not attempt to jump start yourvehicle if your battery is frozen.

• NEVER attempt to recharge the bat-tery when the vehicle’s battery cablesare connected to the battery.

• The electrical ignition system workswith high voltage. NEVER touchthese components with the enginerunning or when the ignition switch isin the ON position.

(Continued)(Continued)• Do not allow the (+) and (-) jumper

cables to touch. It may causesparks.

• The battery may rupture or explode

CAUTION• Improper jump starting procedure

can result in battery explosion andacid burn hazard.

• Loosely connected battery cablescould damage the electronic controlunits.

• To disconnect battery terminals waitfor at least 2 minutes to allow dis-charge of high voltage or it couldlead to personal injury.

• While disconnecting, always discon-nect the -VE terminal first and Whileconnecting, always connect the -VEterminal last. .

8 5


] NOTICEAn inappropriately disposedbattery can be harmful to theenvironment and human health.Dispose the battery accordingto your local law(s) or regula-tion.

Jump starting procedure 1.Position the vehicles close enough that

the jumper cables will reach, but do notallow the vehicles to touch.

2.Avoid fans or any moving parts in theengine compartment at all times, evenwhen the vehicles are turned off.

3.Turn off all electrical devices such asradios, lights, air conditioning, etc. Putthe vehicles in P (Park, for automatictransaxle vehicle) or neutral (for manu-al transaxle vehicle), and set the park-ing brakes. Turn both vehicles OFF.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to your vehicle:• Only use a 12-volt power supply

(battery or jumper system) to jumpstart your vehicle.

• Do not attempt to jump start yourvehicle by push-starting.

when you jump start with a low orfrozen battery.

• Never attempt jump start if youobserve cracks, leaks or other dam-age on Battery.


68

4.Connect the jumper cables in the exactsequence shown in the illustration.First connect one jumper cable to thered, positive (+) jumper terminal ofyour vehicle (1).

5.Connect the other end of the jumpercable to the red, positive (+)battery/jumper terminal of the assistingvehicle (2).

6.Connect the second jumper cable tothe black, negative (-) battery/chassisground of the assisting vehicle (3).

7.Connect the other end of the secondjumper cable to the black, negative (-)chassis ground of your vehicle (4).Do not allow the jumper cables to con-tact anything except the correct batteryor jumper terminals or the correctground. Do not lean over the batterywhen making connections.

8.Start the engine of the assisting vehi-cle and let it run at approximately2,000 rpm for a few minutes. Then startyour vehicle.

If your vehicle will not start after a fewattempts, it probably requires servicing.In this event please seek qualified assis-tance. If the cause of your battery dis-charging is not apparent, we recommendthat your vehicle be checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Disconnect the jumper cables in theexact reverse order you connected them:1.Disconnect the jumper cable from the

black, negative (-) chassis ground ofyour vehicle (4).

2.Disconnect the other end of the jumpercable from the black, negative (-) bat-tery/chassis ground of the assistingvehicle (3).

3.Disconnect the second jumper cablefrom the red, positive (+)battery/jumper terminal of the assistingvehicle (2).

4.Disconnect the other end of the jumpercable from the red, positive (+) jumperterminal of your vehicle (1).

OLMB063002/Q

Jumper Terminal

Jumper Cables

Booster Battery

(-)

(+)

(+)(-)

WARNINGNever connect Jumper cable directlyto the negative (-) terminal of dis-charged Battery (Your VehicleBattery) or an Explosion may occur.

8 7


IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATSIf your temperature gauge indicates over-heating, you will experience a loss ofpower, or hear loud pinging or knockingsound, the engine may be overheating. Ifthis happens, you should:

1.Pull off the road and stop as soon as itis safe to do so.

2.Place the shift lever in P (Park, forautomatic transaxle vehicle) or neutral(for manual transaxle vehicle) and setthe parking brake. If the air condition-ing is ON, turn it OFF.

3. If engine coolant is running out underthe vehicle or steam is coming out fromthe hood, stop the engine. Do not openthe hood until the coolant has stoppedrunning or the steaming has stopped. Ifthere is no visible loss of enginecoolant and no steam, leave theengine running and check to be surethe engine cooling fan is operating. Ifthe fan is not running, turn the engineoff.

4.Check for coolant leaking from theradiator, hoses or under the vehicle. (Ifthe air conditioning had been in use, itis normal for cold water to be drainingfrom it when you stop.)

5. If engine coolant is leaking out, stopthe engine immediately and we recom-mend that you call an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer for assistance.

WARNINGWhile the engine is run-ning, keep hands, clothingand tools away from themoving parts such as thecooling fan and drive beltto prevent serious injury.

WARNINGNEVER remove the radia-tor cap or the drain plugwhile the engine and radi-ator are hot. Hot coolantand steam may blow out

under pressure, causing seriousinjury.Turn the engine off and wait until theengine cools down. Use extreme carewhen removing the radiator cap. Wrapa thick towel around it, and turn itcounterclockwise slowly to the firststop. Step back while the pressure isreleased from the cooling system.When you are sure all the pressurehas been released, press down on thecap, using a thick towel, and continueturning counterclockwise to remove it.


88

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE

Jack and tools(1) Jack (2) Jack handle(3) Wheel lug nut wrench(4) Towing hook

The spare tire, jack, jack handle,wheel lug nut wrench are stored inthe luggage compartment. Pull up the floor cover of the luggagecompartment to reach the jackbehind the spare tire. (if equipped)The jack is provided for emergencytire changing only.

Removing and storing the spare tire Turn the tire hold-down wing boltcounterclockwise.Store the tire in the reverse order ofremoval.To prevent the spare tire and toolsfrom “rattling” while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

OBA063014

OBA063001E

OBA063002

8 9


Changing tires 1.Park on a level, firm surface. 2.Move the shift lever into P (Park, for

automatic transaxle vehicle) or neutral(for manual transaxle vehicle), applythe parking brake, and place the igni-tion switch in the LOCK/OFF position.

3.Press the hazard warning flasher but-ton.

4.Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,jack, jack handle, and spare tire fromthe vehicle.

5.Block both the front and rear of the tirediagonally opposite of the tire you arechanging.

WARNINGA vehicle can slip or roll off of a jackcausing serious injury or death to youor those nearby. Take the followingsafety precautions:• Do not get under a vehicle that is

supported by a jack.• NEVER attempt to change a tire in

the lane of traffic. ALWAYS movethe vehicle completely off the roadon level, firm ground away from traf-fic before trying to change a tire. Ifyou cannot find a level, firm placeoff the road, call a towing service forassistance.

• Be sure to use the jack providedwith the vehicle.

• ALWAYS place the jack on the des-ignated jacking positions on thevehicle and NEVER on the bumpersor any other part of the vehicle forjacking support.

• Do not start or run the engine whilethe vehicle is on the jack.

• Do not allow anyone to remain inthe vehicle while it is on the jack.

• Keep children away from the roadand the vehicle.

OBA066003L

OBA067003

n 5 Door

n 4 Door


108

6.Loosen the wheel lug nuts counter-clockwise one turn each in the ordershown above, but do not remove anylug nuts until the tire has been raisedoff of the ground.

7.Place the jack at the designated jack-ing position under the frame closest tothe tire you are changing. The jackingpositions are plates welded to theframe with two tabs and a raised dot.Never jack any other position or part ofthe vehicle.

8. Insert the jack handle into the jack andturn it clockwise, raising the vehicleuntil the tire clears the ground. Makesure the vehicle is stable on the jack.

OBA063004 OBA066005L OBA063006

8 11


9.Loosen the lug nuts with the wheel lugnut wrench and remove them with yourfingers. Remove the wheel from thestuds and lay it flat on the ground outof the way. Remove any dirt or debrisfrom the studs, mounting surfaces, andwheel.

10. Install the spare tire onto the studs ofthe hub.

11. Tighten the lug nuts with your fingersonto the studs with the smaller end ofthe lug nuts closest to the wheel.

12. Lower the vehicle to the ground byturning the jack handle counterclock-wise.

13. Use the wheel lug nut wrench to tight-en the lug nuts in the order shown.Double-check each lug nut until theyare tight. After changing tires, we rec-ommend that an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer tighten the lug nutsto their proper torque as soon as pos-sible. The wheel lug nut should betightened to 11~13 kg.m (79~94lb.ft).

If you have a tire gauge, check thetire pressure (see “Tires and Wheels”in chapter 8 for tire pressure instruc-tions.). If the pressure is lower orhigher than recommended, driveslowly to the nearest service stationand adjust it to the recommendedpressure. Always reinstall the valvecap after checking or adjusting tirepressure. If the cap is not replaced,air may leak from the tire. If you losea valve cap, buy another and install itas soon as possible. After changingtires, secure the flat tire and returnthe jack and tools to their proper stor-age locations.

] NOTICECheck the tire pressure as soon as possi-ble after installing a spare tire. Adjust itto the recommended pressure.

OBA063007


128

If any of the equipment such as the jack,lug nuts, studs, or other equipment isdamaged or in poor condition, do notattempt to change the tire and call forassistance.

CAUTIONYour vehicle has metric threads on thestuds and lug nuts. Make certain dur-ing tire changing that the same nutsthat were removed are reinstalled. Ifyou have to replace your lug nutsmake sure they have metric threads toavoid damaging the studs and ensurethe wheel is properly secured to thehub. We recommend that you consultan authorized HYUNDAI dealer forassistance.

8 13


TOWING

Towing serviceIf emergency towing is necessary, werecommend having it done by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercialtow-truck service. Proper lifting and tow-ing procedures are necessary to preventdamage to the vehicle. The use of wheeldollies or flatbed is recommended.It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with therear wheels on the ground (without dol-lies) and the front wheels off the ground.

If any of the loaded wheels or suspen-sion components are damaged or thevehicle is being towed with the frontwheels on the ground, use a towing dollyunder the front wheels.When being towed by a commercial towtruck and wheel dollies are not used, thefront of the vehicle should always be lift-ed, not the rear.

OPA067015

OPA067016

OPA067017

CAUTION• Do not tow the vehicle with the front

wheels on the ground as this maycause damage to the vehicle.

• Do not tow with sling-type equip-ment. Use wheel lift or flatbed equip-ment.

dolly


148

When towing your vehicle in an emer-gency without wheel dollies : 1. Place the ignition switch in the ACC

position.2. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).3. Release the parking brake.

Removable towing hook (front) (if equipped)5 Door1. Open the tailgate, and remove the tow-

ing hook from the tool bag.2. Remove the hole cover pressing the

lower part of the cover on the frontbumper.

4 Door1.Open the trunk, and remove the towing

hook from the tool bag. 2.Remove the hole cover on the front

bumper by turning the grip counter-clockwise. The grip is provided in the tool bag.

3. Install the towing hook by turning itclockwise into the hole until it is fullysecured.

4.Remove the towing hook and installthe cover after use.

CAUTIONFailure to place the shift lever in N(Neutral) when being towed with thefront wheels on the ground can causeinternal damage to the transaxle. OBA067012L OBA067011L

8 15


Emergency towingIf towing is necessary, we recommendyou to have it done by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer or a commercial towtruck service. If towing service is not available in anemergency, your vehicle may be tem-porarily towed using a cable or chainsecured to the emergency towing hookunder the front (or rear) of the vehicle.

Use extreme caution when towing thevehicle. A driver must be in the vehicle tosteer it and operate the brakes.Towing in this manner may be done onlyon hard-surfaced roads for a short dis-tance and at low speeds. Also, thewheels, axles, power train, steering andbrakes must all be in good condition.Always follow these emergency towingprecautions:• Place the ignition switch in the ACC

position so the steering wheel is notlocked.

• Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).• Release the parking brake.• Depress the brake pedal with more

force than normal since you will havereduced braking performance.

• More steering effort will be requiredbecause the power steering systemwill be disabled.

• Use a vehicle heavier than your own totow your vehicle.

• The drivers of both vehicles shouldcommunicate with each other frequent-ly.

• Before emergency towing, check thatthe hook is not broken or damaged.

• Fasten the towing cable or chainsecurely to the hook.

• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady andeven force.

OBA067011L

OBA066013L

n Front (if equipped)

n Rear


168

• Use a towing cable or chain less than5 m (16 feet) long. Attach a white or redcloth (about 30 cm (12 inches) wide) inthe middle of the cable or chain foreasy visibility.

• Drive carefully so the towing cable orchain remains tight during towing.

• Before towing, check the automatictransaxle for fluid leaks under yourvehicle. If the automatic transaxle fluidis leaking, flatbed equipment or a tow-ing dolly must be used.

OPA067014

CAUTIONTo avoid damage to your vehicle andvehicle components when towing:• Always pull straight ahead when

using the towing hooks. Do not pullfrom the side or at a vertical angle.

• Do not use the towing hooks to pulla vehicle out of mud, sand or otherconditions from which the vehiclecannot be driven out under its ownpower.

• Limit the vehicle speed to 15 km/h(10 mph) and drive less than 1.5 km(1 mile) when towing to avoid seri-ous damage to the automatictransaxle.

Maintenance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3• Petrol engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2• Diesel engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3

MAINTENANCE SERVICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5• OwnerÊs responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5• Owner maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5

OWNER MAINTENANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7• Owner maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE. . . . . 9-9• Maintenance schedule (for Petrol) engine. . . . . . . . . 9-10• Maintenance schedule (for Diesel) engine. . . . . . . . . 9-16

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24ENGINE OIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27

• Checking the engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27• Changing the engine oil and filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28

ENGINE COOLANT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29• Checking the engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29• Changing the engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31

BRAKE/CLUTCH FLUID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32• Checking the brake/clutch fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID . . . . . . . . . 9-33• Checking the automatic transaxle fluid level . . . . . 9-33• Changing the automatic transaxle fluid . . . . . . . . . . 9-34

WASHER FLUID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35• Checking the washer fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35

PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35• Checking the parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35

FUEL FILTER (FOR DIESEL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36• Draining water from the fuel filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36• Extracting air from the fuel filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36• Fuel filter cartridge replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-37

AIR CLEANER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-38• Filter replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-38

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER . . . . . . . . . 9-40• Filter inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-40

WIPER BLADES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-42• Blade inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-42• Blade replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-42

BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-45• For best battery service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-45• Battery capacity label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-46• Battery recharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-46• Reset items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-47

TIRES AND WHEELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-48• Tire care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-48• Recommended cold tire inflation pressures . . . . . . . 9-48• Checking tire inflation pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-50• Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-51• Wheel alignment and tire balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-52• Tire replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-52• Wheel replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-53

9


• Tire traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-53• Tire maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-53• Tire sidewall labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-54• Low aspect ratio tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-57

FUSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-59• Instrument panel fuse replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-60• Engine compartment panel fuse replacement . . . . . 9-62• Main fuse (multi fuse) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-62• Fuse/relay panel description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-63

LIGHT BULBS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-71• Headlight, position light, turn signal light, and

front fog light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-72• Side repeater light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-74• Rear combination light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . 9-74• High mounted stop light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-75• License plate light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-76• Interior light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-76

APPEARANCE CARE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-77• Exterior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-77• Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-82

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-85• Crankcase emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-85• Evaporative emission control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-85• Exhaust emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-86

9


9 3

Maintenance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

n Petrol engine

OBA013006R


1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir

4. Air cleaner

5. Fuse box

6. Positive battery terminal

7. Negative battery terminal

8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

9. Radiator cap

10. Engine oil dipstick


Maintenance

49

OBA013007R

1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir

4. Air cleaner

5. Fuse box

6. Positive battery terminal

7. Negative battery terminal

8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

9. Radiator cap

10. Engine oil dipstick

11. Fuel filter

n Diesel engine



9 5

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE SERVICESYou should exercise the utmost care toprevent damage to your vehicle andinjury to yourself whenever performingany maintenance or inspection proce-dures.Inadequate, incomplete or insufficientservicing may result in operational prob-lems with your vehicle that could lead tovehicle damage, an accident, or person-al injury.

Owner’s responsibility ] NOTICEMaintenance Service and RecordRetention are the owner's responsibility.

We recommend in general that you haveyour vehicle serviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.You should retain documents that showproper maintenance has been performedon your vehicle in accordance with thescheduled maintenance service chartsshown on the following pages. You needthis information to establish your compli-ance with the servicing and maintenancerequirements of your vehicle warranties.Detailed warranty information is providedin your Service Passport.Repairs and adjustments required as aresult of improper maintenance or a lackof required maintenance are not coveredwhen your vehicle is covered by warran-ty.

Owner maintenance precautions Improper or incomplete service mayresult in problems. This section givesinstructions only for the maintenanceitems that are easy to perform.

] NOTICEImproper owner maintenance duringthe warranty period may affect warran-ty coverage. For details, read theHyundai warranty policy in Chapter 2.If you're unsure about any servicing ormaintenance procedure, we recommendthat the system be serviced by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.


Maintenance

69

WARNING - Maintenancework

• Performing maintenance work on avehicle can be dangerous. You canbe seriously injured while perform-ing some maintenance procedures.If you lack sufficient knowledge andexperience or the proper tools andequipment to do the work, we rec-ommend that the system be serv-iced by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

• Working under the hood with theengine running is dangerous. Itbecomes even more dangerouswhen you wear jewelry or looseclothing. These can become entan-gled in moving parts and result ininjury. Therefore, if you must run theengine while working under thehood, make certain that you removeall jewelry (especially rings,bracelets, watches, and necklaces)and all neckties, scarves, and simi-lar loose clothing before gettingnear the engine or cooling fans.

WARNING - Diesel EngineNever work on the injection systemwith the engine running or within 30seconds after shutting off the engine.High-pressure pump, rail, injectorsand high-pressure pipes are subject tohigh pressure even after the enginestopped. The fuel jet produced by fuelleaks may cause serious injury, if ittouches the body. People using pace-makers should not move more than30cm closer to the ECU or wiring har-ness within the engine room while theengine is running, since the high cur-rents in the electronic engine controlsystem produce considerable magnet-ic fields.


9 7

Maintenance

OWNER MAINTENANCE The following lists are vehicle checks andinspections that should be performed atthe frequencies indicated to help ensuresafe, dependable operation of your vehi-cle.Any adverse conditions should bebrought to the attention of your dealer assoon as possible.These Owner Maintenance Checks aregenerally not covered by warranties andyou may be charged for labor, parts andlubricants used.

Owner maintenance schedule When you stop for fuel:• Check the engine oil level.• Check the coolant level in the coolant

reservoir.• Check the windshield washer fluid

level.• Look for low or under-inflated tires.

While operating your vehicle:• Note any changes in the sound of the

exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumesin the vehicle.

• Check for vibrations in the steeringwheel. Notice any increased steeringeffort or looseness in the steeringwheel, or change in its straight-aheadposition.

• Notice if your vehicle constantly turnsslightly or “pulls” to one side when trav-eling on smooth, level road.

• When stopping, listen and check forunusual sounds, pulling to one side,increased brake pedal travel or “hard-to-push” brake pedal.

• If any slipping or changes in the oper-ation of your transaxle occurs, checkthe transaxle fluid level.

• Check automatic transaxle P (Park)function.

• Check the parking brake.• Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle

(water dripping from the air condition-ing system during or after use is nor-mal).

WARNING Be careful when checking your enginecoolant level when the engine is hot.Scalding hot coolant and steam mayblow out under pressure. This couldcause burns or other serious injury.


Maintenance

89

At least monthly:• Check the coolant level in the engine

coolant reservoir.• Check the operation of all exterior

lights, including the stoplights, turn sig-nals and hazard warning flashers.

• Check the inflation pressures of alltires including the spare.

At least twice a year (i.e., every Spring and Fall) :• Check the radiator, heater and air con-

ditioning hoses for leaks or damage.• Check the windshield washer spray

and wiper operation. Clean the wiperblades with clean cloth dampened withwasher fluid.

• Check the headlight alignment.• Check the muffler, exhaust pipes,

shields and clamps.• Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear

and function.• Check for worn tires and loose wheel

lug nuts.

At least once a year :• Clean the body and door drain holes.• Lubricate the door hinges and checks,

and hood hinges.• Lubricate the door and hood locks and

latches.• Lubricate the door rubber weather-

strips.• Check the air conditioning system.• Inspect and lubricate the automatic

transaxle linkage and controls.• Clean the battery and terminals.• Check the brake (and clutch) fluid

level.


9 9

Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE Follow the Normal MaintenanceSchedule if the vehicle is usually operat-ed where none of the following conditionsapply. If any of the following conditionsapply, follow Maintenance Under SevereUsage Conditions.Repeated driving short distance of less

than 8 km (5 miles) in normal tempera-ture or less than 16 km(10 miles) infreezing temperature

• Extensive engine idling or low speeddriving for long distances

• Driving on rough, dusty, muddy,unpaved, graveled or salt-spreadroads

• Driving in areas using salt or other cor-rosive materials or in very cold weath-er

• Driving in the condition of inflowingsand or dust into engine

• Driving in heavy traffic area• Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain

road repeatedly• Towing a trailer or using a camper, or

roof rack• Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other com-

mercial use of vehicle towing• Driving over 170 km/h (106 mile/h)• Frequently driving in stop-and-go con-

dition

If your vehicle is operated under theabove conditions, you should inspect,replace or refill more frequently than thefollowing Normal Maintenance Schedule.After the periods or distance shown inthe chart, continue to follow the pre-scribed maintenance intervals.


Maintenance

109

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - PETROL ENGINE

*1 : Check the engine oil level and leak every 500 km (350miles) or before starting a long trip.

*2 : Driving in ambient temperature over 40 °C (104 °F) or driv-ing at constant highway speeds must conform the severedriving condition.

*3 : The engine oil level should be checked regularly and main-tained properly. Operating with an insufficient amount of oilcan damage the engine, and such damage is not coveredby warranty.

*4 : Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibrationand adjust if necessary. We recommend that an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer should perform the operation.

*5 : When adding coolant, use only a qualified coolant additivefor your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolantfilled at the factory. An improper coolant mixture can resultin serious malfunction or engine damage.

*6 : Manual transaxle fluid should be changed anytime the vehi-cle has been submerged in water.

*7 : If good quality petrols that meet Europe Fuel standards(EN228) or equivalents including fuel additives is not avail-able, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives areavailable from your authorised HYUNDAI dealer along withinformation on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

*8 : Maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there aresome important matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, difficulty in starting problems etc, we recommend replacing the fuel filter immediately regardlessof the maintenance schedule and consulting with an autho-rised HYUNDAI dealer for details.

*9 : Inspect drive belt tensioner, idler & alternator pulley, Starterand all chassis electrical items. Correct or replace, if nec-essary.

*10 : For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's intervalwhen you do maintenance of other items.

The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for allvehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both kilometres and time are shown, the frequency of service is deter-mined by whichever occurs first.


9 11

Maintenance

I : Inspect and if necessary adjust, top-up, clean or replace C: Clean and Replace if necessaryR : Replace

Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first

Kms×1,000 1.5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

Months 2 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

Years - 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ENGINE BAY

Engine oil & filter*1 *2 *3 I R R R R R R R R

Engine Timing Chain / belt - - - - - - - - -

Air cleaner filter - C C R C C R C C

Battery condition & specific gravity - I I I I I I I I

Throttle body - C C C C C C C C

Spark plugs* 10 - Clean at every 10,000 km or 12 months. Replace at every 160,000 Km or 120 months

Crankcase ventilation hose I I I I I I I I I

Tensioner/idler/damper pulley Inspect when replacing the drive belt or timing belt/chain

Power steering fluid and hoses Not applicable

Brake/Clutch fluid I I I R I I R I I

Engine coolant (topup & specific gravity)* 5 Inspect at every service;

Replace first at 210,000 Km or 120 months; then at every 120,000 Km or 120 months

Manual transaxle fluid* 6 - - - - - - I - -

Automatic transaxle fluid No check, No service required

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - PETROL ENGINE (CONT.)

MAINTENANCEINTERVALS

MAINTENANCEITEM


Maintenance

129


Kms×1,000 1.5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

Months 2 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

Years - 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

VEHICLE ON FLOOR

Wiper (wiper blade , washer fluid) I I I I I I I I I

Brake/Clutch (Pedal free play/Pipes/Hoses/Connectors) I I I I I I I I I

Fuel filler cap - I I I I I I I I

Climate control air filter I C R C R C R C R

Check AC system (refrigerant/Compressor) I I I I I I I I I

Cooling system (water pump,hoses) & leakage I I I I I I I I I

VEHICLE ON LIFT

Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I I I I I I I I I

Exhaust system I I I I I I I I I

Fuel filter*8 - - - I - - R - -

Charcoal canister - - - - - - I - -

Fuel tank air filter Not applicable

Front & rear suspension (linkages & ball joints) I I I I I I I I I

I : Inspect and if necessary adjust, top-up, clean or replaceR : Replace C : Clean and replace if necessary



MAINTENANCEITEM


9 13

Maintenance


Kms×1,000 1.5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

Months 2 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

Years - 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Fuel lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I I

Driveshafts & boots I I I I I I I I I

Fluid leakages I I I I I I I I I

Front and rear wheel bearings & bushes Inspect if required

Front and rear disc/drum brakes & pads I I I I I I I I I

Parking brake (disc ,shoe & operation) I I I I I I I I I

Wheel Alignment & Balancing - Inspect if required

Tyre Pressure,condition & rotation - TR TR TR TR TR TR TR TR

FINAL CHECKS

Bolt and nuts on chasis and body I I I I I I I I I

Lubricate locks & hinges I L L L L L L L L

Check all electrical systems (Drive belts ,alternator)*9 I I I I I I I I I

Warning lights operation & G-Scan system check I I I I I I I I I

Ext & int. lights, horn & gauges I I I I I I I I I

I : Inspect and if necessary adjust, top-up, clean or replace L : LubricateR : Replace TR : Tyre Rotation



MAINTENANCEITEM


Maintenance

149


Kms×1,000 1.5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

Months 2 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

Years - 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Power window / Sunroof operation (if equipped) I I I I I I I I I

All seat belt operation I I I I I I I I I

Road test Inspect if required

I : Inspect and if necessary adjust, top-up, clean or replace L : LubricateR : Replace TR : Tyre Rotation


MAINTENANCEITEM



9 15

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS - PETROL ENGINE The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace R : Replace or change

Engine oil and engine R

A, B, C, D, E,

oil filter F, G, H, I, J

Air cleaner filter R C, E

Spark plugs R B, H

Manual transaxle fluid R Every 120,000 kms C, D, E, G, H, I, J

(if equipped)

Automatic transaxle fluid R Every 100,000 kms

A, C, D, E, F,

(if equipped) G, H, I, J

Steering gear rack, I C, D, E, F, G

linkage and boots

Maintenance item Maintenanceoperation

Maintenance intervals Driving condition

Replace more frequently depending on the condition

Replace every 5.000 km or 6 months

Inspect more frequently depending on the condition



Maintenance

169

Severe driving conditions

A : Repeated short distance drivingB : Extensive idlingC : Driving in dusty, rough roadsD : Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive

materials or in very cold weatherE : Driving in the condition of inflowing sand or dust into

engine

F : Driving in heavy traffic areaG : Driving in mountainous areas.H : Towing a trailerI : Driving for patrol car, taxi, commercial car or vehicle tow-

ingJ : Driving over 170 km/h (106 mile/h)

Front suspension ball joints I C, D, E, F, G

Disc brakes and pads, calipers and rotors I C, D, E, G, H

Drum brakes and linlings (if equipped) I C, D, E, G, H

Parking brake I C, D, G, H

Driveshaft and boots I C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

Climate control air filter (if equipped) R C, E

Maintenance item Maintenanceoperation








MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS - PETROL ENGINE


9 17

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - FOR DIESEL ENGINEThe following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for allvehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both kilometres and time are shown, the frequency of service is deter-mined by whichever occurs first.

*1 : Check the engine oil level and leak every 500 km (350miles) or before starting a long trip.

*2 : Driving in ambient temperature over 40 °C (104 °F) or driv-ing at constant highway speeds must conform the severedriving condition.

*3 : The engine oil level should be checked regularly and main-tained properly. Operating with an insufficient amount of oilcan damage the engine, and such damage is not coveredby warranty.

*4 : Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibrationand adjust if necessary. We recommend that an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer should perform the operation.

*5 : When adding coolant, use only deionised water or softwater for your vehicle and never mix hard water in thecoolant filled at the factory. An improper coolant mixture canresult in serious malfunction or engine damage.

*6 : Manual transaxle fluid should be changed anytime the vehi-cle has been submerged in water.

*7 : If good quality petrols that meet Europe Fuel standards(EN228) or equivalents including fuel additives is not avail-able, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives areavailable from your authorised HYUNDAI dealer along withinformation on how to use them. Do not mix other additives

*8 : Maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there aresome important matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, difficulty in starting problems etc, we recommend replacing the fuel filter immediately regardlessof the maintenance schedule and consulting with an autho-rised HYUNDAI dealer for details.

*9 : Inspect drive belt tensioner, idler & alternator pulley, Starterand all chassis electrical items. Correct or replace, if nec-essary.


Maintenance

189

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - DIESEL ENGINE


Kms×1,000 1.5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

Months 2 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

Years - 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ENGINE BAY

Engine oil & filter*1 *2 *3 I R R R R R R R R

Drive belts - - - - I - - - I

Air cleaner filter - C R C R C R C R

Battery condition & specific gravity - I I I I I I I I

Crankcase ventilation hose I I I I I I I I I

Tensioner/idler/damper pulley Inspect when replacing the drive belt or timing belt/chain

Power steering fluid and hoses Not applicable

Brake/Clutch fluid I I I I I I I I I

Engine coolant (topup & specific gravity)* 5 Inspect at every service;

Replace first at 210,000 Km or 120 months; then at every 120,000 Km or 120 months

Manual transaxle fluid* 6 - - - - - - I - -

Automatic transaxle fluid Not applicable

I : Inspect and if necessary adjust, top-up, clean or replace C : Clean and Replace if necessaryR : Replace


MAINTENANCEITEM


9 19

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - DIESEL ENGINE (CONT.)


Kms×1,000 1.5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

Months 2 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

Years - 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

VEHICLE ON FLOOR

Wiper (wiper blade , washer fluid) I I I I I I I I I

Brake/Clutch (pedal free play/pipes/hoses/connectors) I I I I I I I I I

Fuel filler cap - I I I I I I I I

Climate control air filter I C R C R C R C R

Check AC system (refrigerant/compressor) I I I I I I I I I

Cooling system (water pump,hoses) & leakage I I I I I I I I I

VEHICLE ON LIFT

4WD Shaft Differential Transfer case oil (if applicable) Not applicable

Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I I I I I I I I I

Exhaust system I I I I I I I I I

Fuel filter cartridge*8 - - R - R - R - R

Fuel tank air filter Not applicable

Front & rear suspension (linkages & ball joints) I I I I I I I I I

I : Inspect and if necessary adjust, top-up, clean or replace A : AddR : Replace C : Clean and replace if necessary


MAINTENANCEITEM


Maintenance

209



Kms×1,000 1.5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

Months 2 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

Years - 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Fuel lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I I

Driveshafts & boots I I I I I I I I I

Fluid leakages I I I I I I I I I

Front and rear wheel bearings & bushes Inspect if required

Front and rear disc/drum brakes & pads I I I I I I I I I

Parking brake (disc, shoe & operation) I I I I I I I I I

Wheel Alignment & Balancing (If required) - Inspect if required

Tyre pressure, condition & rotation - TR TR TR TR TR TR TR TR

FINAL CHECKS

Bolt and nuts on chasis and body I I I I I I I I I

Lubricate locks & hinges I L L L L L L L L

Check all electrical systems (Drive belts ,alternator)*9 I I I I I I I I I

Warning lights operation & G-Scan system check I I I I I I I I I

Ext & Int. lights, horn & gauges I I I I I I I I I

I : Inspect and if necessary adjust, top-up, clean or replace A : Add L : LubricateR : Replace TR : Tyre Rotation


MAINTENANCEITEM


9 21

Maintenance


Kms×1,000 1.5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

Months 2 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

Years - 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Power window / Sunroof operation (if equipped) I I I I I I I I I

All seat belt operation I I I I I I I I I

Road test Inspect if required

I : Inspect and if necessary adjust, top-up, clean or replace A:Add L : LubricateR : Replace TR : Tyre Rotation



MAINTENANCEITEM


Maintenance

229

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS - DIESEL ENGINEThe following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.R : Replace I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace

MAINTENANCE ITEM Maintenanceoperation



Engine oil and engine oil filter R Every 5,000 kms or 6 monthsA, B, C, F, G,

H, I, J, K, L

Air cleaner filter R C, E

Manual transaxle fluid (if equipped) R Every 120,000 kms C, D, E, G, H, I, K

Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I C, D, E, F, GInspect more frequently

depending on the condition


9 23

Maintenance

Front suspension ball joints I C, D, E, F, G

Disc brakes and pads, calipers and rotors I C, D, E, G, H

Parking brake I C, D, G, H

Drive shaft and boots IC, D, E, F, G, H,

I, J, K, L

Climate control air filter (if equipped) R C, E

MAINTENANCE ITEM Maintenanceoperation







Severe driving conditions

A : Repeated short distance drivingB : Extensive idlingC : Driving in dusty, rough roadsD : Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive

materials or in very cold weatherE : Driving in the condition of inflowing sand or dust into

engineF : Driving in heavy traffic area

G : Driving in mountainous areasH : Towing a trailerI : Driving for patrol car, taxi, commercial car or vehicle tow-

ingJ : Driving in very cold weatherK : Driving over 170 km/h (106 mile/h)L : Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS - DIESEL ENGINE


Maintenance

249

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMSEngine oil and filterThe engine oil and filter should bechanged at the intervals specified in themaintenance schedule. If the vehicle isbeing driven in severe conditions, morefrequent oil and filter changes arerequired.

Drive beltsInspect all drive belts for evidence ofcuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil satu-ration and replace if necessary. Drivebelts should be checked periodically forproper tension and adjusted as neces-sary.

Fuel filter (cartridge)A clogged filter can limit the speed atwhich the vehicle may be driven, damagethe emission system and cause multipleissues such as hard starting. If an exces-sive amount of foreign matter accumu-lates in the fuel tank, the filter mayrequire replacement more frequently.After installing a new filter, run the enginefor several minutes, and check for leaksat the connections. We recommend thatthe fuel filter be replaced by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connec-tionsCheck the fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nections for leakage and damage. Werecommend that the fuel lines, fuel hosesand connectionsr be replaced by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING - Diesel onlyNever work on the injection systemwith the engine running or within 30seconds after shutting off the engine.High pressure pump, rail, injectorsand high pressure pipes are subject tohigh pressure even after the enginestops. The fuel jet produced by fuelleaks may cause serious injury, if ittouches the body. People using pace-makers should not move more than30cm closer to the ECU or wiring har-ness within the engine room while theengine is running, since the high cur-rents in the Common Rail system pro-duce considerable magnetic fields.


9 25

Maintenance

Vapor hose and fuel filler capThe vapor hose and fuel filler cap shouldbe inspected at those intervals specifiedin the maintenance schedule. Make surethat a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap iscorrectly replaced.

Vacuum crankcase ventilationhoses (if equipped)Inspect the surface of hoses for evidenceof heat and/or mechanical damage. Hardand brittle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts,abrasions, and excessive swelling indi-cate deterioration. Particular attentionshould be paid to examine those hosesurfaces nearest to high heat sources,such as the exhaust manifold.Inspect the hose routing to assure thatthe hoses do not come in contact withany heat source, sharp edges or movingcomponent which might cause heat dam-age or mechanical wear. Inspect all hoseconnections, such as clamps and cou-plings, to make sure they are secure, andthat no leaks are present. Hoses shouldbe replaced immediately if there is anyevidence of deterioration or damage.

Air cleaner filterWhen replacing the air cleaner filter, werecommend that you use HYUNDAI gen-uine parts.

Spark plugs (for Petrol engine)Make sure to install new spark plugs ofthe correct heat range.

Cooling systemCheck the cooling system components,such as the radiator, coolant reservoir,hoses and connections for leakage anddamage. Replace any damaged parts.

Engine coolantThe engine coolant should be changedat the intervals specified in the mainte-nance schedule.

Manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)Inspect the manual transaxle fluidaccording to the maintenance schedule.

Automatic transaxle fluid (if equipped)Inspect the automatic transaxle fluidaccording to the maintenance schedule.


Maintenance

269

Brake hoses and linesVisually check for proper installation,chafing, cracks, deterioration and anyleakage. Replace any deteriorated ordamaged parts immediately.

Brake fluidCheck the brake fluid level in the brakefluid reservoir. The level should bebetween “MIN” and “MAX” marks on theside of the reservoir. Use only hydraulicbrake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT4 specification.

Parking brakeInspect the parking brake system includ-ing the parking brake lever (or pedal) andcables.

Rear brake drums and liningsCheck the rear brake drums and liningsfor scoring, burning, leaking fluid, brokenparts, and excessive wear.

Brake pads, calipers and rotorsCheck the pads for excessive wear, discsfor run out and wear, and calipers for fluidleakage.

Suspension mounting boltsCheck the suspension connections forlooseness or damage. Retighten to thespecified torque.

Steering gear box, linkage &boots/lower arm ball jointWith the vehicle stopped and engine off,check for excessive free-play in thesteering wheel.Check the linkage for bends or damage.Check the dust boots and ball joints fordeterioration, cracks, or damage.Replace any damaged parts.

Drive shafts and bootsCheck the drive shafts, boots and clampsfor cracks, deterioration, or damage.Replace any damaged parts and, if nec-essary, repack the grease.

Air conditioning refrigerant Check the air conditioning lines and con-nections for leakage and damage.


9 27

Maintenance

ENGINE OIL

Checking the engine oil level 1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground.2. Start the engine and allow it to reach

normal operating temperature.3. Turn the engine off and wait for a few

minutes (about 5 minutes) for the oil toreturn to the oil pan.

4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, andre-insert it fully.

5. Pull the dipstick out again and checkthe level. The level should be betweenF and L.

6. If it is near or at L, add enough oil tobring the level to F. Do not overfill.

Use a funnel to help prevent oil frombeing spilled on engine components.

Use only the specified engine oil. (Referto “Recommended lubricants and capac-ities” in chapter 10.)

WARNING - Radiator hoseBe very careful not to touch the radia-tor hose when checking or adding theengine oil as it may be hot enough toburn you.

CAUTION - Diesel engineOverfilling the engine oil may causesevere dieseling due to churningeffect. It may lead to engine damageaccompanied with abrupt enginespeed increment, combustion noiseand white smoke emission.

CAUTIONDo not overfill the engine oil. It maydamage the engine.

OBA073002

OBA073033R

n Petrol engine

n Diesel engineOBA073003R

OBA073034R

n Petrol engine

n Diesel engine


Maintenance

289

Changing the engine oil and filterWe recommend that the engine oil andfilter be replaced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

WARNINGUsed engine oil may cause skin irrita-tion or cancer if left in contact with theskin for prolonged periods of time.Used engine oil contains chemicalsthat have caused cancer in laboratoryanimals. Always protect your skin bywashing your hands thoroughly withsoap and warm water as soon as pos-sible after handling used oil.


9 29

Maintenance

ENGINE COOLANTThe high-pressure cooling system has areservoir filled with year round antifreezecoolant. The reservoir is filled at the fac-tory.Check the antifreeze protection andcoolant level at least once a year, at thebeginning of the winter season, andbefore traveling to a colder climate.

Checking the engine coolant level

WARNINGRemoving radiator cap

• Never attempt to remove the radia-tor cap while the engine is operatingor hot. Doing so might lead to cool-ing system and engine damage andcould result in serious personalinjury from escaping hot coolant orsteam.

• Turn the engine off and wait until itcools down. Use extreme carewhen removing the radiator cap.Wrap a thick towel around it, andturn it counterclockwise slowly tothe first stop. Step back while thepressure is released from the cool-ing system. When you are sure allthe pressure has been released,press down on the cap, using a thicktowel, and continue turning counter-clockwise to remove it.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Even if the engine is not operating,

do not remove the radiator cap orthe drain plug while the engine andradiator are hot. Hot coolant andsteam may still blow out under pres-sure, causing serious injury.

WARNING The electric motor (cool-ing fan) is controlled byengine coolant tempera-ture, refrigerant pressureand vehicle speed. It may

sometimes operate even when theengine is not running. Use extremecaution when working near the bladesof the cooling fan so that you are notinjured by a rotating fan blades. As theengine coolant temperature decreas-es, the electric motor will automatical-ly shut off. This is a normal condition.


Maintenance

309

Check the condition and connections ofall cooling system hoses and heaterhoses. Replace any swollen or deterio-rated hoses.The coolant level should be filledbetween F (MAX) and L (MIN) marks onthe side of the coolant reservoir when theengine is cool.

If the coolant level is low, add enoughspecified coolant to provide protectionagainst freezing and corrosion. Bring thelevel to F (MAX), but do not overfill.If frequent additions are required, we rec-ommend that the system be inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Recommended engine coolant• Use only soft (distilled) water in the

coolant mixture.• The engine in your vehicle has alu-

minum engine parts and must be pro-tected by an ethylene-glycol-basedcoolant to prevent corrosion and freez-ing.

• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanolcoolant or mix them with the specifiedcoolant.

• Do not use a solution that containsmore than 60% antifreeze or less than35% antifreeze, which would reducethe effectiveness of the solution.

For mixture percentage, refer to the fol-lowing table.

AmbientTemperature

Mixture Percentage (volume)

Antifreeze Water

-15°C (5°F) 35 65

-25°C (-13°F) 40 60

-35°C (-31°F) 50 50

-45°C (-49°F) 60 40

OBA073004

OBA073036R

n Petrol engine

n Diesel engine


9 31

Maintenance

Changing the engine coolantWe recommend that the engine coolantbe replaced by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

CAUTIONPut a thick cloth around the radiatorcap before refilling the coolant in orderto prevent the coolant from overflow-ing into the engine parts such as thegenerator.

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use engine coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluid reser-voir.

• Engine coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayed onthe windshield and may cause lossof vehicle control or damage to paintand body trim.

WARNINGRadiator cap

Do not remove the radiator cap whenthe engine and radiator are hot.Scalding hot coolant and steam mayblow out under pressure causing seri-ous injury.OBA073005

OBA073037R

n Petrol engine

n Diesel engine


Maintenance

329

BRAKE/CLUTCH FLUID

Checking the brake/clutch fluid level Check the fluid level in the reservoir peri-odically. The fluid level should bebetween MAX and MIN marks on theside of the reservoir.

Before removing the reservoir cap andadding brake/clutch fluid, clean the areaaround the reservoir cap thoroughly toprevent brake/clutch fluid contamination.If the level is low, add fluid to the MAXlevel. The level will fall with accumulatedmileage. This is a normal condition asso-ciated with the wear of the brake linings.If the fluid level is excessively low, werecommend that the system be checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Use only the specified brake/clutch fluid.(Refer to “Recommended lubricants andcapacities” in chapter 10.)

Never mix different types of fluid.

WARNING - Brake/clutchfluid

When changing and addingbrake/clutch fluid, handle it carefully.Do not let it come in contact with youreyes. If brake/clutch fluid come in con-tact with your eyes, immediately flushthem with a large quantity of fresh tapwater. Have your eyes examined by adoctor as soon as possible.

WARNING - Loss of brakefluid

In the event the brake system requiresfrequent additions of fluid, we recom-mend that the system be inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONDo not allow brake/clutch fluid to con-tact the vehicle's body paint, as paintdamage will result. Brake/clutch fluid,which has been exposed to open airfor an extended time should never beused as its quality cannot be guaran-teed. It should be properly disposed.Don't put in the wrong kind of fluid. Afew drops of mineral-based oil, suchas engine oil, in your brake/clutch sys-tem can damage the system parts.

OBA073006R

OBA073035R

n Petrol engine

n Diesel engine


9 33

Maintenance

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (IF EQUIPPED)

Checking the automatic transaxlefluid level The automatic transaxle fluid levelshould be checked regularly.Keep the vehicle on the level ground withthe parking brake applied and check thefluid level according to the following pro-cedure.1. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral)

position and confirm the engine is run-ning at normal idle speed.

2. After the transaxle is warmed up suffi-ciently (fluid temperature 70~80°C(158~176°F), for example by 10 min-utes usual driving, move the shift leverthrough all the positions then place theshift lever in “N (Neutral) or P (Park)”position.

3. Confirm that the fluid level is in “HOT”range on the level gauge. If the fluidlevel is lower, add the specified fluid inthe fill hole. If the fluid level is higher,drain the fluid from the drain hole.

4. If the fluid level is checked in cold con-dition (fluid temperature 20~30°C(68~86°F) add the fluid to “C” (COLD)line and then recheck the fluid levelaccording to the above step 2.

OBA073007 OHD076045N

WARNING - Transaxle fluidThe transaxle fluid level should bechecked when the engine is at normaloperating temperature. This meansthat the engine, radiator, radiator hoseand exhaust system etc., are very hot.Exercise great care not to burn your-self during this procedure.


Maintenance

349

] NOTICE“C” (COLD) range is for reference onlyand should NOT be used to determinethe transaxle fluid level.

] NOTICEA new automatic transaxle fluid shouldbe red. The red dye is added so theassembly plant can identify it as auto-matic transaxle fluid and distinguish itfrom engine oil or antifreeze. The reddye, which is not an indicator of fluidquality, is not permanent. As the vehicleis driven, the automatic transaxle fluidwill begin to look darker. The color mayeventually appear light brown.Therefore, we recommend that the sys-tem be replaced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer according to theScheduled Maintenance at the begin-ning of this section.

Use only the specified automatictransaxle fluid. (Refer to “Recommendedlubricants and capacities” in chapter 10.)

Changing the automatic transaxlefluidWe recommend that the system bereplaced by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

WARNING - Parking brakeTo avoid sudden movement of thevehicle, apply the parking brake anddepress the brake pedal before mov-ing the shift lever.

CAUTION• Low fluid level causes transaxle slip-

page. Overfilling can cause foaming,loss of fluid and transaxle malfunc-tion.

• The use of a non-specified fluidcould result in transaxle malfunctionand failure.


9 35

Maintenance

WASHER FLUID

Checking the washer fluid level The reservoir is translucent so that youcan check the level with a quick visualinspection.Check the fluid level in the washer fluidreservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plainwater may be used if washer fluid is notavailable. However, use washer solventwith antifreeze characteristics in cold cli-mates to prevent freezing.

Checking the parking brake Check the stroke of the parking brake bycounting the number of “clicks’’ heardwhile fully applying it from the releasedposition. Also, the parking brake aloneshould securely hold the vehicle on a fair-ly steep grade. If the stroke is more orless than specified, we recommend thatthe system be serviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Stroke : 6~8 “clicks’’ at a force of 20 kg (44 lbs, 196 N).

WARNING - Engine coolant• Do not use engine coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluid reser-voir.

• Engine coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayed onthe windshield and may cause lossof vehicle control or damage to paintand body trim.

• Windshield Washer fluid agentscontain some amounts of alcoholand can be flammable under certaincircumstances. Do not allow sparksor flame to contact the washer fluidor the washer fluid reservoir.Damage to the vehicle or occupantscould occur.

• Windshield washer fluid is poison-ous to humans and animals. Do notdrink and avoid contacting wind-shield washer fluid. Serious injury ordeath could occur.

OBA073008 OBA053006R

PARKING BRAKE


Maintenance

369

FUEL FILTER (FOR DIESEL)Draining water from the fuel filterThe fuel filter for diesel engine plays animportant role of separating water fromfuel and accumulating the water in itsbottom.If water accumulates in the fuel filter, thewarning light comes on when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

] NOTICEIt is recommended that water accumu-lated in the fuel filter should be removedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Place a water trap under the fuel filter.• Loosen the drain plug and drain water.• After the water is drained, securely

tighten the drain plug.• After starting the engine, make sure

the fuel filter warning light is off.

Extracting air from the fuel filterIf you drive until you have no fuel left or ifyou replace the fuel filter, be sure toextract air from the fuel system as itmakes you difficult to start the engine.1. Remove the air vent bolt on the fuel fil-

ter.2. Pump up and down until the fuel flows

out of the fuel outlet nipple.

] NOTICE• Use cloths when you extract air so that

the fuel is not sprayed.• Clean the fuel around the fuel filter or

the injection pump before starting theengine to prevent fire.

• Finally, check each part if the fuel isleaking.

CAUTIONIf the water accumulated in the fuel fil-ter is not drained at proper times, dam-ages to the major parts such as thefuel system can be caused by waterpermeation in the fuel filter.

WARNINGBe sure to carefully wipe away anywater drained out in this manner,because the fuel mixed in the watermight be ignited and cause a fire.


9 37

Maintenance

Fuel filter cartridge replacement

] NOTICEWhen replacing the fuel filter cartridge,we recommend that you use HYUNDAIgenuine parts.

OBA073038R


Maintenance

389

AIR CLEANER Filter replacement It must be replaced when necessary, oraccording to the Maintenance Schedule.

Petrol engine1. Remove the intake hose clamp.2. Loosen the air cleaner cover attaching

clips and open the cover.

3. Replace the air cleaner filter. 4. Reassemble in the reverse order of

removal.

OBA073027

OBA073025

OBA073026R


9 39

Maintenance

Diesel engine1. Loosen the air cleaner cover attaching

clips and open the cover.2. Replace the air cleaner filter. 3. Reassemble in the reverse order of

removal.

Replace the filter according to theMaintenance Schedule.If the vehicle is operated in extremelydusty or sandy areas, replace the ele-ment more often than the usual recom-mended intervals. (Refer to“Maintenance under severe usage condi-tions” in this chapter.)

CAUTION• Do not drive with the air cleaner

removed; this will result in excessiveengine wear.

• When removing the air cleaner filter,be careful that dust or dirt does notenter the air intake, or damage mayresult.

• We recommend that you use partsfor replacement from an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer. Use of improperparts could damage the air flow sen-sor or turbo charger.

OBA073040R

OBA073044R


Maintenance

409

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (IF EQUIPPED)Filter inspectionThe climate control air filter should beinspected according to the MaintenanceSchedule. If the vehicle is operated inseverely air-polluted cities or on dustyrough roads for a long period, it shouldbe inspected more frequently andreplaced earlier. When you replace theclimate control air filter, replace it per-forming the following procedure, and becareful to avoid damaging other compo-nents.

Filter replacement1. With the glove box opened, push in

both sides of the glove box as shown.This will ensure that the glove boxstopper pins will get released from itsholding location allowing the glove boxto hang.

2. Remove the climate control air filtercover.

OBA073029ROBA073032R


9 41

Maintenance

3. Pull out the air filter 4. Replace the climate control filter.5. Reassemble in the reverse order of

disassembly.

] NOTICEInstall a new climate control air filter inthe correct direction with the arrowsymbol(↓) facing downwards.Otherwise, the climate control effectsmay decrease, possibly with a noise.

OBA073031OBA073030R-1


Maintenance

429

WIPER BLADES

Blade inspection] NOTICECommercial hot waxes applied by auto-matic car washes have been known tomake the windshield difficult to clean.

Contamination of either the windshield orthe wiper blades with foreign matter canreduce the effectiveness of the wind-shield wipers. Common sources of con-tamination are insects, tree sap, and hotwax treatments used by some commer-cial car washes. If the blades are not wip-ing properly, clean both the window andthe blades with a good cleaner or milddetergent, and rinse thoroughly withclean water.

Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean ade-quately, the blades may be worn orcracked, and require replacement.

1JBA5122 CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use petrol, kerosene,paint thinner, or other solvents on ornear them.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiper armsor other components, do not attemptto move the wipers manually.

CAUTIONThe use of a non-specified wiper bladecould result in wiper malfunction andfailure.


9 43

Maintenance

Front windshield wiper blade1. Raise the wiper arm and rotate the

wiper blade assembly to expose theplastic locking clip.

2. Press the clip (1) and slide the bladeassembly downward (2).

3. Lift it off the arm.4. Install the blade assembly in the

reverse order of removal.

Rear window wiper blade (if equipped)1. Raise the wiper arm and rotate the

wiper blade assembly (1).2. Pull out the wiper blade assembly.

1LDA5023

CAUTIONDo not allow the wiper arm to fallagainst the windshield, since it maychip or crack the windshield.

1JBA7037

1JBA7038

OPA077017


Maintenance

449

3. Install the new blade assembly byinserting the center part into the slot inthe wiper arm until it clicks into place.

4. Make sure the blade assembly isinstalled firmly by trying to pull it slight-ly.

To prevent damage to the wiper arms orother components, we recommend thatthe wiper blade be replaced by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OPA077018


9 45

Maintenance

BATTERY

For best battery service• Keep the battery securely mounted.• Keep the battery top clean and dry.• Keep the terminals and connections

clean, tight, and coated with petroleumjelly or terminal grease.

• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from thebattery immediately with a solution ofwater and baking soda.

• If the vehicle is not going to be used foran extended time, disconnect the bat-tery cables.

OBA073009R

WARNINGTo prevent SERIOUS INJURY orDEATH to you or bystanders, alwaysfollow these precautions when work-ing near or handling the battery:

Always read and followinstructions carefully whenhandling a battery.Wear eye protectiondesigned to protect the eyesfrom acid splashes.Keep all flames, sparks, orsmoking materials away fromthe battery.Hydrogen, a highly com-bustible gas, is always pres-ent in battery cells and mayexplode if ignited. Keep batteries out of reach ofchildren.

Batteries contain sulfuric acidwhich is highly corrosive. Donot allow acid to contact youreyes, skin or clothing.

(Continued)

(Continued)If acid gets into your eyes, flush youreyes with clean water for at least 15minutes and get immediate medicalattention. If acid gets on your skin,thoroughly wash the area. If you feelpain or a burning sensation, get med-ical attention immediately.

The battery contains lead. Donot dispose of it after use.Please return the battery to anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer tobe recycled.

• When lifting a plastic-cased battery,excessive pressure on the case maycause battery acid to leak. Lift with abattery carrier or with your hands onopposite corners.

• Do not attempt to jump start yourvehicle if your battery is frozen.

• NEVER attempt to recharge the bat-tery when the vehicle’s battery cablesare connected to the battery.

• The electrical ignition system workswith high voltage. NEVER touchthese components with the enginerunning or when the ignition switch isin the ON position.


Maintenance

469

] NOTICEAn inappropriately disposedbattery can be harmful to theenvironment and human health.Dispose the battery accordingto your local law(s) or regula-tion.

h The actual battery label in the vehiclemay differ from the illustration.

Battery capacity label 1. CMF65L-BCI : HYUNDAI model name

of battery2. 12V : Nominal voltage3. 60Ah(20HR) : Nominal capacity

(in Ampere hours)4. 92RC : Nominal reserve capacity

(in min.)5. 550CCA : Cold-test current

(in amperes by SAE)6. 440A : Cold-test current

(in amperes by EN)

Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,calcium-based battery.• If the battery becomes discharged in a

short time (because, for example, theheadlights or interior lights were left onwhile the vehicle was not in use),recharge it by slow charging (trickle)for 10 hours.

• If the battery gradually dischargesbecause of high electric load while thevehicle is being used, recharge it at 20-30A for two hours. OJD072039

n Example


9 47

Maintenance

Reset itemsItems should be reset after the batteryhas been discharged or the battery hasbeen disconnected.• Auto up/down window (See chapter 6)• Climate control system

(See chapter 6)• Audio (See chapter 6)

(Continued)• The negative battery cable must be

removed first and installed lastwhen the battery is disconnected.Disconnect the battery charger inthe following order:(1) Turn off the battery charger main

switch.(2) Unhook the negative clamp from

the negative battery terminal.(3) Unhook the positive clamp from

the positive battery terminal.

WARNINGAlways follow these instructions whenrecharging your vehicle's battery toavoid the risk of SERIOUS INJURY orDEATH from explosions or acid burns:• Before performing maintenance or

recharging the battery, turn off allaccessories and place the ignitionswitch in the LOCK/OFF position.

• Keep all flames, sparks, or smokingmaterials away from the battery.

• Always work outdoors or in an areawith plenty of ventilation.

• Wear eye protection when checkingthe battery during charging.

• The battery must be removed fromthe vehicle and placed in a well ven-tilated area.

• Watch the battery during charging,and stop or reduce the charging rateif the battery cells begin boiling vio-lently.

(Continued)


Maintenance

489

TIRES AND WHEELS Tire care For proper maintenance, safety, andmaximum fuel economy, you mustalways maintain recommended tireinflation pressures and stay withinthe load limits and weight distributionrecommended for your vehicle.

Recommended cold tire inflationpressures All tire pressures (including thespare) should be checked when thetires are cold. “Cold Tires” means thevehicle has not been driven for atleast three hours or driven less than1.6 km (one mile).Recommended pressures must bemaintained for the best ride, top vehi-cle handling, and minimum tire wear.For recommended inflation pressurerefer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter10.

All specifications (sizes and pres-sures) can be found on a labelattached to the vehicle.

WARNING - Tire underin-flation

Severe underinflation (70 kPa (10psi) or more) can lead to severeheat build-up, causing blowouts,tread separation and other tire fail-ures that can result in the loss ofvehicle control leading to severeinjury or death. This risk is muchhigher on hot days and when driv-ing for long periods at highspeeds.

OBA073010


9 49

Maintenance

WARNING - Tire inflationOverinflation or underinflation canreduce tire life, adversely affectvehicle handling, and lead to sud-den tire failure. This could result inloss of vehicle control and poten-tial injury.

CAUTION - Tire pressureAlways observe the following:• Check tire pressure when the

tires are cold. (After vehicle hasbeen parked for at least threehours or hasn't been drivenmore than 1.6 km (one mile)since startup.)

• Check the pressure of yourspare tire each time you checkthe pressure of other tires.

• Never overload your vehicle. Becareful not to overload a vehicleluggage rack if your vehicle isequipped with one.

• Worn, old tires can cause acci-dents. If your tread is badlyworn, or if your tires have beendamaged, replace them.

CAUTION• Underinflation also results in

excessive wear, poor handlingand reduced fuel economy.Wheel deformation also is possi-ble. Keep your tire pressures atthe proper levels. If a tire fre-quently needs refilling, we rec-ommend that the system bechecked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• Overinflation produces a harshride, excessive wear at the cen-ter of the tire tread, and a greaterpossibility of damage from roadhazards.

CAUTION• Warm tires normally exceed rec-

ommended cold tire pressuresby 28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6 psi). Donot release air from warm tires toadjust the pressure or the tireswill be underinflated.

• Be sure to reinstall the tire infla-tion valve caps. Without thevalve cap, dirt or moisture couldget into the valve core andcause air leakage. If a valve capis missing, install a new one assoon as possible.


Maintenance

509

Checking tire inflation pressureCheck your tires once a month ormore.Also, check the tire pressure of thespare tire.

How to checkUse a good quality gage to check tirepressure. You can not tell if your tiresare properly inflated simply by look-ing at them. Radial tires may lookproperly inflated even when they'reunderinflated.Check the tire's inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold. - "Cold"means your vehicle has been sittingfor at least three hours or driven nomore than 1.6 km (1 mile).

Remove the valve cap from the tirevalve stem. Press the tire gage firm-ly onto the valve to get a pressuremeasurement. If the cold tire inflationpressure matches the recommendedpressure on the tire and loadinginformation label, no further adjust-ment is necessary. If the pressure islow, add air until you reach the rec-ommended amount.If you overfill the tire, release air bypushing on the metal stem in thecenter of the tire valve. Recheck thetire pressure with the tire gage. Besure to put the valve caps back onthe valve stems. They help preventleaks by keeping out dirt and mois-ture.

WARNING• Inspect your tires frequently for

proper inflation as well as wearand damage. Always use a tirepressure gauge.

• Tires with too much or too littlepressure wear unevenly causingpoor handling, loss of vehiclecontrol, and sudden tire failureleading to accidents, injuries, andeven death. The recommendedcold tire pressure for your vehiclecan be found in this manual andon the tire label located on thedriver's side center pillar.

• Worn tires can cause accidents.Replace tires that are worn,show uneven wear, or are dam-aged.

• Remember to check the pres-sure of your spare tire.HYUNDAI recommends that youcheck the spare every time youcheck the pressure of the othertires on your vehicle.


9 51

Maintenance

Tire rotation To equalize tread wear, it is recom-mended that the tires be rotatedevery 10,000 km or sooner if irregu-lar wear develops.During rotation, check the tires forcorrect balance.When rotating tires, check for unevenwear and damage. Abnormal wear isusually caused by incorrect tire pres-sure, improper wheel alignment, out-of-balance wheels, severe braking orsevere cornering. Look for bumps orbulges in the tread or side of tire.Replace the tire if you find either ofthese conditions. Replace the tire iffabric or cord is visible. After rotation,be sure to bring the front and rear tirepressures to specification and checklug nut tightness. Refer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter10. Disc brake pads should be inspected

for wear whenever tires are rotated.

] NOTICERotate radial tires that have anasymmetric tread pattern only fromfront to rear and not from right toleft.

WARNINGDo not mix bias ply and radial plytires under any circumstances.This may cause unusual handlingcharacteristics that could result indeath, severe injury, or propertydamage.

S2BLA790

CBGQ0707A

With a full-size spare tire (if equipped)

Directional tires (if equipped)


Maintenance

529

Wheel alignment and tire balance The wheels on your vehicle werealigned and balanced carefully at thefactory to give you the longest tire lifeand best overall performance.In most cases, you will not need tohave your wheels aligned again.However, if you notice unusual tirewear or your vehicle pulling one wayor the other, the alignment may needto be reset. If you notice your vehicle vibratingwhen driving on a smooth road, yourwheels may need to be rebalanced.

Tire replacementIf the tire is worn evenly, a tread wearindicator will appear as a solid bandacross the tread. This shows there isless than 1.6 mm (1/16 inch) of treadleft on the tire. Replace the tire whenthis happens.Do not wait for the band to appearacross the entire tread before replac-ing the tire.

CAUTIONImproper wheel weights can dam-age your vehicle's aluminumwheels. Use only approved wheelweights.

OEN076053

Tread wear indicator WARNING - Replacing tiresTo reduce the chance or seriousor fatal injuries from an accidentcaused by tire failure or loss ofvehicle control:• Replace tires that are worn,

show uneven wear, or are dam-aged. Worn tires can cause lossof braking effectiveness, steer-ing control, and traction.

• Do not drive your vehicle withtoo little or too much pressure inyour tires. This can lead touneven wear and tire failure.

• When replacing tires (or wheels), itis recommended to replace the twofront or two rear tires (or wheels) asa pair. Replacing just one tire canseriously affect your vehicle's han-dling.

(Continued)


9 53

Maintenance

Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels forany reason, make sure the newwheels are equivalent to the originalfactory units in diameter, rim widthand offset.

Tire tractionTire traction can be reduced if youdrive on worn tires, tires that areimproperly inflated or on slipperyroad surfaces. Tires should bereplaced when tread wear indicatorsappear. Slow down whenever thereis rain, snow or ice on the road, toreduce the possibility of losing con-trol.

Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation, correctwheel alignment helps to decreasetire wear. If you find a tire is wornunevenly, have your dealer check thewheel alignment.When you have new tires installed,make sure they are balanced. Thiswill increase vehicle ride comfort andtire life. Additionally, a tire shouldalways be rebalanced if it is removedfrom the wheel.

WARNINGA wheel that is not the correct sizemay adversely affect wheel andbearing life, braking and stoppingabilities, handling characteristics,ground clearance, body-to-tireclearance, snow chain clearance,speedometer and odometer cali-bration, headlight aim and bumperheight.

(Continued)• Using tires and wheel other than

the recommended sizes couldcause unusual handling charac-teristics and poor vehicle con-trol, resulting in a serious acci-dent.

• Wheels that do not meetHYUNDAI’s specifications mayfit poorly and result in damage tothe vehicle or unusual handlingand poor vehicle control.

• The ABS works by comparingthe speed of the wheels. Tiresize can affect wheel speed.When replacing tires, all 4 tiresmust use the same size original-ly supplied with the vehicle.Using tires of a different size cancause the ABS (Anti-lock BrakeSystem) to work irregularly.


Maintenance

549

Tire sidewall labelingThis information identifies anddescribes the fundamental charac-teristics of the tire and also providesthe tire identification number (TIN)for safety standard certification. TheTIN can be used to identify the tire incase of a recall.

1. Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or Brand name isshown.

2. Tire size designation A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tiresize designation. You will need thisinformation when selecting replace-ment tires for your vehicle. The fol-lowing explains what the letters andnumbers in the tire size designationmean.Example tire size designation:(These numbers are provided as anexample only; your tire size designa-tor could vary depending on yourvehicle.)165/60R14 64T

165 - Tire width in millimeters.60 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section

height as a percentage of itswidth.

R - Tire construction code (Radial).14 - Rim diameter in inches.64 - Load Index, a numerical code

associated with the maximumload the tire can carry.

T - Speed Rating Symbol. See thespeed rating chart in this sectionfor additional information.

Wheel size designation

Wheels are also marked with impor-tant information that you need if youever have to replace one. The follow-ing explains what the letters andnumbers in the wheel size designa-tion mean.

Example wheel size designation:5.0JX14

5.0 - Rim width in inches.J - Rim contour designation.14 - Rim diameter in inches.

I030B04JM

1

1

23

4

5,6

7


9 55

Maintenance

Tire speed ratings

The chart below lists many of the dif-ferent speed ratings currently beingused for passenger car tire. Thespeed rating is part of the tire sizedesignation on the sidewall of thetire. This symbol corresponds to thattire's designed maximum safe oper-ating speed.

3. Checking tire life (TIN : TireIdentification Number)

Any tires that are over 6 years old,based on the manufacturing date,(including the spare tire) should bereplaced by new ones. You can findthe manufacturing date on the tiresidewall (possibly on the inside of thewheel), displaying the DOT Code.The DOT Code is a series of num-bers on a tire consisting of numbersand English letters. The manufactur-ing date is designated by the last fourdigits (characters) of the DOT code.

DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO

The front part of the DOT means aplant code number, tire size andtread pattern and the last four num-bers indicate week and year manu-factured.For example: DOT XXXX XXXX 1617representsthat the tire was produced in the 16thweek of 2017.

4. Tire ply composition and materialThe number of layers or plies of rub-ber-coated fabric are in the tire. Tiremanufacturers also must indicate thematerials in the tire, which includesteel, nylon, polyester, and others.The letter "R" means radial ply con-struction; the letter "D" means diago-nal or bias ply construction; and theletter "B" means belted-bias ply con-struction.

5. Maximum permissible inflation pres-

S 180 km/h (112 mph)T 190 km/h (118 mph)H 210 km/h (130 mph)V 240 km/h (149 mph)Z Above 240 km/h (149 mph)

Maximum SpeedSpeedRatingSymbol

WARNING - Tire ageTires degrade over time, evenwhen they are not being used.Regardless of the remainingtread, we recommend that tiresgenerally be replaced after six (6)years of normal service. Heatcaused by not climates or frequenthigh loading conditions can accel-erate the aging process. Failure tofollow this Warning can result insudden tire failure, which couldlead to a loss of control and anaccident involving serious injury ordeath.


Maintenance

569

sureThis number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tire. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure. Referto the Tire and Loading Informationlabel for recommended inflationpressure.

6. Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds thatcan be carried by the tire. Whenreplacing the tires on the vehicle,always use a tire that has the sameload rating as the factory installedtire.7. Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found whereapplicable on the tire sidewallbetween tread shoulder and maxi-mum section width. For example: TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A

Tread wear

The tread wear grade is a compara-tive rating based on the wear rate ofthe tire when tested under controlledconditions on a specified govern-ment test course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as well on the gov-ernment course as a tire graded 100.The relative performance of tiresdepends upon the actual conditionsof their use, however, and maydepart significantly from the normdue to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences inroad characteristics and climate.

These grades are molded on theside-walls of passenger vehicle tires.The tires available as standard oroptional equipment on your vehiclesmay vary with respect to grade.

Traction - AA, A, B & C

The traction grades, from highest tolowest, are AA, A, B and C. Thosegrades represent the tires ability tostop on wet pavement as measuredunder controlled conditions on spec-ified government test surfaces ofasphalt and concrete. A tire markedC may have poor traction perform-ance.

WARNING The traction grade assigned to thistire is based on straight-aheadbraking traction tests, and doesnot include acceleration, corner-ing, hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.


9 57

Maintenance

Temperature -A, B & C

The temperature grades are A (thehighest), B and C representing thetire’s resistance to the generation ofheat and its ability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlled condi-tions on a specified indoor laboratorytest wheel. Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tire todegenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead tosudden tire failure. Grades B and Arepresent higher levels of perform-ance on the laboratory test wheelthan the minimum required by law.

Low aspect ratio tire (if equipped) Low aspect ratio tires, the aspectratio is lower than 50, are providedfor sporty looks.Because the low aspect ratio tiresare optimized for handling and brak-ing, it may be more uncomfortable toride in and there is more noise com-pare with normal tires.

WARNING - Tire temperature

The temperature grade for this tireis established for a tire that isproperly inflated and not over-loaded. Excessive speed, under-inflation, or excessive loading,either separately or in combina-tion, can cause heat build-up andpossible sudden tire failure. Thiscan cause loss of vehicle controland serious injury or death.


Maintenance

589

CAUTION Because the sidewall of the lowaspect ratio tire is shorter than thenormal, the wheel and tire of thelow aspect ratio tire is easier to bedamaged. So, follow the instruc-tions below.- When driving on a rough road or

off road, drive cautiouslybecause tires and wheels maybe damaged. And after driving,inspect tires and wheels.

- When passing over a pothole,speed bump, manhole, or curbstone, drive slowly so that thetires and wheels are not dam-aged.

- If the tire is impacted, we recom-mend that you inspect the tirecondition or contact an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

- To prevent damage to the tire,inspect the tire condition andpressure every 3,000km.

CAUTION • It is not easy to recognize the tire

damage with your own eyes. Butif there is the slightest hint of tiredamage, have the tire checkedor replaced because tire dam-age may cause air leakage fromthe tire.

• If the tire is damaged by drivingon a rough road, off road, pot-hole, manhole, or curb stone, itwill not be covered by the war-ranty.


9 59

Maintenance

FUSESA vehicle’s electrical system is protectedfrom electrical overload damage byfuses.This vehicle has 2 fuse panels, one locat-ed in the driver’s side panel bolster, theother in the engine compartment nearthe battery.If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces-sories, or controls do not work, check theappropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse hasblown, the element inside the fuse willmelt.If the electrical system does not work,first check the driver’s side fuse panel.Always replace a blown fuse with one ofthe same rating.If the replacement fuse blows, this indi-cates an electrical problem. Avoid usingthe system involved and we recommendthat you consult an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

] NOTICEThree kinds of fuses are used: bladetype for lower amperage rating, car-tridge type, and fusible link for higheramperage ratings.

OJC070046D

Normal

Normal

n Blade type

n Cartridge type

n Multi fuse

Blown

Blown

Normal Blown

WARNING - Fuse replace-ment

• Never replace a fuse with anythingbut another fuse of the same rating.

• A higher capacity fuse could causedamage and possibly a fire.

• Never install a wire or aluminum foilinstead of the proper fuse - even asa temporary repair. It may causeextensive wiring damage and a pos-sible fire.

CAUTIONDo not use a screwdriver or any othermetal object to remove fuses becauseit may cause a short circuit and dam-age the system.


Maintenance

609

Instrument panel fuse replacement1. Turn the ignition switch and all other

switches off.2. Open the fuse panel cover.

3. Pull the suspected fuse straight out.Use the removal tool provided in theengine compartment fuse panel.

4. Remove and check the suspectedfuse; replace it if it is blown.

5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.

If it fits loosely, we recommend that youconsult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

In an emergency, if you do not have aspare, use a fuse of the same rating froma circuit you may not need for operatingthe vehicle, such as the cigarette lighterfuse.If the headlights or other electrical com-ponents do not work and the fuses areOK, check the fuse block in the enginecompartment. If a fuse is blown, it mustbe replaced.

OBA073011IN

OBA073011R

n Type A

n Type BOBA073013


9 61

Maintenance

Fuse switch (for Type A)Always, put the fuse switch at the ONposition.If you move the switch to the OFF posi-tion, some items must be reset andremote key or smart key may not workproperly.

Memory fuse (for Type B)Your vehicle is equipped with the memo-ry fuse to prevent battery discharge ifyour vehicle is parked without beingoperated for prolonged periods. Use thefollowing procedures before parking thevehicle for prolonged periods.

1. Turn off the engine.2. Turn off the headlights and tail lights.3. Open the driver’s side panel cover and

pull up the memory fuse.

] NOTICE• If the memory fuse is pulled up from

the fuse panel, the warning chime,audio, clock and interior lamps, etc.,will not operate. Some items must bereset after replacement. Refer to“Battery” in this chapter.

• Even though the memory fuse ispulled up, the battery can still be dis-charged by operation of the head-lights or other electrical devices.

OBA073012IN

CAUTION• Always place the fuse switch in the

ON position while driving the vehicle.If the switch is in the OFF position, awarning will appear on the instru-ment cluster. (Refer to “InstrumentCluster” in chapter 6.)

• The theft alarm system will not acti-vate with the fuse switch in the OFFposition.

OBA073012R


Maintenance

629

Engine compartment panel fusereplacement1. Turn the ignition switch and all other

switches off.2. Remove the fuse box cover by press-

ing the tap and pulling the cover up.

3. Remove and check the suspectedfuse; replace it if it is blown. To removeor insert the fuse, use the fuse puller inthe engine compartment fuse panel.

4. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.

If it fits loosely, we recommend that youconsult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Main fuse (multi fuse)If the main fuse is blown, it must beremoved as follows:1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.2. Remove the nuts shown in the picture

above.3. Replace the fuse with a new one of the

same rating.4. Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

] NOTICEIf the main fuse is blown, we recom-mend that you consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONAfter checking the fuse box in theengine compartment, securely installthe fuse box cover. If not, electricalfailures may occur from water leakingin.

OBA073014

OBA073042R

n Diesel engine onlyOBA073015


9 63

Maintenance

Fuse/relay panel descriptionInstrument panel fuse panelInside the fuse/relay panel covers, youcan find the fuse/relay label describingthe \fuse/relay name and capacity.

] NOTICENot all fuse panel descriptions in thismanual may be applicable to your vehi-cle. It is accurate at the time of printing.When you inspect the fuse panel in yourvehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.

OBA073039R

OBA073016IN


Maintenance

649

ITEM Name Symbol Rating Caution Information / Circuit Protected

FUSE

SAFETYP/WINDOW

25A NOT USED

P/WINDOW RH 25AP_WDW_SW_FRT, P_WDW_SW_FRT_RR_RHD_AD(POWER WINDOW SW DRIVER)

O/SIDE MIRRHTD

10A FATC UNIT, MTC UNIT, O/SIDE MIRROR, ECU (ENGINE CONTROL UNIT)

REAR FOG LAMP 10A NOT USED

DOOR LOCK 20ADR_L_LATCH_RHD, DR_L_ACT_DRV_RHD, DR_L_ACT_PASS_RHD,DR_L_ACT_RL, DR_L_ACT_RR, T_LID_LATCH, BCM

P/WINDOW LH 25AP_WDW_SW_FRT/P_WDW_SW_FRT_RR_RHD_AD (POWER WINDOWSW DRIVER) P_WDW_SW_PASS(POWER WINDOW SW ASSIST DOOR)

DRL 10A DRL LAMP LH/RH, BCM

FRONT FOGLAMP

FRT 10A FRONT FOG LAMP LH/RH, CLUSTER

PDM 1 1 25A SMK UNIT

HAZARD 15A BCM, SOUND RELAY, HAZARD SW

STOP LAMP STOPLAMP 15A SSEM UNIT

ACC 10A AUDIO UNIT, POWER OUTLET RELAY

Inner Compartment Fuse Panel


9 65

Maintenance


FUSE

START 7.5A START RELAY, ECU, SMK, INHIBIT SW

PDM 2 2 7.5A SMK UNIT

POWER OUTLET RR

2 POWEROUTLET

20A REAR POWER OUTLET

POWER OUTLET FRT

1 POWEROUTLET

20A FRONT POWER OUTLET

AIR CONDITIONER 1

7.5A FATC UNIT

SENSOR S 10A F_WATER_SNSR, VACCUM PUMP RELAY (UH BLOCK)

MODULE 3 3 MODULE 10A FATC UNIT, CONSOLE SWITCH

TAIL LAMP LH LH 10A H_LP_LH (HEAD LAMP LH), J_CONN_MAIN, RR COMBI LH

MODULE 2 2 MODULE 10A AUDIO UNIT, STOP SW, BWS_SNSR_RL/RCL/RCR/RR

TCU T 15AV_SPEED_SNSR_MT, SPEED_SNSR_IN, SPEED_SNSR_OUT,INHIBIT_SW_K, UH BLOCK

TAIL LAMP RH RH 10A H_LP_RH(HEAD LAMP RH), RR COMBI RH

BRAKE SWITCH 10A STOP SWITCH


Maintenance

669


FUSE

AIRBAGINDICATOR

10A CLUSTER

T/SIGNAL LAMP 10A HAZARD SW

AUDIO 20A AUDIO UNIT

INTERIOR LAMP 10AROOM LAMP, LUGGAGE LAMP, CLUSTER, BCM, MTC UNIT, FATC UNIT,DIGITAL CLOCK, GLOVE LP, OBD-II, O/S MIRROR FOLDING


9 67

Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panelInside the fuse/relay panel covers, youcan find the fuse/relay label describingfuse/relay name and capacity.

] NOTICENot all fuse panel descriptions in thismanual may be applicable to your vehi-cle. It is accurate at the time of printing.When you inspect the fuse panel in yourvehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.

OBA073014

OBA077052


Maintenance

689

Engine compartment main fuse panel

Fuse Type Fuse Name Symbol Fuse rating Circuit Protected

MULTIFUSE

MDPS 80A (50A) D3FA (80A), G4LA (50A) : MDPS Unit

ALT 125A (150A)G4LA (125A): Alternator, Battery, All Fuses connected to Alternator fuseD3FA (150A): Alternator, Battery, All Fuses connected to Alternator fuse

FUSE

RR HTD 40A Instrumental Fuse Block : [Rear Defogger Relay]

ABS (ESC1) ( )1

40A (50A) ABS Control Module, ESC1 not used

ESC 22

30A Not Used

B+1 1 50AInstrumental Fuse Block : [Fuse : F6/F9/F10/F13/F28, Memory Fuse (Leak Current Fuse) : F45/F46]

B+3 2 40A Instrumental Fuse Block : [Tail Lamp Relay, Power Window Relay, Fuse : F1]

B+2 3 50A Instrumental Fuse Block : [Fuse : F7/F11/F12/F16]

POWER OUTLET

40A Instrumental Fuse Block : Power Outlet Relay

IG1 40AW/O Button Start : Ignition SwitchWith Button Start : PDM Relay Block (IG1, ACC Relay)

FRT WIPER 7.5A PCM, Front Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch

BLOWER 40A Blower Motor Relay


9 69

Maintenance

Fuse Type Fuse Name Symbol Fuse rating Circuit Protected

FUSE

ECU1 E1 30A Engine Control Relay, Fuse : ECU3 10A

F/PUMP 15A F/Pump 1 Relay

HORN 10A Horn Relay, Burglar Alarm Horn Relay

A/CON 10A A/CON Relay

VACUUMPUMP

VACUUMPUMP

20A Not Used

HEADLAMPDIPPEDBEAM

20A Head Lamp Low Beam

HEADLAMPHIGH BEAM

15A Head Lamp High Beam

C/FAN 40A Cooling Fan LO Relay, Cooling Fan HI Relay

IG2 40AStart Relay, Ignition Switch(W/O Button Start), PDM Relay Box(IG2 Relay) (With Button Start)

ECU3 E3 10A G4LA A/T : PCM

SENSOR1 S1 10AG4LA: PCM, Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Oil Control Valve #1/#2(IN/EX),

Camshaft Position Sensor #1/#2(IN/EX), Oxygen Sensor(UP)/(DOWN)

SENSOR2 S2 10AG4LA : PCMD3FA : Inlet Metering Valve


Maintenance

709

Fuse Name Symbol Fuse rating Circuit Protected

FUSE

HEADLAMPDIPPEDBEAMS

10A Head Lamp Low LH

HEADLAMPDIPPEDBEAMS

10A Head Lamp Low RH

ECU4 E4 20A D3FA : ECM

INJECTOR 10APCM, Immobilizer Module, F/Pump RelayG4LA : Injector #1/#2/#3/#4D3FA : WGT Vacuum, Camshaft Position Sensor, EGR Control Valve, Glow Relay

IGN COIL 15A G4LA : Ignition Coil

B/UP LAMP 7.5AA/T : PCM, Transaxle Range Switch, BCM, Instrument Cluster,

Rear Combination Lamp LH/RHM/T : Back-Up Lamp Switch, Instrumental Fuse Block : [Fuse : F26]

HEADLAMPHI INDICATOR

7.5A Instrument Cluster


9 71

Maintenance

LIGHT BULBSConsult an authorized HYUNDAI dealerto replace most vehicle light bulbs. It isdifficult to replace vehicle light bulbsbecause other parts of the vehicle mustbe removed before you can get to thebulb. This is especially true for removingthe headlight assembly to get to thebulb(s).Removing/installing the headlightassembly can result in damage to thevehicle.

] NOTICEAfter heavy driving, rain or washingheadlight and taillight lenses couldappear frosty. This condition is causedby the temperature difference betweenthe lamp inside and outside. This is sim-ilar to the condensation on your win-dows inside your vehicle during the rainand doesn’t indicate a problem withyour vehicle. If the water leaks into thelamp bulb circuitry, we recommend thatthe system be checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

WARNINGPrior to replacing a light, depress thefoot brake, move the shift lever intothe P (Park, for automatic transaxlevehicle) or neutral (for manualtransaxle vehicle), apply the parkingbrake, place the ignition switch in theLOCK/OFF position, and take the keywith you when leaving the vehicle toavoid sudden movement of the vehi-cle and to prevent possible electricshock.Be aware the bulbs may be hot andmay burn your fingers.

CAUTIONBe sure to replace the burned-out bulbwith one of the same wattage rating.Otherwise, it may cause damage tothe fuse or electric wiring system.


Maintenance

729

Headlight, position light, turn signallight, and front fog light bulbreplacement(1) Headlight (Low/High)(2) Parking (Position) light(3) Front turn signal light(4) Front fog light (if equipped)

] NOTICEIf the headlight aiming adjustment isnecessary after the headlight assembly isreinstalled, consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

OBA073018 OHD076046

WARNING - Halogen bulbs• Halogen bulbs contain pressurized

gas that will produce flying pieces ofglass if broken.

• Always handle them carefully, andavoid scratches and abrasions. Ifthe bulbs are lit, avoid contact withliquids. Never touch the glass withbare hands. Residual oil may causethe bulb to overheat and burst whenlit. A bulb should be operated onlywhen installed in a headlight.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If a bulb becomes damaged or

cracked, replace it immediately andcarefully dispose of it.

• Wear eye protection when changinga bulb. Allow the bulb to cool downbefore handling it.


9 73

Maintenance

Headlight (Low/High)1. Open the hood.2. Remove the headlight bulb cover by

turning it counterclockwise. 3. Disconnect the headlight bulb socket-

connector.4. Unsnap the headlight bulb retaining

wire by depressing the end and push-ing it upward.

5. Remove the bulb from the headlightassembly.

6. Install a new headlight bulb and snapthe headlight bulb retaining wire intoposition by aligning the wire with thegroove on the bulb.

7. Connect the headlight bulb socketconnector.

8. Install the headlight bulb cover by turn-ing it clockwise.

Turn signal light1. Remove the turn signal light bulb cover

by turning it counterclockwise.2. Remove the socket from the assembly

by turning the socket counterclockwiseuntil the tabs on the socket align withthe slots on the assembly.

3. Insert a new bulb by inserting it intothe socket and rotating it until it locksinto place.

4. Install the socket in the assembly byaligning the tabs on the socket with theslots in the assembly. Push the socketinto the assembly and turn the socketclockwise.

5. Install the turn signal light bulb coverby turning it clockwise.

Parking (Position) light1. Remove the socket from the assembly

by pulling it straight out.2. Remove the bulb from the socket by

pulling it out.3. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into

the socket.4. Install the socket in the assembly by

pushing it in.

OBA073047R

Turn signal lightParking

(Position) light

Headlight


Maintenance

749

Front fog light bulb replacement1. Reach your hand into the back of the

front bumper.2. Disconnect the power connector from

the socket.3. Remove the bulb-socket from the

housing by turning the socket counter-clockwise until the tabs on the socketalign with the slots on the housing.

4. Install the new bulb-socket into thehousing by aligning the tabs on thesocket with the slots in the housing.Push the socket into the housing andturn the socket clockwise.

5. Connect the power connector to thesocket.

6. Reinstall the front bumper under cover.

Side repeater light bulb replacement(if equipped)If the light bulb does not operte, we rec-ommend that the vehicle be checked byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Rear combination light bulbreplacement(1) Stop and tail light(2) Back up light(3) Turn signal light

OBA073020OBA073019R


9 75

Maintenance

1. Open the tailgate/trunk2. Loosen the light assembly retaining

screws with a cross-tip screwdriver. 3. Remove the rear combination light

assembly from the body of the vehicle.4. Remove the socket from the assembly

by turning the socket counterclockwiseuntil the tabs on the socket align withthe slots on the assembly.

5. Remove the bulb from the socket bypressing it in and rotating it counter-clockwise until the tabs on the bulbalign with the slots in the socket. Pullthe bulb out of the socket.

6. Insert a new bulb by inserting it intothe socket and rotating it until it locksinto place.

7. Install the socket in the assembly byaligning the tabs on the socket with theslots in the assembly. Push the socketinto the assembly and turn the socketclockwise.

8. Reinstall the light assembly to thebody of the vehicle.

High mounted stop lightIf the light does not operate, we recom-mend that the vehicle be checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OBA073021OBA077045 OBA073046

Back up lightStop and tail light

Turn signal light

Tail light


Maintenance

769

License plate light bulb replacement 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, remove

the light assembly from the body of thevehicle by prying the housing andpulling the assembly out.

2. Separate the socket and the lens partby turning the socket counterclockwiseuntil the tabs on the socket align withthe slots on the lens part.

3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straightout.

4. Insert a new bulb in the socket.5. Reassemble the socket and the hous-

ing part.6. Reinstall the light assembly to the

body of the vehicle.

Interior light bulb replacement1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently

pry the lens from the interior lighthousing.

2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straightout.

3. Install a new bulb in the socket.4. Align the lens tabs with the interior

light housing notches and snap thelens into place.

CAUTIONBe careful not to dirty or damage lens,lens tab, and plastic housings.

n Room lamp

n Luggage room lamp

OTD079037/OBA073023

OBA073022


9 77

Maintenance

APPEARANCE CAREExterior careExterior general caution It is very important to follow the labeldirections when using any chemicalcleaner or polish. Read all warning andcaution statements that appear on thelabel.

High-pressure washing• When using high-pressure washers,

make sure to maintain sufficient dis-tance from the vehicle.Insufficient clearance or excessivepressure can lead to component dam-age or water penetration.

• Do not spray the camera, sensors or itssurrounding area directly with a highpressure washer. Shock applied fromhigh pressure water may cause thedevice to not operate normally.

• Do not bring the nozzle tip close toboots (rubber or plastic covers) or con-nectors as they may be damaged ifthey come into contact with high pres-sure water.

Finish maintenanceWashing

To help protect your vehicle’s finish fromrust and deterioration, wash it thoroughlyand frequently at least once a month withlukewarm or cold water. If you use your vehicle for off-road driv-ing, you should wash it after each off-road trip. Pay special attention to theremoval of any accumulation of salt, dirt,mud, and other foreign materials. Makesure the drain holes in the lower edges ofthe doors and rocker panels are keptclear and clean.Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial pollution and similar depositscan damage your vehicle’s finish if notremoved immediately. Even prompt washing with plain watermay not completely remove all thesedeposits. A mild soap, safe for use onpainted surfaces, may be used.After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-oughly with lukewarm or cold water. Donot allow soap to dry on the finish.

WARNING - Wet brakesAfter washing the vehicle, test thebrakes while driving slowly to see ifthey have been affected by water. Ifbraking performance is impaired, drythe brakes by applying them lightlywhile maintaining a slow forwardspeed.

CAUTIONDo not use strong soap, chemicaldetergents or hot water, and do notwash the vehicle in direct sunlight orwhen the body of the vehicle is warm.


Maintenance

789

Waxing

Wax the vehicle when water will nolonger bead on the paint.Always wash and dry the vehicle beforewaxing. Use a good quality liquid orpaste wax, and follow the manufacturer’sinstructions. Wax all metal trim to protectit and to maintain its luster.Removing oil, tar, and similar materialswith a spot remover will usually strip thewax from the finish. Be sure to re-waxthese areas even if the rest of the vehicledoes not yet need waxing.

Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in thepainted surface must be repairedpromptly. Exposed metal will quickly rustand may develop into a major repairexpense.

] NOTICEIf your vehicle is damaged and requiresany metal repair or replacement, be surethe body shop applies anti-corrosionmaterials to the parts repaired orreplaced.

CAUTION• Wiping dust or dirt off the body with

a dry cloth will scratch the finish.• Do not use steel wool, abrasive

cleaners, or strong detergents con-taining highly alkaline or causticagents on chrome-plated oranodized aluminum parts. This mayresult in damage to the protectivecoating and cause discoloration orpaint deterioration.

CAUTION• Water washing in the engine com-

partment including high pressurewater washing may cause the failureof electrical circuits located in theengine compartment.

• Never allow water or other liquids tocome in contact with electrical/elec-tronic components inside the vehicleas this may damage them.

OJB037800


9 79

Maintenance

Bright-metal maintenance• To remove road tar and insects, use a

tar remover, not a scraper or othersharp object.

• To protect the surfaces of bright-metalparts from corrosion, apply a coating ofwax or chrome preservative and rub toa high luster.

• During winter weather or in coastalareas, cover the bright metal parts witha heavier coating of wax or preserva-tive. If necessary, coat the parts withnon-corrosive petroleum jelly or otherprotective compound.

Underbody maintenanceCorrosive materials used for ice andsnow removal and dust control may col-lect on the underbody. If these materialsare not removed, accelerated rusting canoccur on underbody parts such as thefuel lines, frame, floor pan and exhaustsystem, even though they have beentreated with rust protection.Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbodyand wheel openings with lukewarm orcold water once a month, after off-roaddriving and at the end of each winter. Payspecial attention to these areas becauseit is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. Itwill do more harm than good to wet downthe road grime without removing it. Thelower edges of the doors, rocker panels,and frame members have drain holesthat should not clog with dirt; trappedwater in these areas can cause rusting.

WARNINGAfter washing the vehicle, test thebrakes while driving slowly to see ifthey have been affected by water. Ifbraking performance is impaired, drythe brakes by applying them lightlywhile maintaining a slow forwardspeed.


Maintenance

809

Aluminum wheel maintenance The aluminum wheels are coated with aclear protective finish.• Do not use any abrasive cleaner, pol-

ishing compound, solvent, or wirebrushes on aluminum wheels. Theymay scratch or damage the finish.

• Use only a mild soap or neutral deter-gent, and rinse thoroughly with water.Also, be sure to clean the wheels afterdriving on salted roads. This helps pre-vent corrosion.

• Avoid washing the wheels with high-speed car wash brushes.

• Do not use any acid detergent. It maydamage and corrode the aluminumwheels coated with a clear protectivefinish.

Corrosion protectionProtecting your vehicle from corrosion

By using the most advanced design andconstruction practices to combat corro-sion, we produces cars of the highestquality. However, this is only part of thejob. To achieve the long-term corrosionresistance your vehicle can deliver, theowner's cooperation and assistance isalso required.

Common causes of corrosion

The most common causes of corrosionon your car are:• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is

allowed to accumulate underneath thecar.

• Removal of paint or protective coatingsby stones, gravel, abrasion or minorscrapes and dents which leave unpro-tected metal exposed to corrosion.

High-corrosion areas

If you live in an area where your car isregularly exposed to corrosive materials,corrosion protection is particularly impor-tant. Some of the common causes ofaccelerated corrosion are road salts,dust control chemicals, ocean air andindustrial pollution.


9 81

Maintenance

Moisture breeds corrosion

Moisture creates the conditions in whichcorrosion is most likely to occur. Forexample, corrosion is accelerated byhigh humidity, particularly when tempera-tures are just above freezing. In suchconditions, the corrosive material is keptin contact with the vehicle’s surfaces withmoisture that slowly evaporate.Mud is particularly corrosive because itdries slowly and holds moisture in con-tact with the vehicle. Although the mudappears to be dry, it can still retain mois-ture and promote corrosion.High temperatures can also acceleratecorrosion of parts that are not properlyventilated so the moisture can be dis-persed. For all these reasons, it is par-ticularly important to keep your vehicleclean and free of mud or accumulationsof other materials. This applies not onlyto the visible surfaces but particularly tothe underside of the vehicle.

To help prevent corrosion

You can help prevent corrosion from get-ting started by observing the following:

Keep your vehicle cleanThe best way to prevent corrosion is tokeep your vehicle clean and free of cor-rosive materials. Attention to the under-side of the vehicle is particularly impor-tant.

• If you live in a high-corrosion area —where road salts are used, near theocean, areas with industrial pollution,acid rain, etc.—, you should take extracare to prevent corrosion. In winter,hose off the underside of your vehicleat least once a month and be sure toclean the underside thoroughly whenwinter is over.

• When cleaning underneath the vehicle,give particular attention to the compo-nents under the fenders and otherareas that are hidden from view. Do athorough job; just dampening the accu-mulated mud rather than washing itaway will accelerate corrosion ratherthan prevent it. Water under high pres-sure and steam are particularly effec-tive in removing accumulated mud andcorrosive materials.

• When cleaning lower door panels,rocker panels and frame members, besure that drain holes are kept open sothat moisture can escape and not betrapped inside to accelerate corrosion.

Keep your garage dryDon't park your vehicle in a damp, poorlyventilated garage. This creates a favor-able environment for corrosion. This isparticularly true if you wash your vehiclein the garage or drive it into the garagewhen it is still wet or covered with snow,ice or mud. Even a heated garage cancontribute to corrosion unless it is wellventilated so moisture is dispersed.


KKeep paint and trim in good conditionScratches or chips in the finish should becovered with "touch-up" paint as soon aspossible to reduce the possibility of cor-rosion. If bare metal is showing through,the attention of a qualified body and paintshop is recommended.

Bird droppings : Bird droppings are high-ly corrosive and may damage paintedsurfaces in just a few hours. Alwaysremove bird droppings as soon as possi-ble.

Don't neglect the interiorMoisture can collect under the floor matsand carpeting and cause corrosion.Check under the mats periodically to besure the carpeting is dry. Use particularcare if you carry fertilizers, cleaningmaterials or chemicals in the vehicle.These should be carried only in propercontainers and any spills or leaks shouldbe cleaned up, flushed with clean waterand thoroughly dried.

Interior careInterior general precautions Prevent caustic solutions such as per-fume and cosmetic oil from contactingthe dashboard because they may causedamage or discoloration. If they do con-tact the dashboard, wipe them off imme-diately. See the instructions for the prop-er way to clean vinyl.

Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim Vinyl (if equipped)

Remove dust and loose dirt from vinylwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner.

Fabric (if equipped)

Remove dust and loose dirt from fabricwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean with a mild soap solution recom-mended for upholstery or carpets.Remove fresh spots immediately with afabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do notreceive immediate attention, the fabriccan be stained and its color can beaffected. Also, its fire-resistant propertiescan be reduced if the material is notproperly maintained.

CAUTIONNever allow water or other liquids tocome in contact with electrical/elec-tronic components inside the vehicleas this may damage them.

CAUTIONUsing anything but recommendedcleaners and procedures may affectthe fabric’s appearance and fire-resist-ant properties.

9 82

Maintenance


Leather (if equipped)

• Feature of Seat Leather- Leather is made from the outer skin

of an animal, which goes through aspecial process to be available for us.Since it is a natural object, each partdiffers in thickness or density.Wrinkles may appear as a naturalresult of stretching and shrinkingdepending on the temperature andhumidity.

- The seat is made of stretchable fabricto improve comfort.

- The parts contacting the body arecurved and the side supporting areais high which provides driving comfortand stability.

- Wrinkles may appear naturally fromusage. It is not a fault of the product.

• Caring for the leather seats- Vacuum the seat periodically to

remove dust and sand on the seat. Itwill prevent abrasion or damage ofthe leather and maintain its quality.

- Wipe the natural leather seat coveroften with dry or soft cloth.

- Use of proper leather protective mayprevent abrasion of the cover andhelps maintain the color. Be sure toread the instructions and consult aspecialist when using leather coatingor protective agents.

- Light colored (beige, cream beige)leather is easily contaminated andthe stain is noticeable. Clean theseats frequently.

- Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It maycause the surface to crack.

CCAUTION• Wrinkles or abrasions which appear

naturally from usage are not cov-ered by warranty.

• Belts with metallic accessories, zip-pers or keys inside the back pocketmay damage the seat fabric.

• Make sure not to wet the seat. Itmay change the nature of naturalleather.

• Jeans or clothes which could bleachmay contaminate the surface of theseat covering fabric.

Maintenance

839


• Cleaning the leather seats- Remove all contaminations instantly.

Refer to instructions below forremoval of each contaminant.

- Cosmetic products (sunscreen, foun-dation, etc.)

- Apply cleansing cream on a cloth andwipe the contaminated spot. Wipe offthe cream with a wet cloth andremove water with a dry cloth.

- Beverages(coffee, soft drink, etc.)Apply a small amount of neutraldetergent and wipe until contamina-tions do not smear.

- OilRemove oil instantly with absorbablecloth and wipe with stain removerused only for natural leather.

- Chewing gumHarden the gum with ice and removegradually.

CCleaning the lap/shoulder belt webbing Clean the belt webbing with any mildsoap solution recommended for cleaningupholstery or carpet. Follow the instruc-tions provided with the soap. Do notbleach or re-dye the webbing becausethis may weaken it.

Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi-cle become fogged (that is, covered withan oily, greasy or waxy film), they shouldbe cleaned with glass cleaner. Follow thedirections on the glass cleaner container.

CAUTIONDo not scrape or scratch the inside ofthe rear window. This may result indamage to the rear window defrostergrid.

9 84

Maintenance


EEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMThe emission control system of yourvehicle is covered by a written limitedwarranty. Please see the warranty infor-mation contained in the Service Passportin your vehicle.Your vehicle is equipped with an emis-sion control system to meet all emissionregulations.There are three emission control sys-tems which are as follows.

(1) Crankcase emission control system(2) Evaporative emission control system(3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to assure the proper function ofthe emission control systems, it is rec-ommended that you have your vehicleinspected and maintained by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer in accordance withthe maintenance schedule in this manu-al.

Caution for the Inspection andMaintenance Test (With ElectronicStability Control (ESC) system)• To prevent the vehicle from misfiring

during dynamometer testing, turn theElectronic Stability Control (ESC) sys-tem off by pressing the ESC switch.

• After dynamometer testing is complet-ed, turn the ESC system back on bypressing the ESC switch again.

1. Crankcase emission control sys-tem

The positive crankcase ventilation sys-tem is employed to prevent air pollutioncaused by blow-by gases being emittedfrom the crankcase. This system suppliesfresh filtered air to the crankcase throughthe air intake hose. Inside the crankcase,the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases,which then pass through the PCV valveinto the induction system.

2. Evaporative emission controlSystem

The Evaporative Emission ControlSystem is designed to prevent fuelvapors from escaping into the atmos-phere.

CanisterFuel vapors generated inside the fueltank are absorbed and stored in theonboard canister. When the engine isrunning, the fuel vapors absorbed in thecanister are drawn into the surge tankthrough the purge control solenoid valve.

Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)The purge control solenoid valve is con-trolled by the Engine Control Module(ECM); when the engine coolant temper-ature is low during idling, the PCSV clos-es so that evaporated fuel is not takeninto the engine. After the engine warmsup during ordinary driving, the PCSVopens to introduce evaporated fuel to theengine.

Maintenance

859


Maintenance

869

3. Exhaust emission control system

The Exhaust Emission Control System isa highly effective system which controlsexhaust emissions while maintaininggood vehicle performance.

Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified.Modification of your vehicle could affectits performance, safety or durability andmay even violate governmental safetyand emissions regulations.In addition, damage or performanceproblems resulting from any modificationmay not be covered under warranty.

Engine exhaust gas precautions (carbon monoxide) • Carbon monoxide can be present with

other exhaust fumes. Therefore, if yousmell exhaust fumes of any kind insideyour vehicle, have it inspected andrepaired immediately. If you ever sus-pect exhaust fumes are coming intoyour vehicle, drive it only with all thewindows fully open. Have your vehiclechecked and repaired immediately.

• Do not operate the engine in confinedor closed areas (such as garages) anymore than what is necessary to movethe vehicle in or out of the area.

• When the vehicle is stopped in anopen area for more than a short timewith the engine running, adjust theventilation system (as needed) to drawoutside air into the vehicle.

• Never sit in a parked or stopped vehi-cle for any extended time with theengine running.

• When the engine stalls or fails to start,excessive attempts to restart theengine may cause damage to theemission control system.

WARNING - ExhaustEngine exhaust gases contain carbonmonoxide (CO). Though colorless andodorless, it is dangerous and could belethal if inhaled. Follow the instruc-tions following to avoid CO poisoning.


9 87

Maintenance

Operating precautions for catalytic con-verters (if equipped)

Your vehicle is equipped with a catalyticconverter emission control device.Therefore, the following precautionsmust be observed:• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for petrol

engine.• Do not operate the vehicle when there

are signs of engine malfunction, suchas misfire or a noticeable loss of per-formance.

• Do not misuse or abuse the engine.Examples of misuse are coasting withthe ignition off and descending steepgrades in gear with the ignition off.

• Do not operate the engine at high idlespeed for extended periods (5 minutesor more).

• Do not modify or tamper with any partof the engine or emission control sys-tem. We recommend that the systembe inspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• Avoid driving with very low fuel level. Ifyou run out of petrol, it could cause theengine to misfire damaging the catalyt-ic converter.

Failure to observe these precautionscould result in damage to the catalyticconverter and to your vehicle.Additionally, such actions could void yourwarranties.

Diesel Particulate Filter (if equipped)The Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) sys-tem removes the soot emitted from thevehicle.Unlike a disposable air filter, the DPFsystem automatically burns (oxidizes)and removes the accumulated sootaccording to the driving condition. Inother words, the active burning by enginecontrol system and high exhaust gastemperature caused by normal/high driv-ing condition burns and removes theaccumulated soot.However, if the vehicle continues to bedriven at low speed for long time, theaccumulated soot may not be automati-cally removed because of low exhaustgas temperature. In this particular case,the amount of soot is out of detectionlimit, the soot oxidation process byengine control system may not happenand the malfunction indicator light mayblink.When the malfunction indicator lightblinks, it may stop blinking by driving thevehicle at more than 60km/h (37 mph) orat more than second gear with 1500 ~2000 engine rpm for a certain time (forabout 25 minutes).

WARNING - FireA hot exhaust system can ignite flam-mable items under your vehicle. Donot park the vehicle over or near flam-mable objects, such as grass, vegeta-tion, paper, leaves, etc.



DIMENSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2BULB WATTAGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2TIRES AND WHEELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4

• Recommended SAE viscosity number . . . . . . . . . . 10-5RECOMMENDED FREQUENCY FOR VAS. . . . . . . . 10-6VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN). . . . . 10-7VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7TIRE SPECIFICATION AND PRESSURE LABEL . . 10-8ENGINE NUMBER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8AIR CONDITIONER COMPRESSOR LABEL . . . . . 10-8

10



210

BULB WATTAGEDIMENSIONS

* : If equipped

Item mm (in)

Overall length 3,995 (157.3)

Overall width 1,660 (65.4)

Overall height 1,520 (59.8)

Front tread 1,479 (58.2)

Rear tread 1,493 (58.8)

Wheelbase 2,425 (95.5)

Light Bulb Wattage

Front

Headlights (High/Low) 60/55

Front turn signal light 21

Position lights 5

Side repeater light* 5W/LED

Front fog light* 35

Daytime running light* LED

Rear

Stop and tail light 21/5

Rear turn signal light 21

Back-up light 16

High mounted stop light* LED

Interior

License plate light 5

Room lamps 8

Luggage room lamp* 8

ENGINE

Item Kappa 1.2 U2 1.2

Displacement(cc)

1,197 1,186

Bore x Stroke (mm)

71.0x75.6 77.2x84.5

Firing order 1-3-4-2 1-2-3

No. of cylinders 4 3


10 3


TIRES AND WHEELS

Item Tire size Wheel size

Inflation pressure bar (psi) Wheel lug nuttorque

kg•m (lb•ft, N•m)Normal load *1 Maximum load

Front Rear Front Rear

Full size tire165/65R14 5.0J X 14

230 (33) 230 (33) 250 (36) 250 (36)11~13

(79~94, 108~127)170/60R15 5.5J X 15

] NOTICE• Only the steel wheel is provided with the vehicle as a spare wheel.

• It is permissible to add 20 kPa (3 psi) to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expected soon. Tirestypically lose 7 kPa (1 psi) for every 7°C (12°F) temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are expected, recheckyour tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated.

• An air pressure generally decreases, as you drive up to a high-altitude area above sea level. Thus, if you plan to drive a high-altitude area, check the tire pressures in advance. If necessary, inflate them to a proper level (Air inflation per altitude: +10kPa/1 km (+2.4 psi/1 mile).

Item Tire size Wheel size

Inflation pressure bar (psi)Tiremaker (Can beany of the below)

Normal load *1 Maximum load

Front Rear Front Rear

Spare tire 165/65R14 5.0J X 14 230 (33) 230 (33) 250 (36) 250 (36)Apollo/Bridgestone/

Goodyear



410

*1 : Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.

*2 : Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel econ-omy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measurein everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.

*3 : If the ACEA A5 engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use ILSAC GF-3 (or above) or ACEA A3 (or above).

*4 : If the ACEA B4 engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API CH-4 (or above)*5 : We recommend that you use the engine oils approved by HYUNDAI Motor India Ltd. We recommend that you consult an author-

ized HYUNDAI dealer for details.

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIESTo help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correctlubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

Lubricant Volume Classification

Engine oil *1 *2

(drain and refill)Petrol engine 3.6 l ACEA B4*4

Diesel engine 4.7 l ACEA A5*3 (or above)

Manual transaxle fluidPetrol engine

1.5 ~ 1.6 l SAE 70W

(HYUNDAI genuine transaxle fluid)Diesel engine

1.6 ~ 1.7 l

Automatic transaxle fluid Petrol engine 6.1 l ATF SP-IV

Coolant

engine 6.1 l

MIXTURE, Antifreeze with water (Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator)engine

M/T 5.2 l

A/T 5.1 l

Brake/Clutch fluid 0.7~0.8 lFMVSS116 DoT-3 or DoT-4

(Do not mix DoT3 & DoT4 brake/clutch fluids)

Fuel 43 l -


10 5


Recommended SAE viscosity num-ber

Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has aneffect on fuel economy and cold weatheroperation (engine start and engine oilflowability). Lower viscosity engine oilscan provide better fuel economy and coldweather performance, however, higherviscosity engine oils are required for sat-isfactory lubrication in hot weather.

Using oils of any viscosity other thanthose recommended could result inengine damage. When choosing an oil,consider the range of temperature yourvehicle will be operated in before the nextoil change. Proceed to select the recom-mended oil viscosity from the chart.

CAUTIONAlways be sure to clean the areaaround any filler plug, drain plug, ordipstick before checking or drainingany lubricant. This is especially impor-tant in dusty or sandy areas and whenthe vehicle is used on unpaved roads.Cleaning the plug and dipstick areaswill prevent dirt and grit from enteringthe engine and other mechanisms thatcould be damaged.

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature°C

(°F)-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50

-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

DieselEngine Oil 5W-30

15W-40

10W-30

0W-30

*1. For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE5W-20 (API SM / ILSAC GF-4). However, if the engine oil is not available in your country,select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.

Petrol Engine Oil *1

20W-50

10W-30

15W-40

5W-30



610

RECOMMENDED FREQUENCY FOR VALUE ADDED SERVICESThe Value Added Services (VAS) are not part of the Maintenance Schedule mentioned in section 9 and are not mandatory formaintaining the validity of the Basic Warranty of the vehicle. Owner may choose to avail these services to further enhance the per-formance of the vehicle.We recommend that the below mentioned VAS should be used only after two years from date of delivery and as per the frequen-cy mentioned below:

Below mentioned VAS may be used before completion of two years from the date of delivery and as per the frequency mentionedbelow:

Classification Type VAS Product Frequency

Engine C Throttle body cleaner First at 30,000 km, then every 20,000 km

Classification Type VAS Product Frequency

Exterior CT Underbody coating Once in a new car

Interior C Upholstery cleaning Every 6 months

C – Clean CT – Coat


10 7


VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)

The vehicle identification number (VIN) isthe number used in registering your vehi-cle and in all legal matters pertaining toits ownership, etc.The number is punched below the dri-ver’s seat.

The VIN is also on a plate attached to thetop of the dashboard. The number on theplate can easily be seen through thewindshield from outside.

The vehicle certification label attachedon the driver’s (or front passenger’s) sidecenter pillar gives the vehicle identifica-tion number (VIN).

VEHICLE CERTIFICATIONLABEL

OBA083005

n Type A

OBA083001

n Type B

OBA083002


The tires supplied on your new vehicleare chosen to provide the best perform-ance for normal driving.The tire label located on the driver's sidecenter pillar gives the tire pressures rec-ommended for your vehicle.

The engine number is stamped on theengine block as shown in the drawing.

A compressor label informs you the typeof compressor your vehicle is equippedwith such as model, supplier part num-ber, production number, refrigerant (1)and refrigerant oil (2).

OBA083003

OBA083004

n Diesel engine

n Petrol engine

OBA073010

TIRE SPECIFICATION ANDPRESSURE LABEL

OHC081001

AIR CONDITIONER COMPRESSOR LABEL

ENGINE NUMBER

10 8



IIndex

I

Index

2I

Air bag warning label·······································5-40Air bag warning light ·······································5-29Air bags························································5-26Air bag warning label ·····································5-40Air bag warning light ·····································5-29Driver’s and passenger’s front air bag·················5-28SRS components and functions ··························5-29

Air cleaner ····················································9-37Air conditioner compressor label ·························10-8Air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant·6-65Air conditioning systemAutomatic climate control system·······················6-66Manual climate control system ··························6-58

Alarm system ·················································6-11Antenna ························································6-80Anti-lock brake system (ABS)·····························7-24Appearance care··············································9-82Exterior care ················································9-82Interior care ·················································9-87

Ashtray·························································6-77Audio player ··················································6-95Audio remote control········································6-81Audio system ·················································6-80Antenna ······················································6-80Audio player ················································6-95Aux, USB and iPod® port ································6-82

CD player····················································6-91Steering wheel audio control·····························6-81

Automatic climate control system·························6-66Air conditioning ············································6-72Air intake control ··········································6-70Automatic climate control ································6-67Climate control air filter ··································6-65Fan speed control ··········································6-72Manual heating and air conditioning ···················6-68Mode selection··············································6-68OFF mode ···················································6-72Temperature control ·······································6-70

Automatic transaxle··········································7-16Sports mode ·················································7-18

Automatic transaxle fluid···································9-33Aux, USB and iPod® port ··································6-82Average speed (Trip computer) ···························6-39

Battery ·························································9-45Battery replacementRemote key ···················································6-7Smart key ·····················································6-7

Battery saver function·······································6-50Before driving··················································7-3Brake fluid ···················································9-32Brake system··················································7-21

A

B

I 3

Index

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ···························7-24Disc brake ··················································7-22Drum brake··················································7-22Parking brake ···············································7-22Power brakes················································7-21

Brake/clutch fluid ············································9-32Bulb replacement·············································9-77Bulb wattage ··················································10-2Button start/stop, see engine start/stop button ···········7-7

Capacities (Lubricants)······································10-4CareExterior care ················································9-82Interior care ·················································9-87Tire care ·····················································9-48

Cargo area cover·············································6-80CD player ·····················································6-92Center console storage ······································6-75Central door lock switch ···································6-16Certification label ············································10-7ChainsTire chains···················································7-34

Checking tire inflation pressure ···························9-50Child restraint system ·······································5-19Seat belt ······················································5-23

Child-protector rear door lock·····························6-17

Climate control air filter ····························6-65, 9-40Clutch fluid ···················································9-32Combined instrument, see instrument cluster ··········6-36Compressor label·············································10-8Cool box·······················································6-76Coolant·························································9-29Cooling fluid, see engine coolant·························9-29Crankcase emission control system·······················9-88Cup holder ····················································6-78

Dashboard, see instrument cluster ························6-36Defogging (Windshield) ····································6-73Defroster (Rear window) ···································6-57Defrosting (Windshield) ····································6-73Dimensions ····················································10-2Disc brake ····················································7-22Displays, see instrument cluster···························6-36Door locks ····················································6-13Central door lock switch··································6-15Child-protector rear door lock···························6-16

Drinks holders, see cup holders ··························6-78Driver’s air bag ··············································5-28Driving at night ··············································7-31Driving in flooded areas····································7-32Driving in the rain···········································7-31Drum brake ···················································7-22

C D

Index

4I

ECO ON/OFF mode ········································6-41Elapsed time (Trip computer) ·····························6-40Electric power steering (EPS) ·····························6-30Emergency towing ···········································8-15Emergency while driving ····································8-2Emission control system····································9-88Crankcase emission control system ·····················9-88Evaporative emission control System···················9-88Exhaust emission control system ························9-89

Engine··························································10-2Engine compartment (Diesel engine) ················4-5, 9-4Engine compartment (Petrol engine)·················4-4, 9-3Engine compartment panel fuse ···························9-71Engine coolant················································9-29Engine coolant temperature guage ························6-37Engine does not start ·········································8-3Engine number ···············································10-8Engine oil ·····················································9-27Engine overheating············································8-7Engine start/stop button ······································7-7Evaporative emission control System ····················9-88Exhaust emission control system··························9-89Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ···········9-24Exterior care ··················································9-82

Flat tireChanging tires ················································8-9Jack and tools ················································8-8Removing and storing the spare tire ·····················8-8

Floor mat anchor(s) ·········································6-79FluidAutomatic transaxle fluid ·································9-33Brake/clutch fluid ··········································9-32Washer fluid·················································9-35

Fog light ······················································6-52Front seat adjustment ·········································5-4Fuel filler lid ·················································6-27Fuel filter······················································9-37Fuel gauge·····················································6-40Fuel requirements ·············································3-3Fuse switch····················································9-62Fuses ···························································9-59Engine compartment panel fuse ·························9-60Fuse switch··················································9-61Fuse/relay panel description······························9-63Instrument panel fuse······································9-60Main fuse ····················································9-62

E F

I 5

Index

Gauges ·························································6-37Glove box ·····················································6-75

Hyundai New Vehicle Warranty ···························2-2Hazard warning flasher ·······························6-49, 8-2Hazardous driving conditions······························7-30Headlight bulb replacement ································9-77Headlight leveling device···································6-53Headlight position············································6-51Headrest (front seat) ··········································5-5Headrest (rear seat) ···········································5-7Heating systemAutomatic climate control system·······················6-67Manual climate control system ··························6-58

Height adjustment············································5-12High - beam operation ······································6-51Hood····························································6-25Horn ····························································6-31How to use this manual ······································3-2

Ignition switch ················································7-4Engine start/stop button ····································7-7Key ignition switch··········································7-4

Imobilizer system ·············································6-4Indicator light·················································6-41Inside rearview mirror ······································6-32Instrument cluster ············································6-36Gauges························································6-37

Instrument panel fuse ·······································9-61Instrument panel overview···································4-3Interior care···················································9-87Interior features ··············································6-77Ashtray ·······················································6-77Cargo area cover ···········································6-80Cup holder···················································6-78Floor mat anchor(s)········································6-79Power outlet·················································6-79Sunvisor······················································6-78

Interior light ··················································6-56Room lamp ·················································6-56Luggage room lamp ·······································6-56

Interior overview ··············································4-2

H

IG

Index

6I

Jack and tools ··················································8-8Jump starting ···················································8-4

Key ignition switch ··········································7-4KeysImmobilizer system ·········································6-4Key operations ···············································6-3Record your key number···································6-3

LabelAir bag warning label ·····································5-40Air conditioner compressor label ·······················10-8Tire sidewall labeling······································9-54Tire specification and pressure label ···················10-8Vehicle certification label·································10-7

Lap belt ························································5-12Lap/shoulder belt ············································5-10Light bulbs ····················································9-76Lighting ························································6-50Battery saver function ·····································6-50Front fog light ··············································6-52Headlight leveling device ·································6-53

Headlight position ··········································6-51High - beam operation ····································6-51Parking light position······································6-50Turn signals ·················································6-52

Lubricants and capacities ···································10-4Luggage room lamp ·········································6-56

Main fuse······················································9-62MaintenanceExplanation of scheduled maintenance items ·········9-24Maintenance services········································9-5Owner maintenance··········································9-7Scheduled maintenance service····························9-9Tire maintenance ···········································9-53

Maintenance schedule·········································9-9Maintenance services ·········································9-5Manual climate control system ····························6-58Air conditioning ············································6-63Air intake control ··········································6-61Climate control air filter ··································6-65Fan speed control ··········································6-62Heating and air conditioning ·····························6-59Mode selection··············································6-60Temperature control ·······································6-61

Manual climate control systemAir conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant6-65

Manual transaxle ·············································7-13

L

M

J

K

I 7

Index

Mirrors·························································6-32Inside rearview mirror ····································6-32Outside rearview mirror ··································6-32

Odometer ······················································6-39

Oil (Engine)···················································9-27Outside rearview mirror ····································6-32Overheating·····················································8-7Owner maintenance ···········································9-7Parking brake ·················································7-22

Parking brake (Maintenance service)·····················9-35Parking light position ·······································6-50Passenger seat under tray ····································5-6Passenger’s air bag ··········································5-28Power brakes ·················································7-21Power outlet ··················································6-78Power window lock button·································6-23Pre-tensioner seat belt·······································5-13

Rear parking assist system ································7-27Rearview ······················································7-29Rear seat adjustment ·········································5-7Rear seat folding ··············································5-8Rear window wiper and washer switch··················6-54Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ·············9-48Recommended frequency for VAS ·······················10-6Recommended lubricants and capacities ·················10-4Recommended SAE viscosity number··················10-5

Remote key ·····················································6-5Remote keyless entryBattery replacement ·········································6-7Remote key ···················································6-7Smart key ·····················································6-7

Replacement light bulb······································9-77Road warningHazard warning flasher·····································8-2

Rocking the vehicle··········································7-30Room lamp····················································6-56Rotation (Tire)················································9-51

O

P

R

Index

8I

Scheduled maintenance service ·····························9-9Seat belt warning·············································5-10Seat beltsHight adjustment ···········································5-11Lap belt ······················································5-12Lap/shoulder belt ···········································5-10Pre-tensioner seat belt ·····································5-13Seat belt warning···········································5-10

Seatback pocket ················································5-6Seats ·····························································5-2Front seat adjustment ······································5-4Headrest (front seat) ········································5-5Headrest (rear seat) ·········································5-7Passenger seat under tray ··································5-6Rear seat adjustment ·······································5-7Rear seat folding·············································5-8Seatback pocket ··············································5-6

Smart key ·······················································6-9Smooth cornering ············································7-31Snow tires ·····················································7-33Spare tireRemoving and storing the spare tire ·····················8-8

Special driving conditions ··································7-30Driving at night·············································7-31Driving in flooded areas ··································7-32Driving in the rain ·········································7-31

Hazardous driving conditions ····························7-30Rocking the vehicle ········································7-30Smooth cornering ··········································7-31

Speedometer···················································6-37Sports mode···················································7-18SRS components and functions····························5-29Starting difficulties, see engine does not start ···········8-3Steering wheel ················································6-30Electric power steering (EPS) ···························6-30Horn ··························································6-31Tilt steering ·················································6-30

Storage compartment ········································6-75Center console storage ····································6-75Cool box ·····················································6-76Glove box····················································6-75

Sunvisor························································6-78

Tachometer····················································6-37Trunk···························································6-18Theft-alarm system ··········································6-11Tilt steering ···················································6-30Tire chains ····················································7-34Tire rotation···················································9-51Tire specification and pressure label ·····················10-8Tires and wheels ·····································9-48, 10-3Checking tire inflation pressure ·························9-50

S

T

I 9

Index

Low aspect ratio tire ······································9-57Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ···········9-48Tire care ·····················································9-48Tire maintenance ···········································9-53Tire replacement············································9-52Tire rotation·················································9-51Tire sidewall labeling······································9-54Tire traction ·················································9-53Wheel alignment and tire balance·······················9-52Wheel replacement ·········································9-53

Towing·························································8-13Emergency towing ·········································8-15Towing hook ···············································8-14

Towing hook ·················································8-14TransaxleManual transaxle ···········································7-13

TransaxleAutomatic transaxle ········································7-16

Trip computer ················································6-39Average speed ··············································6-40ECO ON/OFF mode ······································6-41Elapsed time·················································6-40Tripmeter ····················································6-40

Tripmeter (Trip computer) ·································6-39Turn signals ···················································6-52

Vehicle break-in process ·····································3-6Vehicle certification label ··································10-7Vehicle identification number (VIN) ·····················10-7Vehicle weight················································7-36

Warning light ·················································6-41Washer fluid ··················································9-35Wheel alignment and tire balance ························9-52Wheel replacement···········································9-53Windows·······················································6-20Power window lock button ·······························6-23

Windshield washers ········································6-55Windshield wipers ··········································6-54Winter driving ················································7-33Snow tires ···················································7-33Tire chains···················································7-34

Wiper blades (Maintenance service)······················9-42Wipers and washers ·········································6-54Rear window wiper and washer switch ················6-55Windshield washers ·······································6-55Windshield wipers ········································6-54

W

V

owner's manual operation maintenance specifications - hyundai … · 2020-03-12 ·...

Documents